Project on an Annotated Bibliography of

Contemporary Research in

Tense, Grammatical Aspect, and Related Areas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A Bibliography of

Tense, Verbal Aspect, Aktionsart,

and Related Areas:

6600 Works

 

Robert I. Binnick

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Division of Humanities

University of Toronto

at Scarborough

1265 Military Trail

Scarborough, Ontario

Canada M1C 1A4


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

©2001 by Robert I. Binnick.

For academic exchange only.

Do not copy or quote without permission.


 

Preface

 

Inclusions and exclusions

 

When I wrote (Binnick 1991:vii) that “hundreds of books and articles have been devoted to [tense] in general, and thousands more to the tenses of particular languages,” I had no idea of how literally true this is.  The present bibliography derives from a data base containing more than 6600 titles, of which almost 5600 are articles, chapters, reports, conference papers, or short reports and some 1000 are monographs, longer reports, or dissertations; these works derive from more than 1300 sources, including about 700 journals and other serials, and some 600 collections of articles or volumes of proceedings.  Large as this data base is, the number of titles included could easily have been doubled or even tripled were it not for the exclusions indicated below.

 

This present work resulted from a project on the annotated bibliography of contemporary research on the semantics and pragmatics of tense, verbal aspect, Aktionsart, and related areas, funded by the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada.  This project had as its goal the development of an annotated bibliography useful in the study of tense, verbal aspect, and Aktionsart.  The lack of such a bibliography has slowed the progress of research in these areas, at least to the extent that scholars are sometimes, even often, unaware of literature that might be of use to them.  This reveals itself in several ways—failure to refer to relevant literature, unnecessary repetition of past research, futile attempts to pursue lines of inquiry previously shown to be unproductive, and the proliferation of idiosyncratic terminology and symbolism.

 

As an initial phase of this project it seemed useful to find all relevant research in the half century or so of the modern study of tense and aspect.  (This assumes Reichenbach’s treatment of tense in The Elements of Symbolic Logic of 1947 as a starting point, but Guillaumists might argue for the Temps et Verbe  of 1929 and Slavicists for the publication in 1932 of Jakobson’s “Zur Struktur des Russischen Verbums.”)  At first this was intended to cover, as the project was designed to cover, general, theoretical works which have contributed to the development of theory and/or methodology in this area. 

 

It quickly became apparent, however, that such exclusivity would be impossible, for a number of reasons.  First, there can be no hard-and-fast division into general, theoretical works on the one hand and language-particular, descriptive works on the other.  Reichenbach’s chapter drew principally on English data, Bull’s influential 1960 monograph on Spanish, Guillaume’s Architectonique du Temps on Latin and Greek, and Jakobson’s 1932 paper of course on Russian.  Second, in consulting the references in hundreds of works referred to in Binnick (1991), it was clear that data-oriented references loom quite as large as, if not larger than, purely theoretical or general works. Even works on child language acquisition were referred to in the theoretical literature remarkably often. 

 

Further, the progress of the field has not been marked by its theoretical milestones alone, but by the testing and development of theories in particular works of description and analysis.  Finally, the motivation for much work on the semantics and pragmatics of tense and aspect and related areas such as Aktionsart lies outside the mainstream of synchronic linguistics as many scholars define it: in diachronic linguistics, in sociolinguistics (particularly where pidgin and creole languages are concerned), in contrastive analysis, in literary exegesis, and of course in primary language acquisition.

 

This led me to seek to develop a (much!) broader base than originally planned but also led to troubling questions of demarcation.  The focus on this project is work on the semantics and pragmatics of tense and aspect, as well as Aktionsart.  It is impossible to draw a clear line however between these areas and those of mood and modality, and so some material in these areas (50-odd on modality, 250 on mood, and another 115 on tense/aspect/mood systems) has been included, though no attempt has been made to be comprehensive. 

 

It has seemed useful also to include items pertaining to temporal markers of other types than verbal: nominal, adjectival, adverbial, connectives, etc. Areas of tense logic, temporal logic, and temporal formal semantics relating to natural language semantics have also been included, as well as some philosophical material related to these areas, for example on the philosophy of time.

 

The markers of tense, aspect, mood, and Aktionsart have their own phonological, morphological, and syntactic properties, and all of these can be, and have been, investigated on both the synchronic and diachronic levels.  But there are no universals of, say, the phonology of such markers; apart from their semantics and pragmatics there is nothing to relate such markers across languages.  Accordingly it is not as tense/aspect markers per se that such forms enter into these areas of concern, and hence a bibliography of tense and aspect should not include works which are purely phonological, morphological, or syntactic in emphasis.  However, some works on the morphology or syntax of temporal markers which are relevant to semantics and pragmatics have been included.

 

Harder to decide on was language acquisition.  Some research draws on, or bears upon, the semantics or the contrastive semantics and pragmatics, and hence has been referred to or potentially might be referred to in the theoretical literature.  Other L1 research however does not focus on the tense/aspect data itself or is primarily methodological in nature, or for some other reason sems divorced from the central concerns of this project.  While it seemed preferable to cast as wide a net as possible, some limitations were clearly called for, though the line here is of necessity a subjective one.  Some second language (L2) acquisition literature, particularly that which utilizes contrastive analysis, has also been included, but for the most part this literature has also been excluded as alien to the concerns of this project.

 

Two other topics which have been included are evidentiality, closely related both to mood and to the categorization of realis and irrealis, and which interacts closely with tense and aspect, and that of resultative constructions, which are related structurally and semantically to aspect.

 

In the course of preparing this bibliography I was made aware of an extremely interesting bibliography on the topic of events, namely Fifty Years of Events: An Annotated Bibliography 1947 to 1997, edited by Roberto Casati and Achille C. Varzi (Charlottesville, Virginia: Philosophy Documentation Center, 1997); this lists some 1850 works by 900 authors.  Consequently, while there are more than 200 titles in the present bibliography concerned with events, no effort has been made to duplicate the work of the Casati-Varzi bibliography, which scholars interested in that area must consult.

 

Wide as this range of topics is, many exclusions and limitations have been dictated both by the nature of the focus of the study and by the need for a practically sized project.

 

1. Older works. The focus of the project—and of the bibliography—is work of the last half century.  However, much older work is still useful and is fairly often cited in scholarly publications, and so some is included here.  (There are 288 titles dating from before 1947.)  But no effort at comprehensiveness has been made where pre-Reichenbachian literature is concerned.

 

2. Grammars and general descriptions. Even where such works contain relevant material, their inclusion would have at least doubled or tripled the size of the bibliography and turned it into a general bibliography of language grammars.  A few such works are included, however, which are frequently referred to in the literature, such as Jespersen’s grammar of English or Goodwin’s work on the Greek verb.  Chapters specifically on tense/aspect/Aktionsart in general works have also been excluded, with a few exceptions.

 

3. Usage in particular literary works. Some works concern the use of tenses or aspects in particular works such as chapters of the Bible or by particular authors (say Herodotus).  In general such titles have been excluded, but a fairly large number are included which are especially interesting, do not focus on analysis of the literary work but rather on the semantics and pragmatics of the markers in question, or which have been frequently referred to in the linguistic literature.  Many such works concern Biblical Hebrew or New Testament Greek.

 

4. Sociolinguistics. Where the focus is on sociological variables and sociological approaches, the title has generally been excluded, but where the interest is in the markers themelves and their use, it has been included.

 

5. Dialectology. Works focussing on describing or contrasting usage in particular dialects has generally not been included, unless of wider interest.

 

6. Diachrony.  Where the work draws on, or concerns, the meaning or use of forms, it is included; where it concerns changes in the marker itself it is excluded.

 

7. Neurolinguistics and cognitive psychology.  Works which principally concern normal and abnormal psychology or neurology, but have little or nothing to say about the linguistic system itself are excluded.

 

8. Computational linguistics, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, legal argumentation, and practical reasoning.  Some works in the general area of computational linguistics/artificial intelligence/cognitive science have been included, particularly where they interface with areas of more central concern such as semantics or temporal logic, but bibliography in this area is not intended to be comprehensive.  Works on reasoning and argumentation involving time or tense are on principle excluded.

 

9. Discourse structure and the pragmatics of text and narrative.  Works primarily or significantly concerned with tense and aspect in text or discourse are included, but works primarily on discourse structure, coherence, narrative, text, etc., are generally excluded.

 

10. Reviews.  Ordinary reviews are on principle excluded, but lengthy review articles have in general been included.  No attempt has been made, however, to find all such reviews.

 

11. Conference “poster” presentations.  These have almost all been excluded, but some “alternate” papers (which may or may not have actually been presented) are included.

 

12. Textbooks and other pedagogical materials are excluded, except if useful as descriptive or contrastive studies.

 

Although every effort was made to be as comprehensive as possible within the limits imposed by the exclusions above, it would have taken much greater resources than those available to our project to have guaranteed inclusion of all relevant titles. 

 

In particular the present work has been partially dependent on past bibliographical efforts, which contain numerous gaps.  It is hard to say to what extent the distribution of works herein reflect the field as opposed to the biases and contingencies of selecting bibliographical sources and of those sources themselves. 

 

In table 1 below are given the number of items published in each of the top five languages of publication.  As can be seen, works in just these five languages comprise 6127 of the 6626 works here, or 92.5% of the whole. 

 

English           4031

French               835

German             742

Russian              384

Spanish             135

Total                 6127

 

Table 1

 

Similarly, in table 2 are given the figures by language of topic.  As can be seen, the top 10 languages comprise 3900 of the 6626 works, or 58.9% of the whole.  Thus there must be thousands of languages on the tense/aspect systems of which not one work appears here.  Whether this is representative of the field is again impossible to say.

             

English           1242

French               638

Russian              507

German             431

Greek                  348

Spanish             224

Bulgarian         139

Latin                    135

Dutch                  123

Japanese           113

Total                 3900

 

Table 2

 

Again, while 300 works or so are listed for each of the years in the 90’s, there are many fewer titles in the last three and a half years (see table 3 below), suggesting that hundreds of titles have been omitted because it is too soon for them to have been noted in bibliographies, lists of references, or the like:

 

1991                    268

1995                    324

1996                    307

1997                    323

1998                    189

1999                    149

2000                       96

2001                       27

 

Table 3

 

Because of these problems, it would be a great mistake to assume that no literature exists which is not listed here.  As well, the topical indices are intended only as a useful guide and can in no way be considered definitive.  I hope that this bibliography proves a useful tool for scholars but if searches are cut short in the mistaken belief that no further investigation is required when in fact further material remains to be found, it will not ultimately be of service to scholarship. 

 


Sources

 

In preparing the present bibliography titles were culled from the lists of references in dozens, if not hundreds, of works, starting with those referred to in Binnick (1991).  For the most part, however, I have relied upon other bibliographies—print, on-line, or on the World-Wide Web.  As well, bibliographies were sent me by Wim Wenders, Lauri Carlson, Deborah James, and Norbert Schlüter; and Theo Janssen, Renaat Declerck, and Yasahiro Shirai supplied bibliographies of their own work.

 

The principal bibliographies I have relied upon are these listed immediately below, though I have had the odd occasion to refer to numerous other ones, only a few specialized ones of which—not the general ones—are listed in the present bibliography (see in the topical index under bibliography).

 

1. The International Bibliography of Linguistics  (Comité International Permanent de Linguistes/Permanent International Committee of Linguists, Utrecht/Brussels: Spectrum, 1948-).

2. The print (Menasha, Wisconsin: Modern Language Association of America) and on-line (Norwood, Massachusetts: SilverPlatter Information, 1964-) versions of the Modern Language Association International Bibliography.

3. The print (La Jolla, Calif.: Sociological Abstracts, Inc., 1985-) and on-line (Cambridge Scientific Abstracts Internet Database Service) versions of the Linguistics & Language Behavior Abstracts.

 

A very large number of bibliographies available on the World Wide Web were also consulted.  These were even more gap-ridden than the works listed above, but were considerably easier to use, and most are very well done and very useful.  Among the ones consulted were:

 

A Comprehensive Bibliography of Hellenistic Greek Linguistics by Michael W. Palmer (//www.greek-language.com/bibliographies/palmer-bib.html)

Auswahlbibliographie und Verweise zu Tempus im allgemeinen und in den romanischen Sprachen  by Udo L. Figge [select bibliography on general and Romance tense and verbal aspect] (//homepage.ruhr-uni-bochum.de/Udo.L.Figge/texte/tempus-bibl.html)

Bibliografía de sintaxis griega [Bibliography of Greek Syntax] (//clasica10.us.es/andromaca/biblio\bibliograf.htm)

Bibliographical Sources, the LINGUIST List (//www.emich.edu/~linguist/bibs.html)

Bibliographie zum romanischen Verb (Französisch, Italienisch, Spanisch)  [bibliography on the Romance verb] by Elisabeth Burr (http://www.uni-duisburg.de/FB3/ROMANISTIK/PERSONAL/Burr/Tempus/Bib_rom.html)

Bibliographien zur Linguistik/Literaturlisten [a bibliography of linguistic bibliographies; categories in German] (//www.ids-mannheim.de/quellen/biblio.html)

Bibliography by Peter Ludlow [on time and language] (//semlab2.sbs.sunysb.edu/Users/pludlow/time/bibliography98.html)

Bibliography: Greek Grammar and Linguistics by Rodney Decker (1994) (//faculty.bbc.edu/RDecker/bibliog.htm)

Bibliography of Ancient Greek, maintained by Michel Buijs (//www.let.uu.nl/hist/scholen-net/michel/bgl/)

Bibliography of linguistics papers dealing with lexical semantics, by Heidi Harley (//w3.arizona.edu/~ling/hh/522/LexSemBiblio.html)

Bibliography of Time by Robert Lawless (//coombs.anu.edu.au/Biblio/biblio_time1.html)

Ci-dit: Attention ! Circulation de discours: Bibliographie [on reported speech] (//www.ulb.ac.be/philo/serlifra/ci-dit/biblio.index.html)

Contrastive Linguistics: A Selective Bibliography (//ling.kgw.tu-berlin.de/contrastive/biblio.html)

Comparative Romance Linguistics Newsletter Electronic Bibliographies [very extensive bibliography on the Romance languages] (//www.csdl.tamu.edu/~crln/)

Evidentiality and Epistemology (//home.uchicago.edu/~gmbrende/evidentiality.html)

Evidentiality bibliography by Ferdinand de Haan (//www.unm.edu/~fdehaan/evidbib.html)

Grammatik der deutschen Sprache [German grammar] by Eva-Maria Willkop (//www.daf.uni-mainz.de/Bibliographien/bibgram.htm)

Greek Grammar on the Web (//perswww.kuleuven.ac.be/~p3481184/greekg/other.htm)

Groupe de recherche sur la référence temporelle: Bibliographie générale [bibliography of Jacques Moeschler’s research group] (//www.unige.ch/lettres/linge/tense/biblio1.html)

Literatur zur Textlinguistik by Herbert Ernst Wiegand [bibliography of text linguistics] (//www.uni-heidelberg.de/institute/fak9/gs/sprache2/hew_text.htm)

Menge Lateinische Syntax und Semantik: Literatur in Auswahl [select bibliography on Latin grammar] (//www.menge.net/lit.html)

Neo-Davidsonian or Event-Based Accounts of Logical Form by Brian Ulicny (//www.geocities.com/Athens/Acropolis/9979/neodavidsonian.html)

Perfect Bibliography  [bibliography on the perfect] (//www.unm.edu/~fdehaan/perfbib.html)

Themen und Literatur im Hauptseminar “Tempus- und Ereignissemantik”  by Werner Saurer [bibliography associated with a course on the semantics of tense and events] (//coli.uni-sb.de/~saurer/tuesem-topics.html)

Verb Lexical Semantics: Semantic primitives and the semantic-syntax mapping [bibliography associated with a course] by Prof. Paul Hirschbühler (//aix1.uottawa.ca/~hirsch/Lexsem2000.html)

Yiddisch und Deutsch - Konstrastiv [Contrastive Yiddish and German] (//www2.phil-fak.uni-duesseldorf.de/jiddisch/Lehrplan_und_Bibliographie.html)

 

Where on-line or Web materials are concerned, probably a tenth of all titles listed contain errors of one kind or another, and this proportion holds as well for the lists of references in publications.  Often page numbers are wrong, sometimes volume numbers or even the names of authors or of sources such as journals.  It has proven impossible to verify every, or even most, titles in the present bibliography, so many errors must have been inherited, and a few undoubtedly left uncorrected.

 

Where a source does not provide a translation of a non-English title, I have supplied translations where possible.  Only forty non-English titles lack translations here.  Many of the translations for Slavic languages are due to Dr. Brian Cook.      

 

Transliteration of Slavic Languages in Cyrillic Scripts

 

For the transcription of Slavic languages using Cyrillic alphabets, a fairly standard system of transcription has been used.  With the exception of Russian, the transliterations used by the various sources have generally been followed.  For Russian, the palatals have been transcribed using digraphs (ch sh shch zh), the velar fricative by x, and the digraph ts is used instead of c.  Where an author’s name is transcribed into the Latin alphabet in the source, the source transliteration is used.


Problems with this Preliminary Draft Report

 

Alternate spellings, transliterations, or versions of names of authors (e.g., .  Hannu/Xannu Tommola) have not been reconciled.  Where an erroneous author name is out of alphabetical order (e.g., “Kasimir” Kabakciev), it has been retained but the error is noted.

 

Late in the course of preparing the list of titles, almost a score of duplicate titles were discovered.  To avoid a lengthy recompilation of the list and the indices, such duplicate titles have simply been noted in the list.  The duplicates omitted are the items numbered 58, 581, 784, 1050, 2761, 2763, 3052, 3302, 3370, 3657, 3793, 3915, 3995, 4281, 4562, 4630, 5444, 6341, 6501.

 

These problems will be corrected in the final form of the bibliography.

 

Acknowledgments

 

In addition to those mentioned in the section on sources above, I would like to thank Martin Krämer and Dieter Wunderlich for supplying a paper for the archives of the project, and the following who e-mailed me various sorts of useful information or just some kind words of support:  Vit Bubenik, Agnès Celle, Dan Collins, Helen Dry, Jan Engh, Marc Fryd, Paz Gonzalez, Robert D. Hoberman, Paul Larreya, Helen Majewski, Rachel Nordlinger, Toshiyuki Ogihara, Kari K. Pitkanen, Marie-Eve Ritz, Elly van Gelderen, and Henk Verkuyl.  If I have forgotten anyone who belongs here, I apologize.  I would like also to thank John Campana, Vince DeCaen, Deborah James, Christina Kramer, Harald Ohlendorf, and Diego Quesada for their interest and encouragement over the years.

 

As well, I would like to gratefully acknowledge here the assistance of the project’s researchers.  Dr. Brian Cook brought to bear his expertise in Slavic linguistics in finding some of the Slavic titles, translating or vetting most of those Slavic works without title translations, preparing abstracts of a number of works in Slavic languages, and performing numerous other useful functions on the project.  Ms. Rebecca Smollett’s extremely able assistance with a wide range of aspects of the project, including finding and checking titles, correcting errors in the database, and preparing abstracts of works, proved invaluable.

 

 

Toronto

June 27, 2001


 


A Bibliography of

Tense, Verbal Aspect, Aktionsart,

and Related Areas

 

Robert I. Binnick


 

1. Aalto, P. 1953. Studien zur Geschichte des Infinitivs im Griechischen.  [Studies on the history of the infinitive in Greek.] (Annales Academiae Scientarium Fennicae B, 80.2.) Helsinki.

2. Aaron, Uche E. 1999. Tense and Aspect in Obolo Grammar and Discourse. (Publications in Linguistics.) Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics.

3. Aarons, Debra, Benjamin J. Bahan, Judy Kegl, Carol Neidle. 1995. “Lexical Tense Markers in American Sign Language.” Karen Emmorey and Judy S. Reilly (eds.), Language, Gesture, and Space. Hillsdale, New Jersey: Erlbaum, 225-53.

4. Aarts, Bas and Charles F. Meyer. 1995. “Introduction: Theoretical and Descriptive Approaches to the Study of the Verb in English.” Bas Aarts and Charles F. Meyer (eds.), The Verb in Contemporary English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1-24.

5. Aarts, F. G. A. M. 1979. “Tense in English and Dutch: English temporal ‘since’ and its Dutch equivalents.” English Studies 60.603-24.

6. Aartun, Kjell. 1963. Zur Frage altarabischer Tempora.  [On the question of Old Arabic tenses.] Oslo: Universiteitsforlaget.

7. Abangma, Samson Negbo. 1985. “The Interrelation between Aspect and Mood in Denya.” Journal of West African Languages 15.110-24. Presented at the Sixteenth Congress of the West African Linguistics Society, Yaounde, Cameroon, 25-29 March, 1985.

8. Abbi, Anvita and Mithilesh Kumar Mishra. 1987. “Aspectual Elements of Simultaneity and Iteration in Indian Languages: A Case for an Areal Universal.” Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 17.1-14. Presented at the Eighth South Asian Languages Analysis Roundtable, University of Illinois, May 1986.

9. Abbott, Clifford. 1981. “Here and There in Oneida.” International Journal of American Linguistics 47.50-57.

10. Abdelrahim-Soboleva, Valentina. 1998. “Aspect and the Teaching of Russian: An Empirical Study of the Aspectual Usage of Russian Verbs in the Past Tense.”  PhD dissertation, Bryn Mawr College.

11. Abdullaev, Z. G. 1976. “Sootnoshenie kategorialnyx svoistv darginskogo glagola.”  [The correlation of categorial properties of the Dharghinian verb.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 6.96-105.

12. Abouda, Lotfi. 1997. “Vers une localisation syntaxique du mode verbal: Le cas des complétives.”  [Towards a syntactic localization of mood: the case of completives.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

13. Aboudi, J. H. 1995. “Text, Time and Translation.” Turjuman 4.7-20.

14. Abplanalp, L. 1997. “Weinrich: présentation et critique du système des temps du passé en français et en allemand.”  [Weinrich: presentation and critique of the system of past tenses of French and German.]  Ms., University of Geneva.

15. Abraamian, A. A. 1985. “On the Grammatical Category of Aspectuality.”  [In Armenian.] Patma Banasirakan Handes 1 (108).64-81.

16. Abraham, W. 1980. “Synchronic and Diachronic Semantics of German Temporal ‘noch’ and ‘schon’, with Aspects of English ‘still’, ‘yet’ and ‘already’.” Studies in Language 4.3-24.

17. _____. 1990. “A note on the aspect-syntax interface.” M. Mascaro and M. Nespov (eds.), Progress in Linguistics. Dordrecht, 1-12.

18. _____. 1995-96. “Kasus, Aspekt und nominale Referenz: Komplexe kausale Zusammenhänge in der Diachronie des deutschen und ihre formale Darstellung auf vergleichender typologischer Grundlage.”  [Case, aspect and nominal reference.] Ellen Brandner and Gisella Ferraresi (eds.), Language change and generative grammar. (Linguistische Berichte, Sonderheft, 7.) Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag, 22-70.

19. Abraham, Werner. 1989. “Futur-Typologie in den germanischen Sprachen.” Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus - Aspekt - Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 345-89.

20. _____. 1991. “How much of the German Tense System is ‘Aspect’ and ‘Aktionsart’?” Belgian Journal of Linguistics 6.133-50.

21. _____. 1992. “The Aspectual Basis of the Deontic - Epistemic Distinction in Modal Verbs.” Presented at the symposium on mood and modality, at the University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, May 1992.

22. _____. 1994. “Aspektsemantik und Aspektsyntax.” D. W. Halwachs and Irmgard Stütz (eds.), Sprache—Sprechen—Handeln: Akten des 28. Linguistischen Kolloquiums. Graz, 1993. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 320-321.) Tübingen: Niemeyer3-9.

23. _____. 1997. “The Interdependence of Case, Aspect and Referentiality in the History of German: The Case of the Verbal Genitive.” Ans van Kemenade and Nigel Vincent (eds.), Parameters of Morphosyntactic Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 29-61.

24. _____. 1999. “How descending is ascending German?: On the deep interrelations between tense, aspect, pronominality, and ergativity.” Werner Abraham and Leonid Kulikov (eds.), Tense-Aspect, Transitivity and Causativity: Essays in Honour of Vladimir Nedjalkov. (Studies in Language Companion Series, 50.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 253-92.

25. _____. 2000. “The Aspect-Case Typology Correlation: Perfectivity and Burzio’s Generalization.” Eric Reuland (ed.), Arguments and Case: Explaining Burzio’s Generalization. (Linguistik Aktuell, 34.) Amsterdam: Benjamins, 131-93.

26. Abu Jarad, Hassan Ali. 1986. “English Interlanguage of Palestinian University Students in Gaza Strip: An Analysis of Relative Clauses and Verb Tense.”  PhD dissertation, Ball State University.

27. Abuladze, L. B. 1989. “O parax antonimov s temporal’nym i lokativnym znacheniem.”  [On pairs of antonyms with temporal and locative meanings.] Iberijsko-Kavkazskoe Jazykoznanie 28.3-12.

28. Abuladze, Lia. 1991. “On Word Pairs Expressing Spacial and Temporal Orientation.” Studia Linguistica 45.1-2. 127-35

29. Abusch, D. 1998. “Toward a Compositional Representation for Tense, Infinitivals and Futurity.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4. Cf. item 41.

30. Abusch, Dorit. 1985. “On Verbs and Time.” PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts at Amherst.

31. _____. 1986. Verbs of Change, Causation, and Time. (Center for the Study of Language and Information, report, 86-50.) Stanford: Stanford University, Center for the Study of Language and Information.

32. _____. 1988. “The Semantics of Progressive Tense.”  [In Modern Hebrew.] Hebrew Computational Linguistics 26.5-16.

33. _____. 1988a. “Sequence of tense, intensionality, and scope.” Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 7.1-14.

34. _____. 1991. “The Present Under Past as a De Re Interpretation.” Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 10.1-11.

35. _____. 1994. “Sequence of Tense Revisited: Two Semantic Accounts of Tense in Intensional Contexts.” Hans Kamp (ed.), Ellipsis, Tense and Questions. Shorter version appeared in P. Dekker and M. Stokhof, eds., Proceedings of the 9th Amsterdam Colloquium, 1993, Department of Philosophy, University of Amsterdam.  Presented at Events and Grammar Conference, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, 28 Oct 1993.

36. _____. 1995. “Constraints on tense.” Presented at the conference “Context Dependence in the Analysis of Linguistic Meaning”, February, Prague.

37. _____. 1995a. “Temporal de re and intensional theory of tense.” Talk at DIP Discourse Colloquium, Computational Linguistics, University of Amsterdam.

38. _____. 1997. “Remarks on the State Formulation of De Re Present Tense.”  [Reply to Ogihara (1995).] Natural Language Semantics 5.303-13. Response to Ogihara (1995).

39. _____. 1997a. “Sequence of Tense and Temporal De Re.” Linguistics and Philosophy 20.1-50.

40. _____. 1998. “Generalizing tense semantics for future contexts.” Susan Rothstein (ed.), Events and Grammar. Dordrecht: Kluwer.  Presented, December 15, 1997, at the Conference on Semantics in Jerusalem (The Institute for Advanced Studies at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem).

41. _____. 1999. “Towards a compositional representation of infinitivals and futurity.” Talk at DIP Discourse Colloquium, Computational Linguistics, University of Amsterdam.

42. _____. 2000. “The Temporal Composition of Infinitives.” Presented May 22 at Seminar Series Institute for Communicating and Collaborative Systems, and Human Communication Research Centre, University of Edinburgh.

43. _____  and Mats Rooth. 1990. “Temporal adverbs and the English perfect.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting, Northeastern Linguistic Society 20.1-15.

44. Acero, Juan José. 1990. “Las ideas de Reichenbach acerca del tiempo verbal.”  [Reichenbach’s ideas about tense.] Tiempo y Aspecto en Español, 45-75.

45. Aceto, Michael. 1996. “Syntactic Innovation in a Caribbean Creole: The Bastimentos Variety of Panamanian Creole English.” English World-Wide 17.43-61.

46. _____. 1998. “A New Creole Future Tense Marker Emerges in the Panamanian West Indies.” American Speech 73.29-43.

47. Achundov, A. 1980. “O sootnoshenii kategorii vremeni i kategorii rjada v tjurkskix jazykax.”  [On the correlation of the category of tense and the category of rank in the Turkic languages.] Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 33.445-48.

48. Ackerman, Farrell. 1994. “Entailments of Predicates and the Encoding of Causees.” Linguistic Inquiry 25.535-47.

49. Ackrill, J. L. 1965. “Aristotle’s Distinction between Energeia and Kinesis.” Renford Bambrough (ed.), New Essays on Plato and Aristotle. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, 121-41.

50. Adam, Jean-Michel. 1976. “Langue et texte: imparfait/passé simple.”  [Language and text: imparfait (imperfect)/passé simple (simple past).] Pratiques 10.49-68.

51. _____. 1976. “La ‘Mise en relief’ dans le discours narratif.”  [‘Mise en relief’ (putting into relief) in narrative discourse.] Le français moderne 44.312-30.

52. _____. 1999. “Le temp et les temps dans les textes.”  [Time and tenses in texts.] Jacques Moeschler and Marie-José Béguelin (eds.), Référence temporelle et nominale: Actes du 3e cycle romand de Sciences du langage, Cluny (15-20 avril 1996). (Sciences pour la communication, 58.) Berne: Peter Lang.

53. Adamcsewski, H. 1978. “Be + ING dans la grammaire de l’anglais contemporain.” [Be + ING in the grammar of contemporary English.]  Thèse d’état, Université Paris VII.

54. Adams, Robert M. 1989. “Time and thisness.” Joseph Almog, John Perry, and Howard Wettstein (eds.), Themes from Kaplan. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 23-42.

55. Adams, Sidney. 1938. “Analysis of Verb Forms in the Speech of Young Children, and Their Relation to the Language Learning Process.” Journal of Experimental Education 7.141-44.

56. Adams, William James Jr. 1975. “Determining the Functions of Biblical Hebrew Verb Forms by a Statistical Sampling of Verbs.” Hebrew Computational Linguistics 9.E1-E17.

57. Adelaar, Mascia and Vincenzo Lo Cascio. 1986. “Temporal Relation, Localization, and Direction in Discourse.” Vincenzo Lo Cascio and Co Vet (eds.), Temporal Structure in Sentence and Discourse. (Groningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics, 5.) Dordrecht: Foris, 251-97. Paper appeared 1982 in Journal of Italian Linguistics 1.

58. [duplicates 57.]

59. Adelaar, Willem F. H. 1988. “Categorias de aspecto en el quechua del Perú central.”  [The categories of aspect in the Quechua of central Peru.] Amerindia: Revue d’Ethnolinguistique Amerindienne 13.15-41.

60. _____. n. d. “Marcadores de aspecto en el quechua del centro del Perú.”  [Markers of aspect in the Quechua of central Peru.] Linguística de las Americas: Memórias 450. Cong. Internacional de Americanistas. Bogotá: Uniandes, 17-37.

61. Adelsward, Viveka. 1996. “‘Plotsligt star dar en alg’: om historiskt presens i berattelser.”  [‘Plotsligt star dar en alg’: on the historical present in short stories.] Språk och Stil 6.5-13.

62. Adewole, L. O. 1988. “Yoo, the So-Called Future Particle in Yoruba.” UEA Papers in Linguistics 28.48-61.

63. _____. 1991. “Aspect and Phase Systems in Yoruba.” Calgary Working Papers in Linguistics 14.1-19.

64. Adger, David. 1996. “Aspect, Agreement and Measure Phrases in Scottish Gaelic.” Robert-D. Borsley and Ian Roberts (eds.), The Syntax of the Celtic Languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 200-22.

65. Adone, Dany. 1990. “The Acquisition of TMA Markers in Mauritian Creole.” Linguistische Berichte Supplement 3.87-104.

66. Adrados, F. R. 1950. “Observaciones sobre el aspecto verbal.”  [Observations on verbal aspect.] Estudios clásicos 1.11-25.

67. _____. 1954. “El método estructural y el aspecto verbal griego.”  [The structural method and verbal aspect.] Emerita 22.258-70.

68. Aerts, Willem Johan. 1965. Periphrastica: An Investigation into the Use of  einai and Žecein as Auxiliaries or Pseudo-Auxiliaries in Greek from Homer up to the Present Day. Amsterdam: A. M. Hakkert.

69. Aghajev, E. G. 1983. “Azerbajdzhan dili dialekt ve shivelerinde fe’lin kheber sheklinin analitik formalary.”  [Analytic Forms of a Verb’s Indicative Mood in Azerbaijani Dialects.] Izvestija akademii nauk azerbaidzhanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 1.61-65.

70. Agranat, T. B. 1989. “Funktsii preverbov v sovremennom vengerskom jazyke.”  [Functions of preverbs in the contemporary Hungarian language.] Sovetskoe Finno-Ugrovedenie 25.262-73.

71. Agrell, Sigurd. 1908. Aspektänderung und Aktionsartbildung beim polnischen Zeitworte: ein Beitrag zum Studium der indogermanischen Präverbia und ihrer Bedeutungsfunktionen.  [Aspectual change and Aktionsart construction in the Polish verb: a contribution to the study of the Indo-European preverbs and their meaning functions.] (Lunds Universiteits Årsskrift, 4.2.) Lund: H. Ohlsson.

72. Aguiar, Vera Lucia de and Emanuel Companys. 1988. “Holistique et partitif temporels: SER et ESTAR en portugais, étude contrastive.”  [The temporal holistic and partitive: ser and estar in Portguese, a contrastive study.] Cadernos de Estudos Linguisticos 15.17-47.

73. Agureeva, M. G. 1988. “Aktsional’nye osobennosti glagol’nyx predikatov sostojanija.”  [Aspect Peculiarities of the Verbal Predicates of State in Russian.] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 43.108-09.

74. Ahlqvist, Anders. 1993. “The Old Irish Imperfect Indicative.” Bela Brogyanyi and Reiner Lipp (eds.), Comparative-Historical Linguistics: Indo-European and Finno-Ugric: Papers in Honor of Oswald Szemerenyi, III. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV: Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 97.) Amsterdam: Benjamins, 281-89.

75. Ahn, Yoonja Oh. 1996. “The Aspectual and Temporal Systems of Korean from the Perspective of the Two-Component Theory of Aspect.” PhD dissertation, University of Texas, Austin.

76. Aigotti, D. 1974. “Tempo e aspetto nell-italiano antico.” [Tense and aspect in Old Italian.]  PhD Dissertation, University of Torino

77. Aijmer, Karin. 1984. “Go To and Will in Spoken English.” Haken Ringbom and Matti Rissanen (eds.), Proceedings from the Second Nordic Conference for English Studies. (Meddelanden Fran Stiftelsens for Abo Akademi Forskningsinstitut, 92.) Abo: Abo Akademi, 141-57.

78. _____. 1988. “Now may we have a word on this: the use of NOW as a discourse particle.” Merja Kyto Ossi and Ihalainen Matti Rissanen (eds.), Corpus linguistics. (Language and Computers: Studies in Practical Linguistics, 2.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 15-34.

79. Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. and R. M. Dixon. 1998. “Dependencies between Grammatical Systems.” Language 74.56-80.

80. Aitchison, Jean. 1989. “Spaghetti Junctions and Recurrent Routes: Some Preferred Pathways in Language Evolution.” Lingua 77.151-71.

81. _____. 1993. “Tense and Aspect in Child Language, Pidgins and Creoles.” B. Lakshmi Bai and Aditi Mukherjee (eds.), Tense and Aspect in Indian Languages. Hyderabad: Centre of Advanced Studies in Linguistics, Osmania University and Booklinks Corporation, 27-40.

82. Åkerlund, Alfred. 1911. On the History of the Definite Tenses in English. Cambridge: W. Heffer.

83. _____. 1914. “A Word on the Passive Definite Tenses.” Englische Studien 47.321-37.

84. Akhmetov, M. A. 1978. “Zalogi glagola v jazyke orkhono-eniseiskix pamjatnikov i ix otnoshenie k sovremennomu bashkirskomu jazyku.”  [Voices of the verb in the language of the Orkon-Yenisei monuments and their relation to the contemporary Bashkir language.] Sovetskaja tjurkologija 4.9-20.

85. Akimova, T. G. 1978. “Funktsionirovanie vo frantsuzskom i anglijskom jazvkax slozhnopodchinennogo predlozhenija s pridatochnym vremeni v dvux tipax aspectual’no-temporal’nogo konteksta.”  [French and English complex sentences with compound tenses in two types of aspectual-temporal contexts.] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 33.81-89.

86. _____. 1985. “The Centre and the Periphery of the Functional-Semantic Field of Aspectuality in French and English (Based on Translation of Russian Narrative Text).” Studies in Descriptive Linguistics 14.45-60. Translation by James and Josephine Forsyth; originally in Voprosy sopostavitel’noy aspektologii (Problems of Contrastive Aspectology), Leningrad, 1978.

87. _____. 1993. “Znachenie sovershennogo vida v otritsatel’nyx predlozheniyax v russkom jazyke.”  [The meaning of the perfective aspect in Russian negative sentences.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 42.75-86.

88. Akimova, Tatiana. 1992. “The Perfective Aspect and Negation in Russian.” Russian Linguistics 16.23-51.

89. Akinçi, Mehmet Ali and Sophie Kern. 1997. “Développement de la temporalité dans des récits en français chez des enfants monolingues et bilingues.” [The development of temporality in French narratives in monolingual and bilingual children.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

90. Akmajian, Adrian, Susan M. Steele, and Thomas Wasow. 1979. “The category AUX in universal grammar.” Linguistic Inquiry 10.1-64.

91. Aksu, Ayhan Ayse. 1978. “Aspect and Modality in the child’s Acquisition of the Turkish Past Tense.” PhD dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.

92. Aksu-Koç, Ayhan. 1988. The Acquisition of Aspect and Modality: The Case of Past Reference in Turkish. (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, Supplementary volume.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

93. Aksu-Koç, Ayhan A., and Dan I. Slobin. 1986. “A Psychological Account of the Development and Use of Evidentials in Turkish.” Wallace Chafe and Johanna Nichols (eds.), Evidentiality: The Linguistic Coding of Epistemology. (Advances in Discourse Processes, XX.) Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 159-67. Based on Slobin and Aksu, 1982.

94. Al Najjar, Balkees. 1991. “Grammaticalization of Lexical Markers in Kuwaiti Arabic.” Folia Linguistica 25.665-74.

95. Al-Aswad, Mohamed Kaleefa. 1984. “Contrastive Analysis of Arabic and English Verbs in Tense, Aspect, and Structure.” PhD dissertation.

96. Al-Najjar, Balkees. 1984. “The Syntax and Semantics of Verbal Aspect in Kuwaiti Arabic.” PhD dissertation, University of Utah.

97. Al-Tarouti, Ahmed Fathalla. 1992. “Temporality in Arabic Grammar and Discourse.” PhD dissertation, University of California, Los Angeles.

98. Alarcos Llorach, E. 1947. “Perfecto simple y compuesto en español.”  [Simple and complex perfect in Spanish.] Revista de Filología Española 31.108-39.

99. Albertuz, Francisco J. 1995. “En torno a la fundamentación linguística de la Aktionsart.”  [On the linguistic fundamentals of Aktionsart.] Verba 22.285-337.

100. Albright, S. R. 1970. Kind of knowledge, information source, location and time in Sirisana predicates. (Department of Linguistics Seminar Papers, 1.) Fullerton: California State College.

101. Alexander, Ronelle. 1996. “A Tenth Bulgarian Tense.” Presented at 10th Balkan and South Slavic Conference, Chicago, May 2-4, 1996.

102. Alexander, W. J. 1883. “Participial Periphrases in Attic Prose.” American Journal of Philology 4.292-308. Reprint, Amsterdam, 1965.

103. Alexandre, Pierre and Marie-Françoise Rombi. 1988. “Rapide aperçu bantu.”  [A rapid Bantu survey.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 83-92.

104. Alexiadou, Artemis. 1994. “On Aspectual and Temporal Adverbs.” Irene Philippaki-Warburton, Katerina Nicolaidis and Maria Sifianou (eds.), Themes in Greek Linguistics: Papers from the First International Conference on Greek Linguistics, Reading, September 1993. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 145-52.

105. _____. 1996. “Aspectual Restrictions on Word Order.” Folia Linguistica 30.35-46.

106. Alimhilli, Gjilda. 1995. “Risultativi e trasformativi nell’albanese.”  [Resultatives and transformatives in Albanian.] Studi italiani di linguistica teorica e applicata 24.557-565.

107. Allen, J. and P. Hayes. 1989. “Moments and points in an interval-based temporal logic.” Computational Intelligence 5.225-38.

108. Allen, James F. 1984. “Towards a General Theory of Action and Time.” Artificial Intelligence 23.123-54. Followed by Galton (1990).

109. _____  and George Ferguson. 1994. “Actions and events in interval temporal logic.” Journal of Logic and Computation 4.532-79.

110. Allen, Jerry. 1971 (1973). “Tense/Aspect and Conjunctions in Halia Narrative.” Oceanic Linguistics 10.63-77.

111. Allen, Robert L. 1966. The Verb System of Present-Day American English. The Hague: Mouton.

112. Allsop, R. 1962. “Expressions of state and action in the dialect of English used in the Georgetown area of British Guiana.” PhD dissertation, London University.

113. Allwood, Jens, Lars-Gunnar Andersson, and Östen Dahl. 1977. Logic in Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

114. Almeida, Michael J. 1987. “Reasoning about the temporal structure of narratives.” Technical Report 87-10, Department of Computer SCience, State University of New York, Buffalo.

115. _____. 1995. “Time in Narratives.” Judith F. Duchan, Gail A. Bruder, and Lynne E. Hewitt (eds.), Deixis in Narrative: a cognitive science perspective. Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum, 159-89.

116. Alonge, Antonietta. 1994. “Sulla classificazione verbale cosiddetta ‘aspettuale’: discussione di alcuni problemi.”  [On the so-called aspectual classification of verbs: A discussion of some problems.] Archivio Glottologico Italiano 79.160-99.

117. Alston, William P. 1967. “Meaning.” Paul Edwards (ed.), The Encyclopedia of Philosophy. New York City: Macmillan and the Free Press, 233-41.

118. Altham, J. 1971. The Logic of Plurality. London: Methuen.

119. Alverson, Hoyt. 1994. Semantics and Experience: Universal Metaphors of Time in English, Mandarin, Hindi, and Sesotho. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press.

120. Alzira, Barahona. 1968. Para um estudo da expressão do tempo no romance portugués contemporaneo.  [For a study of the expression of tense in the contemporary Portuguese novel.] (Publicacões do Centro de Estudos Filológicos, 17.) Lisbon: Centro de Estudos Filológicos.

121. Amare, Getahun. 1995. “Issues of Time and Place Adverbs in Amharic.” African Languages and Cultures 8.123-36.

122. Ambrosini, Ricardo. 1955. L’uso dei tempi storici nell’italiano antico.  [The use of historical tenses in Old Italian.] (Studi linguistici e filologica, 1.) Pisa: Suola Normale Superiore.

123. Amigues, S. 1982. “Voix, aspect et temps dans le verbe tiktoo.”  [Voice, aspect and tense in the Tiktoo verb.] REA 84.29-48.

124. Amma, R. Saraswathi. 1979. “-Uka forms in Malayalam.” Indian Linguistics 40.35-40.

125. Amritavalli, R. 1998. “Tense, Aspect and Mood in Kannada.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

126. Amsili, Pascal and Anne Le Draoulec. 1995. “A Contribution to the Event Negation Problem.” P. Amsili et al. (eds.), Time, space and movement: Meaning and knowledge in the sensible world. Workshop notes of the 5th international workshop TSM ‘95, Bonas, 23-27 juin 1995, 17-29. Presented at Conference on Time, Space, and Movement, University of Toulouse.

127. Anagnostopoulou, E., S. Iatridou and R. Izvorski. 1999. “Some Observations about the Form and Meaning of the Perfect.” Ms., University of Crete.

128. Andersen, Henning. 1987. “From Auxiliary to Desinence.” Martin Harris and Paolo Ramat (eds.), Historical Development of Auxiliaries. (Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs, 35.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 21-51.

129. Andersen, R. E. and Yasuhiro Shirai. 1996. “The Primacy of Aspect in First and Second Language Acquisition: The Pidgin-Creole Connection.” William C. Ritchie and Tej K. Bhatia (eds.), Handbook of Second Language Acquisition. San Diego: Academic Press, 527-70.

130. Andersen, Roger W. 1990. “Papiamentu Tense-Aspect, With Special Attention to Discourse.” John Victor Singler (ed.), Pidgin and Creole Tense-Mood-Aspect  Systems. (Creole language library, 6.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 59-96.

131. Andersen, T. David and John R. Roberts. 1991. “An Exception to the Hodiernal:Non-Hodiernal Distinction.” Studies in Language 15.295-99.

132. Andersen, Torben. 1994. “From Aspect to Tense in Lulubo: Morphosyntactic and semantic restructuring in a Central Sudanic Language.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 233-64.

133. Anderson, Deborah Winthrop. 1989. “Time in Indo-European: ‘Before’ and ‘After’, ‘Past’ and ‘Future’: A Linguistic Study of the Spatio-Temporal Uses of PIE *pro, *apo, *epi, and *opi.”  PhD dissertation, University of California, Los Angeles.

134. Anderson, Gregory D. S. 1995. “Light Shed on Problems of Turkic Conjugation: The Northeast Turkic Progressive Present in -Ipca(t) and the ‘Mixed’ Conjugation.” Henning Andersen (ed.), Historical Linguistics 1993: Selected Papers from the 11th International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Los Angeles, 16-20 August 1993. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 9-18.

135. Anderson, J. 1973. “On Existence and the Perfect.” Foundations of Language 10.333-37.

136. Anderson, James M. and Bernard Rochet. 1979. Historical Romance morphology. Ann Arbor: University Microfilms for University of Calgary.

137. Anderson, John. 1973. “The Ghost of Times Past.” Foundations of Language 9.481-91. Response in Rigter, G. H. (1980), “Laying the Ghost of Times Past.”

138. Anderson, John M. 1973. An Essay Concerning Aspect: Some considerations of a General Character arising from the Abbé Darrigol’s analysis of the Basque Verb. (Janua Linguarum Series Minor, 167.) The Hague and Paris: Mouton.

139. _____. 1997. “Remarks on the Structure and Development of the Have Perfect.” Folia Linguistica Historica 18.3-23.

140. Anderson, Lloyd. 1982. “‘Perfect’ as a Universal and a Language-Particular Category.” Paul J. Hopper (ed.), Tense-Aspect: Between Semantics and Pragmatics. (Typological Studies in Language, 1.) Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 227-64.

141. Lloyd B. 1981. “Evidential Universals and Mental Maps: Experience, Aspect, and Mood.”  Unpublished ms.

142. _____. 1982. “Universals of Aspect and Parts of Speech: Parallels between Signed and Spoken Languages.” Paul J. Hopper (ed.), Tense-Aspect: Between Semantics and Pragmatics. (Typological Studies in Language, 1.) Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 91-114.

143. _____. 1986. “Evidentials, paths of Change, and Mental Maps: Typologically Regular Asymmetries.” Wallace Chafe and Johanna Nichols (eds.), Evidentiality: The Linguistic Coding of Epistemology. (Advances in Discourse Processes, XX.) Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 273-312. Later version of Anderson, 1981.

144. _____. n. d.. “The Black English System of Tense and Aspect: Its Origins in Natural Language Change.”  Ms.; revision of talk given at SECOL VI.

145. Anderson, Stephen R. 1985. “Inflectional Morphology.” Timothy Shopen (ed.), Grammatical Categories and the Lexicon. (Language Typology and Syntactic Description, 3.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 150-201.

146. _____. 1988. “Morphological Theory.” Frederick J. Newmeyer (ed.), Linguistic Theory: The Foundations. (Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey, 1.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 146-91.

147. _____  and Edward L. Keenan. 1985. “Deixis.” Timothy Shopen (ed.), Grammatical Categories and the Lexicon. (Language Typology and Syntactic Description, 3.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 259-308.

148. Anderson, Tommy R. 1968. “On the Transparency of Begin: some uses of semantic theory.” Foundations of Language 4.394-421.

149. Andersson, Erik. 1977. Verbfrasens struktur i svenskan: en studie i aspekt.  [The Structure of the Swedish Verb Phrase.] (Publications of the Research Institute of the Abo Akademi Foundation, 18.) Abo: Research Institute of the Abo Akademi Foundation.  Review article by Platzack (1978a).

150. Andersson, S. 1972. Die Kategorien Aspekt und Aktionsart im Russichen und Deutschen.  [The categories of aspect and Aktionsart in Russian and German.] (Studia Germanistica Upsaliensia.) Uppsala.  Reviewed in Bartschat (1979).

151. Andersson, Stig-Olav. 1984. “Changes of Aspect in Text Production.” Casper de Groot and Hannu Tommola (eds.), Aspect Bound: A voyage into the realm of Germanic, Slavonic and Finno-Ugrian aspectology (Proceedings from the First Scandinavian Symposium on Aspectology in Vaasa, Aug. 26-28, 1983). Foris, 211-23.

152. Andersson, Sven Gunnar. 1984. “What is Aspectual about the Perfect and the Pluperfect in Swedish?” Casper de Groot and Hannu Tommola (eds.), Aspect Bound: A voyage into the realm of Germanic, Slavonic and Finno-Ugrian aspectology (Proceedings from the First Scandinavian Symposium on Aspectology in Vaasa, Aug. 26-28, 1983). Foris, 199-207.

153. Andersson, Sven-Gunnar. 1972/78. Aktionalität im Deutschen: Eine Untersuchung unter Vergleich mit dem Russischen Aspektsystem.  [Actionality in German: an Investigation under comparison with the Russian aspect system.] Uppsala: Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis.

154. _____. 1983. “Gibt es Modalverben mit aspektuellen Charakter?”  [Are there modal verbs with aspectual character?.] Sprache und Pragmatik 50.103-06.

155. _____. 1989. “On the Generalization of Progressive Constructions: ‘Ich bin (das Buch) am Lesen’ - Status and Usage in Three Varieties of German.” Lars-Gunnar Larsson (ed.), Proceedings of the Second Scandinavian Symposium on Aspectology. (Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis: Studia Uralica et Altaica Upsaliensia, 19.) Uppsala: Almqvist and Wiksell, 95-106.

157. _____. 1989a. “Zur Interaktion von Temporalität, Modalität, Aspektualität und Aktionsart bei den nicht-futurischen Tempora im Deutschen, Englischen und Schwedisch.”  [On the interaction of temporality, modality, aspectuality, and Aktionsart in the non-future tenses in German, English, and Swedish.] Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus—Aspekt—Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 27-49.

158. _____. 1994. “Proximität und Distalität im deutschen Tempus/Modussystem.”  [Proximity and distality in the German tense/mood system.] Nordlyd 22.1-7.

159. Andreasen, Andrew John. 1981. “Backgrounding and Foregrounding through Aspect in Chinese Narrative Literature.” PhD dissertation, Stanford University

160. Andreescu, Gabriel. 1985. “Polysemy by Syntactic Iteration within Temporal Language.” Revue Roumaine de Linguistique 30.19-23.

161. Andrejcin, Ljubomir. 1957. “Ka°m charakteristikata na perfekta (minalo neopredeleno vreme) v ba°lgarskija ezik.”  [On the characteristics of the perfect (indefinite past) in Bulgarian.] Ezikovedski izsledvanija v cest na akademik Stefan Mladenov, 57-64.

162. Andrews, Barry. 1992. “Aspect in Past Tenses in English and French.” International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 30.281-97.

163. Andronov, M. 1961. “Hints Regarding the Origin of the Present Tense Suffix ‘kinr’ in Tamil.” Tamil Culture  9.192-95.

164. _____. 1978. “Tense and Mood in Dravidian: A Comparative Study.” Journal of Tamil Studies 13.12-39.

165. Andronov, M. S. 1959. “On the Future Tense Base in Tamil.” Tamil Culture 8.186-92.

166. Anghelescu, Nadia. 1988. “L’aspect en arabe: suggestions pour une analyse.”  [Aspect in Arabic: Suggestions for an analysis.] Revue Roumaine de Linguistique 33.343-53.

167. _____. 1991. “L’expression de l’inchoativité en arabe.”  [The expression of inchoativity in Arabic.] Kinga Devenyi and Tamas Ivanyi (eds.), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Arabic Grammar, Budapest, 1-7 September 1991. (The Arabist: Budapest Studies in Arabic, 3-4.) Budapest: Chair for Arabic Studies, Eotvos Lorand University and Section of Islamic Studies, Csoma de Koros Society, 29-35.

168. Anikina, A. B. 1964. “O sochetamosti glagolov nesovershennogo i sovershennogo vida s narechijami i drugimi leksicheskimi edinitsami, xarakterizujushchimi sposob dejstvija.”  [On the combinability of verbs of imperfective and perfective aspect with adverbs and other lexical units characterizing kinds of action.] Filologicheskie Nauki 7.165-73. Avtoreferat kandidatskoj disertatsii.

169. Annamalai, E. 1985. The Dynamics of Verbal Extension in Tamil. Trivandrum: Dravidian Linguistics Association.

170. Anscombe, G. E. M. 1964. “Before and After.” Philosophical Review 73.3-24.

171. Anscombre, Jean-Claude. 1990. “L’opposition longtemps/longuement: durée objective et durée subjective.”  [The opposition of longtemps  ‘for a long time’ and longuement  ‘for a long time’: objective duration and subjective duration.] Langue française 88.90-116.

172. _____. 1992. “Imparfait et passé composé: des forts en thème/propos.”  [Imperfect and complex past: some strong points in theme/intention.] L’Information Grammaticale 55.43-53.

173. _____. 1993. “Sur/sous: De la localisation spatiale à la localisation temporelle.”  [Sur ‘on, over’/sous ‘under’: from spacial localization to temporal localization.] Lexique 11.111-45.

174. Anstatt, Tanja. 1997. “Bedeutungsstrukturen von substantivischen Zeitbezeichnungen in slavischen Sprachen.” [The structural meaning of noun tense markings in Slavic languages.]  Presented at Deutsche Gesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft,  19. Jahrestagung,  Düsseldorf, 26. bis 28. Februar 1997, Arbeitsgrup 1, Sprache und Zeit.

175. Antal, L. 1963. Questions of Meaning. (Janua Linguarum, series minor, 27.) The Hague: Mouton.

176. Antinucci, F.  and L. Gebert. 1977. “Semantyka aspektu czasownikowego.”  [The semantics of verbal aspect.] Studia Grammatyczne 1.7-43. Discussed by Karolak (1996).

177. Antinucci, F. and R. Miller. 1976. “How Children Talk about What Happened.” Journal of Child Language 3.167-89.

178. Aoki, Haruo. 1986. “Evidentials in Japanese.” Wallace Chafe and Johanna Nichols (eds.), Evidentiality: The Linguistic Coding of Epistemology. (Advances in Discourse Processes, XX.) Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 223-38.

179. Appolonius Dyscolus. 1981. The Syntax of Appolonius Dyscolus. Amsterdam: Benjamins.  Translated and edited by Fred W. Householder.

180. Aquinas, Thomas. 1955. In Aristrotelis Libros Peri Hermeneias et Posteriorum Analyticorum Expositio.  [Concerning Aristotle’s Books ‘ Peri Hermeneias’ and Exposition of the Posterior Analytics [?].] Turin: Marietti.

181. Åqvist, Lennart. 1976. “Formal Semantics for Verb Tenses as Analyzed by Reichenbach.” Teun van Dijk (ed.), Pragmatics of Language and Literature. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 229-36.

182. _____. 1977. “On the Analysis of Some Accomplishment and Activity Verbs.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), On the Logical Analysis of Tense and Aspect. Tübingen: Narr, 31-65.

183. _____. 1978. “Analysis of Action Sentences Based on a ‘Tree’ System of Modal Tense Logic.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Papers on Tense, Aspect and Verb Classification. Tübingen: Narr Verlag, 111-61.

184. _____. 1978a. “On the Distinction Between the Present Perfect and the Simple Past in English.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Papers on Tense, Aspect and Verb Classification. Tübingen: Narr Verlag, 37-48.

185. _____. 1979. “A Conjectured Axiomatization of Two-Dimensional Reichenbachian Tense Logic.” Journal of Philosophical Logic 8.1-45.

186. _____. 1979a. “A System of Chronological Tense Logic.” F. Guenther and S. J. Schmidt  (eds.), Formal Semantics and Pragmatics for Natural Languages. Dordrecht: Reidel, 223-54.

187. _____  and Franz Guenther. 1978. “Fundamentals of a Theory of Verb Aspect and Events within the Setting of an Improved Tense-logic.” Franz Guenther and Christian Rohrer (eds.), Studies in Formal Semantics: Intensionality, Temporality, Negation. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 167-99. Ms., 1976.

188. _____ and Franz Guenther, and Christian Rohrer. 1977. “‘Soon’ and ‘Recently’.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), On the Logical Analysis of Tense and Aspect. Tübingen: Narr, 67-81.

189. _____ , Franz Guenther, and Christian Rohrer. 1978. “Definability in ITL of Some Subordinate Temporal Conjunctions in English.” Franz Guenther and Christian Rohrer (eds.), Studies in Formal Semantics: Intensionality, Temporality, Negation. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 201-21.

190. _____ , Jaap Hoepelman, and Christian Rohrer. 1980. “Adverbs of Frequency.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Time, Tense, and Quantifiers: Proceedings of the Stuttgart Conference on the Logic of Tense and Quantification. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 1-18.

191. Arad, Maya. 1998. “Are Unaccusatives Aspectually Characterized? (And Other Related Questions).” MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 32.1-20.

192. Arasanyin, Frank Ojo. 1987. “Tense and Aspect:: A Semantic Approach to Temporal Codification in Yoruba.”  PhD dissertation, Northwestern University.

193. Arehart, Mark. 2001. “Object case, aspect, & maximality in Finnish.” Presented at Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, January.

194. Arikwa, Koji. 1992. “Binding Domain and Modality: A case study of tense binding in Japanese.”  PhD dissertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison

195. Aristar, Anthony and Helen Dry. 1982. “The Origin of Backgrounding Tenses in English.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 18.1-13.

196. Aristotle. 1929. The Physics. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard U. Press (Loeb Classical Library).  Reprinted 1957. Trans. by Philip H. Wickstead and Francis M. Cornford.

197. _____. 1933. The Metaphysics, I-IX. London and Cambridge, Massachusetts: Heinemann and Harvard University Press (Loeb Classical Library).  Reprinted 1961. Translated by Hugh Treddenick.

198. _____. 1934. Nicomachean Ethics. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press (Loeb Classical Library).  Translated by H. Rackham.

199. _____. 1938. Organon I: The Categories. On Interpretation. Prior Analytics.  London: Heinemann (Loeb Classical Library).

200. _____. 1952. Metaphysics. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica.

201. _____. 1952. On Poetics. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica.  Translated by Ingram Bywater.

202. _____. 1957. On the Soul, Parva Naturalia, On Breath. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press (Loeb Classical Library).  Revised edition.  Translated by W. S. Hett.

203. _____. 1960. The Poetics.  Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press (Loeb Classical Library).  Translated by  W. Hamilton Fyfe.

204. Arms, David G. 1978. “Fijian sa and se Aspect.” Stephen A. Wurm and Lois Carrington (eds.), Second International Conference on Austronesian Linguistics: Proceedings. Fasc. 1: Western Austronesian; Fasc. 2: Eastern Austronesian. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C, 61.) Canberra: Department of Linguistics, Australian National University, 1241-72.

205. Armstrong, David. 1981. “The Ancient Greek Aorist as the Aspect of Countable Action.” Philip Tedeschi and Annie Zaenen (eds.), Tense and Aspect. (Syntax and Semantics, 14.) New York City: Academic Press, 1-12.

206. Arnaud, Rene. 1983. “On the Progress of the Progressive in the Private Correspondence of Famous British People (1800-1880).” Sven Jacobson (ed.), Papers from the Second Scandinavian Symposium on Syntactic Variation,  Stockholm May 15-16, 1982. Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell, 83-94.

207. Arnavielle, T. 1978. “Remarques sur l’emploi du plus-que-parfait de l’indicatif en français moderne.”  [Remarks on the use of the plus-que-parfait  (plusperfect) of the indicative in modern French.] Mélanges de philologie offerts à Charles Camproux, 2, 615-621.

208. Arnavielle, Teddy. 1997. “Pour construire une grammaire historique du français.”  [Composing a historical grammar of French.] Revue des Langues Romanes 101.91-120.

209. Arnott, David W. 1960. The Tense System in Gombe Fula. London: School of Oriental and African Studies.

210. Arnovick, Leslie Katherine. 1987. “The Modality of Medieval English Futurity.” PhD dissertation, University of California at Berkeley.

211. Aronson, Howard. To appear. “Interrelationships between Aspect and Mood in Bulgarian.” Demetri Kourboulis and Kenneth Naylor (eds.), Topics in Slavic Morphology..

212. Aronson, Howard I. 1967. “Grammatical Categories of the Indicative in the Contemporary Bulgarian Literary Language.” Robert Abernathy et al. (eds.), To Honor Roman Jakobson. (Janua Linguarum, Series Maior, 31.) The Hague: Mouton82-98.

213. _____. 1977. “Interrelationships between Aspect and Mood in Bulgarian.” Folia Slavica 1.9-32.

214. _____. 1985. “Form, Function, and the Perfective in Bulgarian.” Michael S. Flier and Alan Timberlake (eds.), The Scope of Slavic Aspect. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 12.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 274-85.

215. _____. 1985a. “On Aspect in Yiddish.” General Linguistics 25.171-88.

216. Aronstein, Ph. 1918. “Die Periphrastische Form in Englischen.”  [The periphrastic form in English.] Anglia: Zeitschrift für englische Philologie 42.1-84.

217. Arrais, Telmo Correa. 1991. “Tempo e aspecto, tempo e modalidade: de volta ao futuro.”  [Tense and aspect, tense and modality: Back to the future.] Alfa 35.11-17.

218. Arregui, Ana  and Kiyomi Kusumoto. 1998. “Tense in Temporal Adverb Clauses.” Devon Strolovitch and Aaron Lawson  (eds.), Proceedings of Semantics and Linguistic Theory VIII. Ithaca, New York: CLC Publications.

219. As, S. van. 1993. “‘En het volgend jaar was nu’: over de perspectivische effecten van het woord nu  in verbindung met het preteritum.”  [‘And it was now the following year’: on the perspectival effect of the word nu  (now) in combination with the preterite.]  Ms., University of Amsterdam

220. Asakura, Sueo. 1958. “Les temps composés et l’aspect parfait.”  [In Japanese.  Compound tenses and the perfect aspect.] Étude de la langue française 18.6-10.

221. Asenova, Petia. 1990. “Quelques remarques sur les types convergents.”  [Some remarks on convergent types.] Diachronica 7.1-8.

222. Asher, N. 1997. “Événements, faits, propositions et anaphore évolutive.”  [Events, facts, propositions and evolutive anaphor.] Verbum 19.137-76.

223. Asher, Nicholas. 1992. “A Default, Truth Conditional Semantics for the Progressive.” Linguistics and Philosophy 15.463-508.

224. _____  and Daniel Bonevac. 1985. “Situations and Events.” Philosophical Studies 47.57-77.

225. _____ , Michel Aurnague, Myriam Bras and Laure Vieu. 1995. “Spatial, Temporal and Spatio-temporal Locating Adverbials in Discourse.” Presented at Conference on Time, Space, and Movement, University of Toulouse.

226. Aslanides, Sophie. 1998. “The linguistic expression of a semantic relation: The connectives of simultaneity in French.” Belgian Journal of Linguistics 12.175-88.

227. Atari, Omar F. 1994. “Semantic/Pragmatic Clause Relations and Modality in English/Arabic Translation.” Turjuman 3.91-101.

228. Audebert, Claude. 1995. “De quelques moyens linguistiques pour exprimer le devenir en arabe.”  [On some linguistic means for expressing becoming in Arabic.] Jacques Fontanille (ed.), Le Devenir: Nouveaux Actes Sémiotiques. Limoges: Presses Universitaires de Limoges, 161-70.

229. Audry-Iljic, Françoise and Robert Iljic. 1989. “Qui a peur de l’aspect? Pedagogie de l’aspect en chinois: le cas du suffixe -guo.”  [Who’s afraid of aspect? Teaching aspect in Chinese: the case of the suffix -guo.] Les langues modernes 83.55-69.

230. Auroux, Sylvain. 1985-86. “La teoría de los tiempos en la gramática general francesa (Beauzée y Destutt de Tracy).”  [A theory of the tenses in French general grammar (Beauzée and Destutt de Tracy).] Estudios de Linguística 3.287-312.

231. Austefjord, Anders. 1988. “On the Oldest Type of Aorists in Indo-European.” Journal of Indo European Studies 16.23-32.

232. Austin, Peter. 1998. “‘Crow Is Sitting Chasing Them’: Grammaticisation and the Verb ‘To Sit’ in the Mantharta Languages, Western Australia.” Anna Siewierska, and Jae Jung Song (eds.), Case, Typology and Grammar: In Honour of Barry J. Blake. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 19-36.

233. Authier, Jacqueline. 1979. “Problèmes posés par le traitement du discours rapporté dans une grammaire de phrase.”  [Problems posed by the treatment of reported discourse in sentence grammar.] Lingvisticae Investigationes 3.211-28.

234. Auwera, Johann van der. 1984. “From Temporal Adverb to Modal Particle: Some comparative remarks on Polish ‘czasem’ (‘sometimes’).” Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 18.91-99.

235. _____. 1993. “‘Already’ and ‘Still’: Beyond Duality.” Linguistics and Philosophy 16.613-53.

236. Avilova, N. S. 1959. “O kategorii vida v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke.”  [On the category of aspect of the contemporary Russian literary language.] Russkij jazyk v natsional’noj shkole 4.21-6.

237. _____. 1964. “Razvitie vidovyx sootnoshennij glagola.”  [The development of aspectual correlations of the verb.] N. S. Avilova (ed.), Ocherki po istoricheskoj grammatike russkogo literaturnogo jazyka XIX veka: Glagol, narechie, predlogi i sojuzy.... Moscow.

238. _____. 1976. Vid glagola i semantika glagol’nogo slova.  [Verbal aspect and the semantics of the verb.] Moscow.

239. Avram, Larisa. 1986. “A Few Remarks on Futurity in Romanian.” Revue Roumaine de Linguistique 31.203-07.

240. _____. 1987. “The Romanian Prezent and the Norwegian Presens: A Semantic Description.” Revue Roumaine de Linguistique 32.207-12.

241. _____. 1998. “Remarks on the English Modals.” University of Maryland Working Papers in Linguistics 6.12-31.

242. Avram, Mioara. 1975. “Adverbul miine si timpurile verbale din sfera trecutului.”  [The Adverb Miine and the Verbal Tenses of the Past Meaning.] Studii sµi Cerceta°ri Lingvistice 26.189-95.

243. _____. 1976. “Conditionalul cu valoare de indicativ trecut in texte vechi romanesti.”  [The Conditional with the Value of the Past Indicative in Old Romanian Texts.] Studii sµi Cerceta°ri Lingvistice 27.353-58.

244. Avrorin, V. A. 1948. “O kategorijax vremeni i vida v nanajskom jazyke.”  [On the categories of tense and aspect in the Nanai language.] Jazyk i myshlenije 11.29-55.

245. _____. 1949. “O kategorijax vremeni i vida v man’chzhurskom jazyke.”  [On the categories of tense and aspect in the Manchu language.] Izvestija akademii nauk SSSR, otdelenije literatury i jazyka 8.60-66.

246. Avrutin, Sergey. 1997. “Events as Units of Discourse Representation in Root Infinitives.” MIT Occasional Papers in Linguistics 12.65-91.

247. Awbery, Gwenllian M. 1990. “The Geographical Distribution of Pembrokeshire Negatives.” MartinJ. Ball, James Fife, Erich Poppe, and Jenny Rowland (eds.), Celtic Linguistics— Ieithyddiaeth Geltaidd : Readings in the Brythonic Languages. Fesctschrift for T. Arwyn Watkins. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV: Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 68.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 11-23.

248. Axelrod, Melissa. 1993. The Semantics of Time: Aspectual Categorization in Koyukon Athabaskan. (Studies in the Anthropology of North American Indians.) Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.  PhD dissertation, University of Colorado, Boulder, 1990, The Semantics of Temporal Categorization: The Aspectual System of Koyukon Athapaskan.

249. Ayano, Seiki. 1997. “Progressive Aspect in Japanese and Narrative Time Advancement.” Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

250. Ayres, Glenn. 1981. “On Ergativity and Aspect in Ixil.” Journal of Mayan Linguistics 2.128-45.

251. Ayres-Bennett, W. and J. Carruthers. 1992. “Une regrettable et fort disgracieuse faute de français?: The description and analysis of the French surcomposés from 1530 to the present day.” Transactions of the Philological Society 90.219-57.

252. Aziz, Yowell Y. 1994. “Expressing Stative and Dynamic Situations in English and Arabic.” Turjuman 3.81-98.

253. Azzalino, Walther. 1950. “Wesen und Wirken von Aktionsart und Aspekt.”  [The nature and effect of Aktionsart and aspect.] Neuphilologische Zeitschrift 2.105-10, 192-203.

254. Baayen, R. Harald. 1997. “The Pragmatics of the ‘Tenses’ in Biblical Hebrew.” Studies in Language 21.245-85.

255. Babushkina, E. V. 1980. “O kategorii futuruma v datskom jazyke.”  [On the category of the future tense in Danish.] Vestnik moskovskogo universiteta, filologija 35.47-56.

256. Bach, Emmon. 1967. “Have and Be in English Syntax.” Language 43.462-85.

257. _____. 1980. “Tenses and Aspects as Functions on Verb-Phrases.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Time, Tense, and Quantifiers: Proceedings of the Stuttgart Conference on the Logic of Tense and Quantification. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 19-37.

258. _____. 1981. “On Time, Tense and Aspect: An Essay in Metaphysics.” Peter Cole (ed.), Radical Pragmatics. New York City : Academic Press, 63-81.

259. _____. 1986. “The Algebra of Events.” Linguistics and Philosophy 9.5-16.

260. Bache, Carl. 1982. “Aspect and Aktionsart: Towards Semantic Distinction.” Journal of Linguistics 18.57-72.

261. _____. 1985. Verbal Aspect: A General Theory and its Application to Present-Day English. (Odense University Studies in English, 8.) Odense: Odense University Press.

262. _____. 1986. “Aspect in English: An Introduction.” CEBAL: Copenhagen School of Economics and Business Administration. Language Departmentguages 9.1-26.

263. _____. 1986a. “Review of Comrie (1985).” Journal of Literary Semantics 15.66-70.

264. _____. 1986b. “Tense and Aspect in Fiction.” Journal of Literary Semantics 15.82-97.

265. _____. 1994. “Introduction: An Overview.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1-22.

266. _____. 1994a. “Verbal Categories, Form-meaning Relationships and the English Perfect.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 43-60.

267. _____. 1995. The Study of Aspect, Tense and Action: Towards a Theory of the Semantics of Grammatical Categories. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.  2nd ed., 1997.

268. Baciu, Ioan. 1987. “Sur l’histoire du futur français.”  [On the History of the French Future Tense.] Studia Universitatis Babes Bolyai: Philologia 32.33-36.

269. Back, Michael. 1991. “Das Verhältnis von Aktionsart und Tempus im Idg..”  [The relationship of Aktionsart and tense in Indo-European.] Historische Sprachforschung 104.279-302.

270. Backlund, Ulf. 1986. “Towards ‘Perfective’ Co-Time: A Study of the Progressive in English.” The... LACUS [Linguistic Association of Canada and the United States] Forum 13.181-98.

271. Bader, Françoise. 1972. “Parfait et moyen en grec.”  [Perfect and middle in Greek.] Mélanges de linguistiques et de philologie grecques, 1-21.

272. Baek, Eung-Jin. 1986. “Tense and Aspect in Korean and Mongolian.” Korean Linguistics 4.61-74.

273. Baena Z. and Angel Luis. 1980. “La noción de ‘tiempo’ y las formas verbales del español.”  [The notion of ‘tense’ and the verbal forms of Spanish.] Lenguaje 12.51-61.

274. Bærentzen, Per. 1986. “Form und Inhalt der deutschen Tempora.”  [Form and content of the German tenses.] Friedhelm Debus and Ernst Dittmer (eds.), Sandbjerg 85: Dem Andenken von Heinrich Bach gewidmet. (Kieler Beiträge zur Deutschen Sprachgeschichte, 10.) Neumunster: Wachholtz, 143-60.

275. Baganz, Lutz. 1986. “On the Verbal Aspect in Hindi and Bengali.” Archív orientální 54.19-31.

276. Bahloul, Maher. 1994. “The Syntax and Semantics of Taxis, Aspect, Tense and Modality in Standard Arabic.” PhD dissertation, Cornell University.

277. Bailey, Charles-James N. 1983. “Can Bickerton’s Interpretation of TMA Be Right?” Papiere zur Linguistik 2.57-58.

278. _____. 1985. “Irrealis Modalities and the Misnamed ‘Present Simple Tense’ in English.” Language and Communication 5.297-314.

279. Bailey, Nathalie. 1989. “Discourse Conditioned Tense Variation: Teacher Implications.” Miriam R. Eisenstein (ed.), The Dynamic Interlanguage: Empirical Studies in Second Language Variation. (Topics in Language and Linguistics.) New York: Plenum, 279-96.

280. Baker, Bruce A. 1997. “Aspect of Attributive Participles in New Testament Narrative.” M.Div. thesis, Calvary Theological Seminary.

281. Baker, G. P. and P. M. S. Hacker. 1984. Frege: Logical Excavations. New York City: Oxford University Press.

282. Baker, Mark. 1997. “Stative versus eventive verbs in the morphosyntax of complex predicates in Mohawk.” Presented at Workshop on Events as Grammatical Objects, from the combined perspectives of lexical semantics, logical semantics and syntax, Linguistic Society of America 1997 Summer Institute, Cornell University.

283. _____ and Lisa Travis. 1997. “Mood as Verbal Definiteness in a “Tenseless” Language.” Natural Language Semantics 5.213-269.

284. Baker, Philip. 1993. “Contribution à l’histoire du futur en créole mauricien: Observations sur les communications de Hazael-Massieux et de Touchard & Veronique distribuées au Colloque International des Études Créoles, Ile Maurice, 30 sept-5 oct 1992.”  [A contribution to the history of the future in Mauritian Creole: Observations on the contributions of Hazael-Massieux and de Touchard & Veronique distributed at the International Colloquium of Creole Studies, Ile Maurice, 30 sept-5 oct 1992.] Études Créoles 16.87-100.

285. Baker, Robin W. 1983. “Komi Zyryan’s Second Past Tense: Slavonic influence upon the language of the Old Permian texts.” Finno-Urgrische Forschungen 45.69-81.

286. Bakhtiari, Behrooz Mahmoodi. 2000. Tense in Persian: Its Nature and Use. (LINCOM Studies in Indo-European Linguistics, 16.) Munich: LINCOM Europa.

287. Bakker, E. J. 1997. “Storytelling in the Future: Truth, Time, and Tense in Homeric Epic.” E. J. Bakker and A. Kahane (eds.), Written Voices, Spoken Signs: Tradition, Performance, and the Epic Text. Cambridge, Mass.  Reviewed by M.D. Usher, 1998, Bryn Mawr Classical Reviews.

288. _____. 1997a. “Verbal Aspect and Mimetic Description in Thucydides.” E. J. Bakker (ed.), Grammar as Interpretation: Greek Literature in its Linguistic Contexts. (Mnemosyne Supplement , 171.) Leiden, 7-54.

289. Bakker, Egbert J. 1991. “Foregrounding and Indirect Discourse: Temporal Subclauses in a Herodotean Short Story.” Journal of Pragmatics 16.225-47.

290. _____. 1994. “Voice, Aspect and Aktionsart: Middle and Passive in Ancient Greek.” B. & Hopper Fox, P. J. (eds.), Voice: Form and Function. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: Benjamins, 23-47.

291. Bakker, Peter, Marike Post, and Hein Van-Der-Voort. 1995. “TMA Particles and Auxiliaries.” Jacques Arends, Pieter Muysken, and Norval Smith (eds.), Pidgins and Creoles: An Introduction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 247-58.

292. Bakker, W. F. 1965. “Aspect of the Imperative in Modern Greek.” Neophilologus 49.89-103.

293. _____. 1966. The Greek Imperative: An Investigation into the Aspectual Differences between the Present and Aorist Imperatives in Greek Prayer from Homer up to the Present Day. Amsterdam: A. M. Hakkert.

294. _____. 1968. “A Remark on the Use of the Imperfect and the Aorist in Herodotus.” Mnemosyne 21.22-28.

295. Bala, Madhu. 1996. “Temporal Deixis in Punjabi: A Grammatico-Semantic Study.” South Asian Language Review 6.72-78.

296. Balaisis, Vytautas. 1981. “Zum Vergleich des litauischen Futurs mit dem deutschen Futur.”  [On the comparison of the Lithuanian future with the German future.] Kalbotyra 32.65-69.

297. _____. 1983. “Vokiechiu ir lietuviu kalbu veiksmazodzio laiku lyginimas.”  [On the comparison of the use of tenses in German and Lithuanian.] Kalbotyra 34.99-111.

298. Balazs, J. 1979. “Die ungarischen Hilfsverba in osteuropäischer Sicht.”  [Auxiliary verbs from an East European perspective.] Studia Slavica 25.21-30.

299. Baldi, Philip. 1976. “The Latin Imperfect in *ba-.” Language 52.839-50.

300. Ballmer, Thomas T.. 1987. “Case, Aktionsart and Ergativity: A Semantical Base for Typological Issues.” Thomas T. Ballmer and Wolfgang Wildgen (eds.), Process Linguistics: Exploring the Processual Aspects of Language and Language Use, and the Methods of Their Description. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 37-79.

301. Ballon Aguirre, Enrique. 1986. “El estado tenso de la acción.”  [The Tense State of Action. A Homage to A. J. Greimas.] Escritos: En homenaje a A. J. Greimas 1.37-47.

302. Ballweg, Joachim. 1981. “Simple Present Tense and Progressive Periphrases in German.” Hans-Jürgen Eikmeyer and Hannes Rieser (eds.), Words, Worlds, and Contexts: New Approaches in Word Semantics. (Research in Text Theory, 6.) Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter, 222-33.

303. _____. 1984. “Praesentia non sunt multiplicanda praeter necessitatem.”  [Presents are not to be multiplied beyond necessity.] G. Stickel (ed.), Pragmatik in der Grammatik. Düsseldorf: Schwann, 243-61.

304. _____. 1986. “Tempus: Versuch eines Grammatikkapitels.”  [Tense: attempt at a chapter of grammar.] Gisela Zifoun (ed.), Vor-Sätze zu einer neuen deutschen Grammatik. Tübingen: Narr, 145-83.

305. _____. 1988. “Präsensperfekt und Präteritum im Deutschen.”  [Present perfect and preterite in German.] Veronika Ehrich and Heinz Vater (eds.), Temporalsemantik: Beiträge zur Linguistik der Zeitreferenz. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 81-95.

306. _____. 1988a. Die Semantik der deutschen Tempusformen: Eine indirekte Analyse im Rahmen temporal erweiteren Aussagenlogik.  [Semantics of the German tense forms: An indirect analysis in the bounds of temporal language of today.] (Sprache der Gegenwart, 70.) Düsseldorf: Schwann.

307. _____. 1989. “Preterite, (Present-)Perfect and Future.” Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus - Aspekt - Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 85-101.

308. _____. 1996. “Eine dynamische Zeitlogik für das Deutsche.”  [A dynamic tense logic for German.] Gisela Harras and Manfred Bierwisch (eds.), Wenn die Semantik arbeitet: Klaus Baumgartner zum 65. Geburtstag. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 217-36.

309. _____. 1997. “Zusammengesetzte Tempora und dynamische Tempusinterpretation im Deutschen.”  [Compound tenses and dynamic tense interpretation in German.] Hervé Quintin, Margarete Najar, and Stephanie Genz (eds.), Temporale Bedeutungen Temporale Relationen. (Eurogermanistik, 11.) Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag, 59-68.

310. _____ and Helmut Frosch. 1981. “Formal Semantics for the Progressive of Stative and Non-Stative Verbs.” Hans-Jürgen Eikmeyer and Hannes Rieser (eds.), Words, Worlds, and Contexts: New Approaches in Word Semantics. (Research in Text Theory, 6.) Berlin and New York: Walter de Gruyter, 210-21.

311. Bally, Charles. 1912. “Le style indirect libre en française moderne.”  [The free indirect style in modern French.] Germanisch-Romanische Monatsschrift 4.549-56, 597-606.

312. Bamberg, Michael. 1990. “The German Perfekt: Form and Function of Tense Alternations.” Studies in Language 14.253-90.

313. Banerjee, Dr. Satya Ranjan. 1983. Indo-European Tense and Aspect in Greek and Sanskrit. Calcutta: Sanskrit Book Depot.

314. Banfield, A. 1973. “Narrative Style and the Grammar of Direct and Indirect Speech.” Foundations of Language 10.1-39.

315. Banks, David, Claude Delmas, Ulrika Dubos, Ronald Flintham, and Wilfrid Rotge. 1997. “Des anglicistes analysent un emploi du modal ‘would’ dans un extrait de Therapy de David Lodge.”  [Some anglicists analyse a use of the modal “would” in an extract from David Lodge’s “Therapy”.] Les langues modernes 91.52-59.

316. Banta, F. G. 1952. Abweichende spät- und vulgärlateinische Perfektbildungen.  [Variant perfect constructions in Late and Vulgar Latin.] Freiburg (Switzerland): Paulusdruckerei.  Reviewed by Pariente (1953).

317. Banta, Frank G. 1960. “Tense and Aspect in the Middle High German of Berthold von Regensburg.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology 59.76-92.

318. Bao, Zhiming. 1995. “Already in Singapore English.” World Englishes 14.181-88.

319. Baratin, Marc and Francoise Desbordes. 1981. L’analyse linguistique dans l’antiquité classique: I. Les theories.  [Linguistic analysis in antiquity: I. The theories.] Paris: Klincksieck.

320. Barbelenet, D. 1913. De l’aspect verbal en latin ancien et particulièrement dans Terence.  [On verbal aspect in ancient Latin, particularly in Terence.] Paris: Champion.

321. Barense, Diane D. 1980. Tense Structure and Reference: A First-Order Non-Modal Analysis. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

322. Barenstsen, A. A. 1985. “Tijd, aspect en de conjunctie poka: Over betekenis en gebruik van enkele vormen in het moderne Russisch.”  [Time, aspect and the conjunction poka ‘while, un til’.]  Dissertation, University of Amsterdam.

323. Barentsen, A. A. 1973. “Aspect and Tense in Sentences with poka (poka ne).” VII Miedzynarodowy Kongres Slawistow w Warszawie 1973:Streszczenia referatow i komunikatow, 174-75.

324. _____. 1984. “Notes on ‘Praesens pro Futuro’ in Modern Russian.” J. J. van Baak (ed.), Signs of friendship: To honour A. G. F. van Holk, slavist, linguist, semiotician. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 29-54.

325. _____  and  I. Kh. Khindriks. 1988. “Deeprichastie i sovershennyj vid v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke.”  [The participle and perfective aspect in the contemporary Russian literary language.] A. A. Barentsen, B. M. Groen, R. Sprenger (eds.), Dutch Contributions to the Tenth International Congress of Slavists, Sofia, September 14-22, 1988. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 1-40.

326. Barentsen, Adrian. 1996. “Shifting Points of Orientation in Modern Russian: tense selection in ‘reported perception’.” Theo A. J. M. Janssen and Wim van der Wurff (eds.), Reported Speech: Forms and Functions of the Verb. (Pragmatics and Beyond, N. S., 43.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 15-55.

327. Bares, K. 1956. “O konkurenci vidu v ceském a ruském jazyce.”  [The concurrence of aspects in Czech and in Russian.] Casopis pro slovanské jazyky, literaturu a dejony SSSR 1.566-79.

328. Barnes, Janet. 1984. “Evidentials in the Tuyuca verb.” International Journal of American Linguistics 50.255-71.

329. Barnes, O. L. 1965. A new Approach to the Problem of the Hebrew Tenses and its Solution without Recourse to Waw-Consecutive: Illustrated by New Translations of Various O. T. Passages with an Analysis of each Verb. Oxford: J. Thornton and Son.

330. Barra Jover, Mario. 1996. “Dativo de interés, dativo aspectual y las marcas de aspecto perfectivo en español.”  [The Dative of Interest, Aspectual Dative, and the Features of the Perfective Aspect in Spanish.] Verba 23.121-46.

331. Barra, Mario. 2000. “Under-specification and over-specification of tense as adjunct clause triggers.” Presented at International Round Table ‘The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

332. Barrera Vidal, A. 1972. Parfait simple et parfait composé en castilien moderne.  [Simple perfect and complex perfect in Spanish.] Munich: Hueber.

333. Barrera-Vidal, Albert. 1968. “La perspective temporelle dans ‘l’Étranger”’de Camus et dans ‘la Familia de Pascual Duarte’ de José Camilio Cela.”  [Temporal perspective in Camus’ ‘L’étranger’ and José Camilio Cela’s ‘The Family of Pascual Duarte’.] Zeitschrift für Romanische Philologie 84.309-22.

334. _____. 1970. “L’imparfait et le passé composé: de quelques rapports et affinités entre l’aspect verbal et le mode d’action en français moderne.”  [The imparfait (imperfect) and passé composé (complex past): some relationships and affinities between verbal aspect and Aktionsart  in modern French.] Linguistische Berichte 6.35-51.

335. Barrero-Vodal, Albert. [Error for Barrera Vidal.] 1992. “El resultativo en el español actual: Interrelaciones entre tiempo, modo de acción y aspecto verbal.”  [The resultative in present-day Spanish: interrelations between tense, Aktionsart, and verbal aspect.] Albert Barrera Vidal, Manfred Raupach, and Ekkehard Zofgen (eds.), Grammatica Vivat: Konzepte, Beschreibungen und Analysen zum Thema ‘Fremdsprachengrammatik’. Tübingen: Narr, 69-75.

336. Barri, Nimrod. 1978. “The Greek Historical Present in a Double Verbal System.” Linguistics 204.43-56.

337. _____. 1981. “Aorist Present ‘Subjunctive’ and Converters in Modern Greek.” D. W. Young (ed.), Studies presented to Hans Jacob Polotsky, 1-20.

338. Barros, Diana Luz Pessoa de. 1991. “Deux questions sur l’aspectualisation des blocs.”  [Two questions on the aspectualization of blocks.] Le discours aspectualisé, 105-14.

339. Bartelt, Guillermo and Walt Wolfram. 1986. “Nonanterior Tense in American Indian English.” American Speech 61.327-29.

340. Bartelt, H. Guillermo. 1986. “Tense/Aspect Variation in American Indian English.” Nordic Journal of Linguistics 9.47-53.

341. _____. 1988. “Mode and Aspect Transfer in Navajo and Western Apache English Narrative Technique.” International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 21.105-24.

342. Bartens, Angela. 1998. “Existe-t-il un systeme verbal semi-creole?”  [Is There a Semicreole Verbal System?.] Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 99.379-99.

343. Bartens, Raija. 1970. “On the Temporal Forms in Mordvin.” Finno-Ugrische Forschungen 38.247-56.

344. Bartsch, Renate. 1976. The Grammar of Adverbials. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

345. _____. 1981. “Semantics and Syntax of Nominalizations.” Jeroen A. G. Groenendijk, Theo M. V. Janssen, and Martin Stokhof (eds.), Formal Methods in the Study of Language, Part I. (Mathematical Centre Tracts, 135.) Amsterdam: Mathematisch Centrum, University of Amsterdam, 1-28.

346. _____. 1983. “Over de semantiek van nominalisaties.”  [On the semantics of nominalisations.] GLOT 6.1-29. Translated (with minor revisions), 1986, as “On Aspectual Properties of Dutch and German Nominalizations.”

347. _____. 1986. “On Aspectual Properties of Dutch and German Nominalizations.” Vincenzo Lo Cascio and Co Vet (eds.), Temporal Structure in Sentence and Discourse. (Groningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics, 5.) Dordrecht: Foris, 7-39. Translation of Bartsch (1983), “Over de semantiek van nominalisaties.”

348. _____. 1988. “Tenses and Aspects in Discourse.” Theoretical Linguistics 15.133-94.

349. _____. 1992. “Scopes of Tenses and Aspects in a Flexible Categorial Grammar.” Theoretical Linguistics 18.1-44.

350. _____. 1995. Situations, Tense, and Aspect: Dynamic Discourse Ontology and the Semantic Flexibility of Temporal System in German and English. (Groningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics, 15.) Berlin and New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

351. Bartsch, Werner. 1969. “Über ein System der Verbformen.”  [On a system of the verb forms.] Der Begriff Tempus: Eine Ansichtssache?, 90-110.

352. _____. 1972. “Aktionalität und Modalität.”  [Actionality and modality.] Zielsprache Deutsch 3.55-67.

353. Bartschat, B. 1974. “Die Handlung des Verbalaspekts auf dem VII. Internationalen Slawistenkongress in Warschau.”  [The handling of verbal aspect at the 7th International Congress of Slavists in Warsaw.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 19.475-88.

354. _____. 1979. “Aktionalität im Deutschen und Russischen.”  [Actionality in German and Russian.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 24.672-77. Review article, review of S. Andersson (1972).

355. Bartschat, Brigitte. 1976. “Die semantischen Beziehungen zwischen poka und poka ne und ihr Einfluss auf die Aspektwahl.”  [The semantic relations between poka ‘while, until’ and poka ne ‘unless’ and their influence on the choice of aspect.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 21.176-80.

356. _____. 1977. “Aspektgebrauch und Performativität.”  [The use of aspect in Slavic languages and the concept of performativity.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 22.629-37.

357. Barwise, J. 1981. “Scenes and Other Situations.” Journal of Philosophy 78.369-97.

358. Barwise, Jon and John Perry. 1981. “Situations and Attitudes.” Journal of Philosophy 78.668-91. Cf. Barwise and Perry (1983).

359. _____. 1983. Situations and Attitudes. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.  Cf. Barwise and Perry (1981).

360. _____. 1985. “Shifting Situations and Shaken Attitudes: An interview with Barwise and Perry.” Linguistics and Philosophy 8.105-61. In volume edited by Robin Cooper.

361. Bashir, Elena. 1988. “Inferentiality in Kalasha and Khowar.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 24.47-59.

362. Baskakov, N. A.. 1978. “Forma proshedshego vremeni glagola na -tsyx--tsu v tjurkskix jazykax i ee proiskhozhdenie.”  [The form of the past tense of the verb in -tsukh/-tsu in the Turkic languages and its development.] Sovetskaja tjurkologija 4.3-8.

363. Bassarak, Armin. 1988. “Zur Natürlichkeit türkischer Tempusformen.”  [On the Naturalness of Turkish Tense Forms.] Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte 188.14-22.

364. _____. 1992. “Neue Überlegungen zur Kategorienmarkiertheit türkischer Tempora.”  [New reflections on category marking by Turkish tenses.] Jurgen Erfurt, Benedikt Jessing, and Matthias Perl  (eds.), Prinzipien des Sprachwandels, I. (Bochum-Essener Beiträge zur Sprachwandelforschung, 16.) Bochum: Brockmeyer, 239-48.

365. Basset, L. 1979. Emplois périphrastiques du verbe grec mellein: Étude de linguistique grecque et essai de linguistique générale.  [Periphrastic uses of the Greek verb méllein: a study of Greek linguistics and essay in general linguistics.] (Collection de la Maison de l’Orient Mediterranean Ancient, 7.1.) Lyon: Maison de l’Orient.

366. Bastürk, Mehret, Laurent Danon-Boileau, and Mary-Annick Morel. 1996. “Valeur de -misµ  en turc contemporain, analyse sur corpus.”  [The meaning of -misµ  in contemporary Turkish, a corpus-based analysis.] Zlatka Guentchéva (ed.), L’Énonciation Médiatisée. Louvain and Paris: Peeters, 145-156.

367. Bateman, Janet. 1986. “Iau Verb Morphology.” NUSA: Linguistic Studies in Indonesian and Languages in Indonesia 26.1-76.

368. Batista, Roselis M.. 1989. “Elementos para o estudo das relações espaciais, aspectuais e temporais.”  [Principles for the study of spatial, aspectual, and temporal relations.] Alfa 33.47-53.

369. Battistelli, Delphine. 1997. “Articulation des catégories lexicale et grammaticale du temps et de l’aspect dans le texte.” [The articulation of the lexical and grammatical categories of tense and aspect in the text.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

370. Battle, John A. 1975. “The Present Indicative in New Testament Exegesis.” Th.D. dissertation, Grace Theological Seminary.

371. Bauer, Brigitte L. M. 1996. “The Verb in Indirect Speech in Old French: System in Change.” Theo A. J. M. Janssen and Wim van der Wurff (eds.), Reported Speech: Forms and Functions of the Verb. (Pragmatics and Beyond, N. S., 43.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 75-96.

372. Bauer, Gero. 1970. “The English ‘Perfect’ Reconsidered.” Journal of Linguistics  6.189-98.

373. Bauer, Jaroslav. 1955. “Casové souveti v rustine a v cestine.”  [Temporal propositions in Russian and in Czech.] Sovetská Jazykoveda 5.321-39.

374. Bauer, P. and J. Mandler. 1989. “One Thing Follows Another: Effects of temporal structure on 1-to-2-year-olds’ recall of events.” Developmental Psychology 25.197-206.

375. Bäuerle, R. 1995. “Temporalsätze und Bezugspunktsetzung im Deutschen.”  [Temporal clauses and setting of the point of reference in German.] B. Handwerker (ed.), Fremde Sprache Deutsch. Tübingen: Narr, 155-76.

376. Bäuerle, Rainer. 1977. Tempus, Temporaladverb und die temporale Frage, 1. Teil: Die Semantik von Tempus und Adverb.  [Tense, temporal adverb, and the temporal question: the semantics of tense and adverb.] (Sonderforschungsbereich 99, 13.) Konstanz: University of Konstanz.

377. _____. 1977a. Tempus, Temporaladverb und die temporale Frage, 2. Teil: Fugitive Propositions—Temporale Nebensätze—Explizierte temporale Textverknüpfung—Die Frage.  [Tense, temporal adverb, and the temporal question, part 2: fugitive propositions, temporal subordinate clauses, explicit temporal text combinations, the question.] (Sonderforschungsbereich 99, 16.) Konstanz: University of Konstanz.

378. _____. 1977b. “Tempus und Temporaladverb.”  [Tense and temporal adverb.] Linguistische Berichte 50.51-7.

379. _____. 1978. “Tempus, Adverb, Temporale Frage.”  [Tense, adverb, temporal question.] Maria-Elizabeth Conte, Anna Giacalone Ramat, and Paoilo Ramat (eds.), Wortstellung und Bedeutung: Akten des 12. Linguistische Kolloquiums, Pavia 1977, Band 1. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 167-76.

380. _____. 1979. Temporale deixis, temporale Frage: Zum propositionalen Gehalt deklarativer und interrogativer Sätze.  [Temporal deixis, temporal questions: on the propositional content of declarative and interrogative sentences.] Tübingen: Narr.

381. _____. 1979a. “Tense Logics and Natural Language.” Synthese 40.225-30.

382. _____. 1988. Ereignisse und Repräsentationen.  [Events and representations.] (LILOG-Report, 43.) Stuttgart and Tübingen: IBM Deutschland and Universität Tübingen.

383. _____. 1994. “Zeitaspekte: Die Bedeutung von Tempus, Aspekt und temporalen Konjunktionen.”  [Review Article: Temporal Aspects. The Meaning of Tense, Aspect, and Temporal Conjunctions.] A review of Michael Herweg (1990).

384. _____  and Arnim von Stechow. 1980. “Finite and Non-finite Temporal Constructions in German.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Time, Tense, and Quantifiers: Proceedings of the Stuttgart Conference on the Logic of Tense and Quantification. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 375-421.

385. Baugh, John. 1984. “Steady: Progressive Aspect in Black Vernacular English.” American Speech 59.3-12.

386. Baugh, S. M. 1997. “Twelve Theses on Greek Verbal Aspect.” Ms., Westminster Theological Seminary in California. 

387. Bauhr, Gerhard. 1987. “‘Dijo dios, sea la luz, y la luz fué’, ¿cambio aspectual?”  [“God said, Sea la luz (Let there be light) and the light fue (was)”: aspectual change?.] Revista Española de Linguística 17.341-46.

388. Bauhr, Gerhard. 1989. “Deixis y temporalidad en el sistema verbal español.”  [Deixis and temporality in the Spanish verbal system.] Anales del Instituto Ibero-Americano 1.131-35.

389. _____. 1989a. El futuro en -ri e ir a + infinitivo en español peninsular moderno.  [The future in -ri and ir a ‘to go to’ + infinitive in Spanish.] (Romanica Gothoburgensia, 39.) Göteborg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.  PhD dissertation, Göteborg University, 1988.

390. _____. 1992. “Sobre el futuro cantaré y la forma compuesta voy a cantar en español moderno.”  [On the Conjugated Future cantare and the Composite Form voy a cantar in Modern Spanish.] Moderna Språk 86.69-79.

391. Baumgärtner, K. and D. Wunderlich. 1972. “Vers une sémantique du système temporel de l’allemand.”  [Towards a semantics of the temporal system of German.] Langages 26.95-116.

392. Baumgärtner, Klaus and Dieter Wunderlich. 1969. “Ansatz zu einer Semantik des deutschen Tempussystems.”  [Start of a semantics of the German tense system.] Der Begriff Tempus: Eine Ansichtssache?, 23-49.

393. Baviskar, Vera Lockwood. 1974. “The position of aspect in the verbal system of Yiddish.” Working Papers in Yiddish and East European Jewish Studies 1.1-56.

394. Baxter, Alan N. 1997. “Creole-Like Features in the Verb System of an Afro-Brazilian Variety of Portuguese.” Arthur K. Spears and Donald Winford (eds.), The Structure and Status of Pidgins and Creoles: Including Selected Papers from the Meeting of the Society for Pidgin and Creole Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 265-88.

395. Bayer, Josef. 1986. “The Role of Event Expression in Grammar.” Studies in Language 10.1-52.

396. Bayer, Samuel. 1996. “Confessions of a Lapsed Neo-Davidsonian.” PhD dissertation, Brown University.

397. _____. 1996. “The Size of Events.” Presented at Semantics and Linguistic Theory VI,  April 27, 1996, Rutgers University.

398. Bazin, J. and L. Feuillet. 1980. “L’opposition constatation - non-constatation en turc et en bulgare.” Zeitschrift für Balkanologie 16.9-15.

399. Bazzanella, Carla. 1990. “‘Modal’ uses of the Italian indicativo imperfetto in a pragmatic perspective.” Journal of Pragmatics 14.439-57.

400. Beard, Robert and Bogdan Szymanek. 1988. Bibliography of Morphology 1960-1985. (Library and Information Sources in Linguistics, 18.) Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

401. Beaujot, J. P. 1980. “Quand passé surcomposé et passé antérieur sont de parfaits synonymes.”  [When the passé surcomposé (supercomplex past) and passé antérieur (anterior past) are perfect synonyms.] Bulletin du Centre d’Analyse du Discours 4.81-122.

402. Beaumont, Roger. 1993. “Déjà!”  [Déjà! (‘Already’!).] Mélanges offerts a Jean Peytard, I & II, 753-69.

403. Beaumont, Ronald C. 1973. “Sechelt Statives.” Canadian Journal of Linguistics 18.89-101.

404. Bech, G. 1963. “Über den Gebrauch des Präsens Konjunktiv im Deutschen.”  [On the use of the present subjunctive in German.] Lingua, 39-53.

405. Bechtel, G. 1936. Hittite Verbs in -sk: A Study in Verbal Aspect. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Edwards Brothers.

406. Beckwith, Miles C. 1996. “The Greek Reduplicated Aorist.” PhD dissertation, Yale University.

407. Bednár, T. 1945-46. “Imparfait du subjonctif ve vete závislé na praesentu neb na futuru ridícího slovesa.”  [The imperfect of the subjunctive in a surbordinate clause dependent on a main clause in the present or the future.] Casopis pro moderní filologie 29.135-39.

408. Beedham, Christopher. 1979. “The Perfect Passive Participle in English.” Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerikanistik 1.75-81.

409. _____. 1982. Passive Aspect in English, German and Russian. (Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik, 186.) Tübingen: Narr.

410. _____. 1989. “Investigating Grammar through Lexical Exceptions: Tense and Irregular Verbs in English, German and Russian.” Journal of Literary Semantics 18.187-202.

411. _____. 1998. “The Perfect Passive Participle in Russian: A Review of Participial Passive and Aspect in Russian by Maaike Schoorlemmer.” Lingua 105.79-94. Review article, review of M. Schoorlemmer (1995 ).

412. Begin, Claude. 1993. “The Transcendent Progressive in Modern English.” PhD dissertation, Laval University.

413. _____. 1996. “Characterizing the Type of Outcome Evoked by the Perfect Simple and the Perfect Progressive in English.” Revue Québecoise de Linguistique 24.39-52.

414. Behbudov, S. M.. 1990. “Dzhenubi azerbajdzhan dialekt ve shivelerinde fe’in indiki zamany.”  [The Present Tense in the Dialects of South Azerbaijan.] Izvestija akademii nauk azerbaidzhanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 2.82-86.

415. Behr, Irmtraud. 1997. “Wie und woran läßt sie die temporale Bedeutung von verblosen Sätzen festmachen?”  [How and on what is the temporal meaning of verbless clauses fixed?.] Hervé Quintin, Margarete Najar, and Stephanie Genz (eds.), Temporale Bedeutungen Temporale Relationen. (Eurogermanistik, 11.) Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag, 139-52.

416. Bejarano, Vergilio. 1962. “Sobre las dos formas del imperfecto de subjunctivo y el empleo de la forma en -se con valor de indicativo.”  [On the two forms of the imperfect of the subjunctive and the use of the form in -se.] Strenae: Estudios de filología e historia dedicados al profesor Manuel García Blanco, 77-86.

417. Belazi, Noura. 1993. “Semantics and Pragmatics of the Tunisian Tenses and Aspects.” PhD dissertation, Cornell University.

418. Belevitskaja-Khalizeva, V. S. 1961. “Upotreblenie sovreshennogo i nesovershennogo vidov glagola v forme infinitiva.”  [Use of the perfective and imperfective aspects of the verb in the infinitive form.] Russkij jazyk dlja studentov-inostrantsev: Sbornik materialov II Mezhdunarodnogo seminara.

419. Bellama, David. 1971. “The Kano and Arewa Dialects of Hausa (Some Contrasts in the Aspect Systems).” Ba Shiru, 74-87.

420. Bellos, David M. 1978. “The Narrative Absolute Tense.” Language and Style 11.231-7.

421. Belyavski-Frank, Masha. 1989. “Changes in Markedness of Verbal Categories in Two South Slavic Languages.” A. M. Schenker (ed.), American contributions to the tenth international congress of slavists, Sofia, September, 1988: linguistics. Columnus, Ohio: Slavica, 35-43.

422. _____. 1997. “On the Use of the Aorist in Regional Serbo-Croatian.” Balkanistica 10.55-71.

423. Bement, N. S. 1950. “The Problem of the French Verb System, at Home and Abroad.” Modern Language Journal 24.604-15.

424. Bendix, Edward H. 1998. “Irrealis as category, meaning or reference.” Anthropological Linguistics 40.245-56.

425. Benmamoun, Elabbas. 1999. “Arabic Morphology: The Central Role of the Imperfective.” Lingua 108.175-201.

426. Bennett, D. C. 1975. Spatial and Temporal Uses of English Prepositions: An Essay in Stratificational Semantics. London: Longman.  Review article by Bates (1976).

427. Bennett, Jonathan. 1984. “Counterfactuals and Temporal Direction.” Philosophical Review 93.57-91.

428. _____. 1988. Events and their Names. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

429. Bennett, M. 1974. “Some Extensions of a Montague fragment of English.” PhD dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles.

430. Bennett, Michael. 1977. “A Guide to the Logic of Tense and Aspect in English.” Logique et analyse 80.491-517. Reprinted, 1978, in L. Åqvist and F. Guenther, Tense Logic  (Louvain: Neuwelaerts), 136-63.

431. _____. 1981. “Of Tense and Aspect: One Analysis.” Philip Tedeschi and Annie Zaenen (eds.), Tense and Aspect. (Syntax and Semantics, 14.) New York City: Academic Press, 13-29.

432. _____ and Barbara Partee. 1978. Toward the Logic of Tense and Aspect in English. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.  Revised and extended version of 1972 System Development Corporation (Santa Monica, California) report.

433. Bennett, Winfield S., Tanya Herlick, Katherine Hoyt, Joseph Liro, and Ana Santisteban. 1989. “Toward a Computational Model of Aspect and Verb Semantics.” Machine Translation 4.247-80.

434. Benoist, Jean-Pierre. 1992. “Les constraintes aspecto-temporelles dans une ‘Grammaire du Cas’ du russe.”  [Aspectuo-temporal constraints on a “case grammar” of Russian.] Linguistique et slavistique: Mélanges offerts à Paul Garde, II I.393-405.

435. Benson, L. D. 1961. “Chaucer’s Historical Present: It’s Meaning and Uses.” English Studies 42.65-77.

436. Bentinck, Julie. 1995. “A Comparison of Certain Discourse Features in Biblical Hebrew and Nyaboa and Their Implications for the Translation Process.” Journal of Translation and Textlinguistics 7.25-47.

437. Bentolila, Alain. 1987. “Marques aspecto-temporelles en créole haïtien: de l’analyse synchronique à la formulation d’hypothèses diachroniques.”  [Aspectual-Temporal Forms of Haitian Creole: From a Synchronic Analysis to the Formulation of Diachronic Hypotheses;.] Linguistique 23.103-22.

438. Benveniste, E. 1951. “Prétérit et optatif en indo-européen.”  [Preterite and optative in Indo-European.] Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris 47.

439. Benveniste, Emile. 1952. “La construction passive du parfait transitif.”  [The passive construction of the transitive perfect.] Bulletin de la Société Linguistique de Paris 48.52-62.

440. _____. 1959. “Les relations de temps dans le verbe français.”  [Relations of tense in the French verb.] Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris 54.69-82. Reprinted 1966 in Problèmes de linguistique générale, pp. 237-50.

441. Benzing, Johannes. 1952. “Das Aorist im türkischen.”  [The aorist in Turkish.] Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher 24.130-32.

442. Beothy, E. and G. Altmann. 1985. “The Diversification of Meaning of Hungarian Verbal Prefixes I. meg.” Nyelvtudományi Közlemények 87.187-96.

443. Berchem, Th. 1968. “Sur la fonction des temps verbaux.”  [On the function of verbal tenses.] Le français moderne 36.287-97.

444. Berdyev, R. 1984. “Proshedshee vremja glagola v dialektax i govorax turkmenskogo jazyka.”  [The past tense of the verb in dialects of the Turkmen language.] Izvestija Akademij Nauk Turkmenskoi SSR, Serija Obshchestvennykh Nauk 4.61-68.

445. Berezovsky, H. C. 1978. “A Paraphrastic Analysis of theTemporal Relations in the English Verb System.” PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania

446. Bergen, Robert Dale. 1987. “Varieties and Functions of Hebrew Waw-Plus-Subject-Plus-Perfect Sentence Constructions in the Narrative Framework of the Pentateuch.” PhD dissertation.

447. Berglund, Ylva. 1997. “Future in Present-Day English: Corpus-Based Evidence on the Rivalry of Expressions.” ICAME Journal 21.7-19.

448. Bergman, Brita. 1983. “Verbs and Adjectives: Some Morphological Processes in Swedish Sign Language.” Jim Kyle and Bencie Woll  (eds.), Language in Sign: An International Perspective in Sign Language. Beckenham, Kent: Croom Helm, 3-9.

449. _____  and Östen Dahl. 1994. “Ideophones in Sign Language?: The place of reduplication in the tense-aspect system of Swedish Sign Language.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 397-422.

450. Bergsland, Knut. 1994. “Aleut Tenses and Aspects.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 323-70.

451. Berkov, Valerij P. 1988. “Resultative, Passive and Perfect in Norwegian.” Vladimir P. Nedjalkov (ed.), Typology of Resultative Constructions. (Typological Studies in Language, 12.) Amsterdam: Benjamins, 433-448.

452. Berman, Ruth A. 1980. “On the Category of Auxiliary in Modern Hebrew.” Hebrew Annual Review 4.15-37.

453. Berman, Ruth A. 1983. “Establishing a Schema: Children’s Construals of Verb-Tense Marking.” Language Sciences 5.61-78.

454. _____  and Esther Dromi. 1984. “On Marking Time without Aspect in Child Language.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 23.23-32.

455. Bermel, Neil. 1995. “Aspect and the Shape of Action in Old Russian.” Russian Linguistics 19.333-48.

456. Bermel, Neil Halford  Andrew. 1994. “Context and the Lexicon in the Development of Russian Aspect.” PhD dissertation, University of California at Berkeley.

457. Bernstein, Mark. 1989. “Fatalism, Tense, and Changing the Past.” Philosophical Studies 56.175-86.

458. Berretta, Monica. 1994. “Il futuro italiano nella varietà nativa colloquiale e nelle varietà di apprendimento.”  [The Italian future in the native colloquial variety and in the variety in learning.] Zeitschrift für Romanische Philologie 110.1-36.

459. Berrettoni, L. 1973. “Per un’analisa delle categorie del verbo greco.”  [For an analysis of the categories of the Greek verb.] Studi e Saggi Linguistici 13.120-32.

460. Berrettoni, P. 1972. “La metafora aspettuale.”  [Aspectual metaphor.] Studi e Saggi Linguistici 12.250-59.

461. Berrettoni, Pierangiolo. 1982. “Aspetto verbale e viaggi temporali: Sul contenuto semantico dell’aspetto progressivo.”  [Verbal aspect and temporal journeys: on the semantic content of aspect.] Studi e Saggi Linguistici 22.49-118.

462. Berry, J. 1960. “A note on voice and aspect in Hu-Limba.” Sierra Leone Studies 13.36-40.

463. Berschin, Helmut. 1976. Präteritum- und Perfektgebrauch im heutigen Spanisch.  [Use of the preterite and perfect in present-day Spanish.] (Beihefte zur Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie, 157.) Tübingen: Niemeyer.

464. _____. 1987. “Futuro analítico y futuro sintético en el español peninsular y colombiano.”  [Analytic and synthetic future in peninsular and Columbian Spanish.] Linguística Española Actual 9.101-10.

465. Berthonneau, A.-M. 1991. “Pendant et pour, variations sur la durée et donation de la référence.”  [Pendant (‘during’) and pour (‘for’), variations on the duration and donation of reference.] Langages 91.102-24.

466. Berthonneau, Anne-Marie. 1993. “Avant/après: De l’espace au temps.”  [Avant/après ‘before’/’after’: from space to time.] Lexique 11.41-109.

467. _____. 1993. “Depuis vs il y a que, référence temporelle vs cohésion discursive ou À quoi sert que dans il y a que?”  [Depuis ‘since’ vs. il y a que ‘since’, temporal reference vs. discourse cohesion, or “what is que doing in il y a que”?.] C. Vetters (ed.), Le temps, de la phrase au texte: Sens & structure. Lille: Presses Universitaires de Lille, 9-83.

468. _____  and Georges Kleiber. 1993. “Pour une nouvelle approche de l’imparfait: l’imparfait, un temps anaphorique méronanique.”  [For a novel approach to the imperfect: the imperfect, an anaphoric tense.] Langages 112.55-73.

469. _____ and Georges Kleiber. 1994. “Imparfaits de politesse: rupture ou cohesion?.”  [The imperfect tense of politeness: Discontinuity or cohesion?.] Travaux de linguistique 29.59-92.

470. _____  and Georges Kleiber. 1997. “Subordination et temps grammaticaux: l’imparfait en discours indirect.”  [Subordination and grammatical tense: the imperfect in indirect discourse.] Le français moderne 65.113-41.

471. _____  and Georges Kleiber. 1998. “Imparfait, anaphore et inférences.”  [Imparfait (imperfect), anaphora and inferences.] A. Borillo, C. Vetters, and M. Vuillaume (eds.), Variations sur la réferénce verbale. (Cahiers Chronos, 3.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 35-66.

472. Bertinetto, Pier Marco. 1980. “Nuovamente sull’imperfetto narrativo.”  [Something new on the narrative imperfect.] Lingua Nostra 41.83-89.

473. _____. 1981. “Il carattere del processo (‘Aktionsart’) in italiano: Proposte, sintatticamente motivate, per una tipologia del lessico verbale.”  [The character of the process (“Aktionsart”) in Italian, II: proposals, syntactically motivated, for a typology of the verbal lexicon.] Massimo Moneglia (ed.), Tempo verbale: Strutture quantificate in forma logica. Florence: Presso l’Accademia della Crusca.  Atti del Seminario Accad. della Crusca 13-14 dicembre 1979.

474. _____. 1986. “Intrinsic and Extrinsic Temporal References: on restricting the notion of ‘reference time’.” Vincenzo Lo Cascio and Co Vet (eds.), Temporal Structure in Sentence and Discourse. (Groningen-Amsterdam Studies in Semantics, 5.) Dordrecht: Foris, 41-78. Paper appeared 1982 in Journal of Italian Linguistics 1.71-108

475. _____. 1986a. Tempo, aspetto e Azione nel verbo italiano: il sistema dell’indicativo.  [Tense, aspect and action in the Italian verb: the system of the indicative.] (Studi di grammatica italiana pubblicati dall’Accademia della Crusca.) Firenze: Preso dall’Accademia Della Crusca.

476. _____. 1987. “Structure and Origin of the ‘Narrative’ Imperfect.” A. Giacalone Ramat, O. Carruba, and G. Bernini (eds.), Papers from the 7th International Conference on Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: Benjamins, 71-85.

477. _____. 1987a. “Why the ‘Passé Antérieur’ Should be Called the ‘Passé Immédiatement Antérieur’.” Linguistics 25.341-60.

478. _____. 1992. “Future Time Reference: Italian.” EUROTYP Working Papers 6.38-46.

479. _____. 1992a. “Metafore tempo-aspettuali.”  [Temporal-aspectual metaphors.] Linguistica 32.89-106.

480. _____. 1992b. “Le strutture tempo-aspettuali dell’italiano e dell’inglese a confronto.”  [Temporal-aspectual structures of Italian and English in contrast.] L’Europa linguistica, 49-68.

481. _____. 1993. “Review of S. Fleischman (1990).” Journal of Pragmatics 19.83-98.

482. _____. 1993a. “Statives, progressives and habituals: Analogies and divergencies.” Quaderni del Laboratorio di Linguistica 7. Revised, 1994, in Linguistics 32: 391-423.

483. _____. 1994. “Against the Received View that Progressives are Statives.” Stanisÿaw Karolak, Violetta Koseska-Toszewa, Jean-Pierre Desclés, and Zlatka Guentchéva (eds.), Studia kognitywe = Études cognitives: Vol. 1. Semantyka kategorii aspecktu i czasu = Sémantique des catégories d’aspect et de temps. Warszawa: Slawistyczny Os’rodek Wyd, 43-56.

484. _____. 1994a. “Temporal Reference, Aspect and Actionality: Their neutralization and interactions, mostly exemplified in Italian.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg  (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 113-37. Cf. Bertinetto (1995a).

485. _____. 1995. “Sui connotati azionali ed aspettuali della perifrasi continua (“andare/venire + Gerundio”).”  [On the actional and aspectual connotations of the continuous periphrasis [andare/venire + gerund].] Quaderni del Laboratorio di Linguistica 9.19-32.

486. _____. 1995a. Temporal Reference, Aspect and Actionality: Their neutralization and interactions, mostly. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier.  Cf. Bertinetto (1994a).

487. _____. 1995b. “Vers une typologie du progressif dans les langues d’Europe.”  [Towards a typology of the progressive in the languages of Europe.] Modèles Linguistiques 16.37-61.

488. _____. 1996. “Notes on the progressive as a ‘partializator’ operator.” Quaderni del Laboratorio di Linguistica 10.

489. _____. 1996a. “Le perifrasi progressiva e continua nella narrativa dell’Otto e Novecento.”  [The progressive and contonuous periphrases in the narrative of the 18th and 19th centuries.] L. Lugnani, M. Santagata and A. Stussi (eds.), Studi offerti a Lugi Blasucci dai collegi e dagli allievi pisani. Lucca: Pacini Fazzi, 77-100.

490. _____. 1997. Dominio Tempo-Aspettuale, II: Demarcazioni, intersezioni, contrasti.  [The temporal-aspectual domain.] Turin: Rosenberg and Sellier.

491. _____. 2000. “The progressive in Romance, as compared with English.” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and Aspect in the Languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.  Alternative title “Romance Progressives”.

492. _____  and Denis Delfitto. 1992. “Aspect vs. Actionality: Some Reasons for Keeping Them Apart.” EUROTYP Working Papers 6.1-28.

493. _____  and Denis Delfitto. 1996. “L’espressione della progressività-continuità: un confronto tripolare (italiano, inglese e spagnolo).”  [The expression of progressivity-continuity: a typological contrast (Italian, English, and Spanish).] Italiano e dialetto nel tempo: Studi di grammatica offerti a Giulio Lepschy, 45-66.

494. _____  and Mario Squartini. 1995. “Attempt at defining the class of ‘gradual completion’ verbs.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 11-27.

495. _____  and Mario Squartini. 1996. “La distribuzione del Perfetto Semplice e Composto in diverse varietà dell’italiano.”  [The distibution of the simple and complex perfect in various varieties of Italian.] Romance Philology 49.383-419.

496. _____  and Valentina Bianchi. 1993. “Temporal adverbs and the notion of ‘perspective point’.” Quaderni del Laboratorio di Linguistica 7. Reprinted in Toszewa and Rytel-Kuc (1996), 11-21.

497. _____ , K. Ebert and C. de Groot. 2000. “The progressive in Europe.” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

498. Bertocchi, A. 1980. “Some Problems about Verbal Aspect.” Gualtiero Calboli (ed.), Papers on Grammar I. Bologna: CLUEB, 141-62.

499. Bertucelli-Papi, Marcella. 1983. “A proposito di un recente volume su tempo e aspetto.”  [Regarding a recent volume on tense and aspect.] Lingua e Stile 18.139-53. Review article, review of Tedeschi and Zaenen (1981).

500. Beschewliew, W. 1927. “Der Gebrauch des Imperativus aoristi und praesentis im altgriechischen Gebet.”  [Use of the imperative of the aorist  and present in the Ancient Greek prayer.] Annuaire de la Istoriki-Filologicheski Fakultet, Sofia 23.27-32.

501. Besha, Ruth M. 1989. A Study of Tense and Aspect in Shambala. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.

502. Bessau, Marie-Josèphe. 1993. “Les valeurs du présent dans le discours expositif.”  [The meanings of the present in expositive discourse.] Langue française 97.43-59.

503. Bestgen, Y. and W. Vonk. 1995. “The Role of Temporal Segmentation Markers in Discourse Processing.” Discourse Processes 19.385-406.

504. Bestgen, Yves  and Jean Costermans. 1994. “Time, Space, and Action: Exploring the Narrative Structure and Its Linguistic Marking.” Discourse Processes 17.421-46.

506. Beuchat, Phyllis-Doris. 1966. “The perfect tenses in Zulu.” African Studies 25.61-71.

507. _____. 1966a. The Verb in Zulu. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.

508. Beukema, Frits. 1985. “Chronological Relations and Free Adjuncts in English.” Journal of Semantics 4.101-15.

509. Bezpoyasko, O. K.. 1989. “Vidtvorennia temporal’nosti vidminkovoiu sistemoiu ukrains’koi movi.”  [Reflection of Temporality in the Case System of the Ukrainian Language.] Movoznavstvo 23 (133).27-33.

510. Bhat, D N Shankara. 1999. The Prominence of Tense, Aspect and Mood. (Studies in Language Companion Series.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

511. Bianchi, Valentina, Mario Squartini, and Pier Marco Bertinetto. 1995. “Perspective point and textual dynamics.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 309-324.

512. Bichari, J. 1962. “K voprosu o vozniknovenii kategorii vida v russkom jazyke.”  [Toward the question of the development of the category of aspect in the Russian language.] Studia Slavica Academiae Scientarium Hungaricae 8.379-407.

513. Bickel, Balthasar. 1992. “Marking of Future Time Reference in Züitüütsch.” EUROTYP Working Papers 6.

514. _____. 1996. Aspect, Mood, and Time in Belhare: Studies in the Semantics-Pragmatics Interface in a Himalayan Language. (Arbeiten des Seminars für Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft der Universität Zürich, 15.) Zürich: ASAS-Verlag.  PhD dissertation, University of Zürich, 1995.

515. _____. 1997. “Aspectual Scope and the Difference Between Logical and Semantic Representation.” Lingua 102.115-32.

516. _____. 1999. “Principles of event framing: genetic stability in grammar and discourse.”  Working paper.

517. _____. to appear. “Unlogischer Aspekt: zur Bedeutungsstruktur von Aspekt und Aktionsart, besonders im Belharischen.”  [Unlogical aspect: on the meaning structure of aspect and Aktionsart, especially in Belhare.] Walter Breu (ed.), Interaktion zwischen Lexis und Aspekt. Tübingen: Niemeyer.

518. Bickerton, Derek. 1976. Creole Tense-aspect Systems and Universal Grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

519. _____. 1980. “Creolization, Linguistic Universals, Natural Semantax and the Brain.” Varieties of English Around the World G2.1-18. Originally written in 1974.  Presented 1975 at the Hawaii Conference on Pidgins and Creoles.

520. _____. 1981. Roots of Language. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Karoma.

521. Bickford, J. Albert, and Stephen A. Marlett. 1988. “The Semantics and Morphology of Mixtec Mood and Aspect.” Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of North Dakota Session 32.1-39.

522. Bierwisch, Manfred. 1990. “Where and How Space and Time Meet in Linguistic Expressions.” Paper presented at the Conference on Space, Time, and the Lexicon, Max-Planck-Institut für Psycholinguistik, Nijmegen, The Netherlands, Nov. 6-9.

523. Biggs, Colin. 1978. “Generic Generalizations.” Akten des XII Kongresses für Linguistik, Vienna, 169-72.

524. Bihevc, Erika. 1959. “La disparition du parfait dans le grec de la basse époque.”  [Disappearance of the perfect in the Greek of the late period.] Razprave 5.91-154.

525. Biligiri, H. S. 1971. “The Past Tense Suffix in Hemmige Tamil.” R. E. Asher (ed.), Proceedings of the Second International Conference Seminar of Tamil Studies. Madras: Internat. Assn. of Tamil Research390-93.

526. Binnick, Robert I. 1971. “Will and Be Going To.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 7.40-51. Reprinted 1974, in Werner Bauer et al., eds., Studien zur generativen Semantik, Frankfurt am Main: Athenaion, 118-30.  Responded to by Halpern (1975).

527. _____. 1972. “Will and Be Going To II.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society, 3-9. Reprinted 1974, in Werner Bauer et al., eds., Studien zur generativen Semantik, Frankfurt am Main: Athenaion, 131-37.  Reviewed by A. Brisau (1977).

528. _____. 1976. “How Aspect Languages Get Tense.” Papers from the Parasession on Diachronic Syntax, Chicago Linguistic Society, 40-49.

529. _____. 1976. “Pragmatic Theory of Tense and Aspect.” Ms., University of Toronto.

530. _____. 1978. “On the Underlying Tense of Deverbatives.” Language 54.289-99.

531. _____. 1979. “Past and Perfect in Modern Mongolian.” Henry G. Schwartz (ed.), Studies on Mongolia: Proceedings of the First North American Conference on Mongolian Studies. Bellingham: Western Washington University, 1-13.

532. _____. 1990. “On the Pragmatic Differentiation of the Mongolian Past Tenses.” Mongolian Studies 13.47-56.

533. _____. 1991. Time and the Verb: A Guide to Tense and Aspect. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press.

534. _____. 1999. “Review Article on ‘When-Clauses and Temporal Structure’.” Lingua 109.221-232. Review article on Renaat Declerck’s When-Clauses and Temporal Structure (1997).

535. _____. to appear. “Temporality and Aspectuality.” Martin Haspelmath, Ekkehard König, Wulf Oesterreicher, and Wolfgang Raible (eds.), Language Typology and Language Universals. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.  Ms., 1997.

536. Birenbaum, Ia. G. 1981. “O forme budushchego v grammaticheskoj kategorij vremeni anglijskogo glagola.”  [On the form of the future in grammatical categories of tense in the English verb.] Filologicheskie Nauki 1 (121).50-59.

537. Birkenmaier, W. 1978. “Thema-Rhema-Gliederung: Verbalaspekt und Modus im Russischen.”  [Theme-rheme-structure: verbal aspect and mood in Russian.] Slavische Studien zum VIII. Slavistenkongress in Zagreb 1978, 51-62.

538. _____. 1981. “Modaler Kontext und Verbalaspekt im Polnischen und Russischen.”  [Modal context and verbal aspect in Polish and Russian.] Anzeiger für slavische Philologie 12.97-105.

539. Birkenmaier, Willy. 1978. “L’expression verbale de l’eventualité en russe et en polonais comparée a l’allemand et au français.”  [The verbal expression of Eventuality in Russian and Polish as compared to German and French.] International Review of Slavic Linguistics 3.399-406.

540. Birnbaum, H. 1957. “Zum periphrastische Futurum im Gotischen und Altkirchenslavischen.”  [On the periphrastic future in Gothic and Old Church Slavonic.] Byzsl 18.77-81.

541. Birnbaum, Henrik. 1956. “Zum analytischen Ausdruck der Zukunft im Altkirchenslavischen.”  [On the analytic expression of the future in Old Church Slavonic.] Zeitschrift für slavische Philologie 25.1-7.

542. _____. 1958. Untersuchungen zu den Zukunftsumschreibungen mit dem Infinitiv in Altkirchenslavischen.  [Investigations on the future periphrases with infinitive in Old Church Slavonic.] (Acta Universitatis Stockholmiensis, Études de philologie slave, 6.) Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell.

543. Bishop, Ruth G. 1979. “Tense-aspect in Totonac Narrative Discourses.” Linda Kay Jones (ed.), Discourse Studies in Mesoamerican Languages. (Summer Institute of Linguistics Publications in Linguistics, 58.) Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics, 31-68.

544. Björck, G. 1940. HN DIDASKWN: Die periphrastischen Konstruktionen im Griechischen.  [E:n didasko:n: the periphrastic constructions in Greek.] (Skrifter utgivna av K. Humanistika Vetenskops- Samfundet i Uppsala, 32.2.) Uppsala: Almqvist and Wiksell.

545. Black, David Alan. 1992. “Greek Verbs: tenses and aspect.” Bible Review 8.17.

546. Black, Moishe. 2000. “Felicité and the Imperfect of Repetition in ‘Un Coeur simple’.” Nottingham French Studies 39.149-62.

547. Blackburn, P. 1994. “Back and forth through time and events.” D. Gabbay and H.-J. Ohlbach (eds.), Temporal Logic. Berlin: Springer, 225-37. Cf. Blackburn et al. (1993).

548. Blackburn, P., C. Gardent, and M. de Rijke. 1993. “Back and forth through time and events.” Proceedings of the Ninth Amsterdam Colloquium, December 14-17, 1993. Amsterdam: ILLC, University of Amsterdam, 161-75. Cf. Blackburn (1994).

549. Blackburn, Patrick. 1990. “Nominal Tense Logic.” Research paper, Centre for Cognitive Science, University of Edinburgh.

550. _____. 1990a. “Nominal tense logic and other sorted intensional frameworks.” PhD dissertation, University of Edinburgh.

551. _____. 1994. “Tense, Temporal Reference, and Tense Logic.” Journal of Semantics 11.83-101.

552. _____. 1995. “On Rich Ontologies for Tense and Aspect.” Presented at Conference on Time, Space, and Movement, University of Toulouse.

553. _____ , Claire Gardent, and Maarten de Rijke. 1996. “On Rich Ontologies for Tense and Aspect.” Jerry Seligman and Dag Westerstahl (eds.), Logic, Language and Computation, I. (CSLI Lecture Notes, 58.) Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 77-92.

554. Blake, Frank R. 1944. “The Hebrew Waw Conversive.” Journal of Biblical Literature 63.271-95.

555. _____. 1951. A Resurvey of Hebrew Tenses, With an Appendix: Hebrew Influence on Biblical Aramaic. (Scripta Instituti Biblici, 103.) Rome: Pontificium Institutum Biblicum.

556. Blanc, Michel H. A. 1964. “Time and Tense in Old French narrative.” Archivum Linguisticum 16.96-124.

557. Bland, Susan Kesner. 1988. “The Present Progressive in Discourse: Grammar versus usage revisited.” TESOL Quarterly 22.53-68.

558. Blanken, G. H. 1950. “La formation du futur en néogrec dialectal.”  [The formation of the future in Modern Greek dialects.] Annuaire de l’Institute de Philologie et d’Histoire orientales et slaves 10.79-86.

559. Blansitt, Edward L. jr. 1975. “Progressive Aspect.” Working Papers on Language Universals 18.1-34.

560. Blas Arroyo, J. L. and M. Porcar Miralles. 1997. “Aproximación sociolinguística al fenómeno de la neutralización modal en las comunidades de habla castellonenses (análisis de algunos contornos sintácticos).”  [A Sociolinguistic Approach to the Phenomenon of Modal Neutralization in the Speech Communities of Castello (Analysis of Some Syntactic Structures).] Sintagma 9.27-45.

561. Blasco, Eduard. 1982. “Entorn dels temps verbals i els conceptes d’aspecte, aktionsart i estadi en català.”  [On verbal tenses and the concepts of aspect, Aktionsart, and state in Catalan.] Els Marges 25.109-114.

562. Blase, H. 1899. “Syntaktische Beiträge zur Kritik und Überlieferung in Caes. B. G..”  [Syntactic Contributions on the Criticism and Tradition in Caesar, De Bello Gallico.] Bayerische Blätter für das Gymnasialwesen, 249-69.

563. _____. 1903. “Tempora und Modi.”  [Tenses and Moods.] G. Landgraf (ed.), Historische Grammatik der lateinischen Sprache. Leipzig.

564. Bläsing, Uwe. 1984. Die finit indikativen Verbalformen im Kalmückischen: Untersuchung ihrer Anwendung und ihrer Abgrenzung voneinander.  [Finite indicative verb forms in Kalmuck: investigation of their use and their demarcation from one another.] Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag.

565. Bléton, Paul. 1982. “La surcomposition dans le verbe français.”  [Supercomplexity in the French verb.] Canadian Journal of Linguistics 27.31-40.

566. Bloch, Bernard. 1947. “English Verb Inflection.” Language 23.399-418.

567. Blohm, Dieter. 1989. “Terminativ-2-Verben im Arabischen.”  [Terminative-2-verbs in Arabic.] Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 42.788-94.

568. _____. 1990. “Gibt es im Arabischen Aktionsarten?”  [Does Arabic have Aktionsarten?.] Zeitschrift für arabische Linguistik 22.7-22.

569. Bloom, Lois and Lorraine Harner. 1989. “On the Developmental Contour of Child Language: A Reply to Smith & Weist.” Journal of Child Language, 207-16.

570. Bloom, Lois, K. Lifter, and J. Hafitz. 1980. “Semantics of Verbs and Development of Verb Inflection in Child Language.” Language 56.386-412.

571. Bloomfield, L. 1928. Notes on the Preverb ge- in Alfredian English. Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minneapolis Press.

572. Blücher, Kolbjørn. 1974. Studio sulle forme ho cantato, cantai, cantavo, stavo cantando: Struttura, funzione e uso nel sistema verbale dell’italiano moderno.  [Study of the forms ho cantato ‘I have sung’, cantai ‘I sang’, cantavo ‘I was singing’, stavo cantando ‘I was singing’: Structure, function and use of the verbal system of modern Italian.] (Contributions norvégiennes aux études romanes, 4.) Oslo.

573. Blumenthal, Peter. 1986. Vergangenheitstempora, Textstrukturierung und Zeitverständnis in der französischen Sprachgeschichte.  [Past tenses, text structuration and time understanding in the history of the French language.] (Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur.  Beihefte.  Neue Folge, 12.) Stuttgart: Steiner.

574. Bobes Naves, María del Carmen. 1984. “La valeur sémiotique du temps dans le récit.”  [The semiotic value of tense in the narrative.] Kodikas Code Ars semeiotica 7.107-20.

575. Bocaz, Aura. 1989. “Desarrollo de la referencia temporal adverbial.”  [The development of adverbial temporal reference.] Lenguas Modernas 16.23-40.

576. _____. 1991. “Esquematización espacial y temporal de escenas narrativas y su proyección linguística en el español.”  [The spatial and temporal schematization of narrative scenes and its linguistic projection.] Lenguas Modernas 18.47-62.

577. Bodelsen, C. A. 1936. “Expanded Tenses in English: An Attempt at an Explanation.” Englische Studien 71.220-38. Reprinted 1974 in Alfred Schopf, Der englische Aspekt, Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 144-62.

578. Boeck, W. 1956. “Die Aktionsarten des russischen Verbs.”  [The Aktionsarten of the Russian verb.] Russischunterricht 9.316-23.

579. _____. 1957. “Zum Tempusgebrauch des Russischen in Objekt- und Subjektsätzen: seine historische Entwicklung und sein stilistischer Wert.”  [On Russian tense use in object and subject clauses.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 2.206-18.

580. _____. 1958. “Der Tempusgebrauch in den russischen Objekt- und Subjektsätzen, seine historische Entwicklung und sein stilistischer Wert.”  [Tense use in Russian object and subject clauses, its historical development and its stylistic value.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 3.209-34.

581. [duplicates 580]

582. Boeck, Wolfgang. 1961. “Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Aspekten und Aktionen in der russischen Sprache der Gegenwart.”  [Correlations between aspects and actions in the contemporary Russian language.] Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Martin-Luther-Universität, Halle-Wittenburg. Gesellschafts- und Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 10.225-32.

583. Boeder, Winfried. 1999. “Some notes on the Georgian resultative.” Werner Abraham and Leonid Kulikov (eds.), Tense-Aspect, Transitivity and Causativity: Essays in Honour of Vladimir Nedjalkov. (Studies in Language Companion Series, 50.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 117-39.

584. Boel, G. de. 1987. “Aspekt, Aktionsart und Transitivität.”  [Aspect, Aktionsart and transitivity.] Indogermanische Forschungen 92.33-57.

585. Boertien, Harman S. 1979. “Toward a Unified Semantics of Aspectual Verbs with to and -ing Complements.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 15.45-52.

586. Bogacki, Christophe. 1991. “Pendant et ses equivalents polonais: Ponctualité et dureé.”  [Pendant ‘during’ and its Polish equivalents: punctuality and duration.] L’information grammaticale 48.32-35.

587. Bogacki, Krzysztof. 1993. “Jeszcze et znowu: deux equivalents polonais de encore.”  [Jeszcze and znowu: Two Polish Equivalents of encore ‘still, again’.] Studia Romanica Posnaniensia 17.77-83.

588. Bogdalevskaja, E. N. 1981. “Semanticheskaja obuslovlennost’ neutralizatsii vidovyx protivopostavlenij vo vremennoj paradigme russkogo glagola.”  [Semantic... of the neutralization of aspectual oppositions in the temporal paradigm of the Russian verb.] Russkij jazyk za Rubezhom 3.69-73.

590. Boguslavski, A. 1963. “Perfektivnyje glagoly v russkom jazyke.”  [Perfective verbs in the Russian language.] Slavia 32.17-35.

591. Boguslawski, Andrzej. 1960. “Prefiksalne pary aspektowe a semantyka prefiksalna czascunika rosyjskiego.”  [Prefixed aspectual pairs and prefixal semantics of the Russian language.] Slavia Orientalis 9.139-75.

592. _____. 1963. “Perfektivnye glagoly v russkom jazyke.”  [Perfective verbs in the Russian language.] Slavia 32.17-35.

593. _____. 1972. “K voprosu o semanticheskoj storone glagol’nyx vidov.”  [On the question of the semantic... of verbal aspects.] Z polskich studiów slawistycznych. Seria 4: Pace na VI y miedzynareodowy kongres slawistów w Warszawie 1973 1.227-32.

594. _____. 1981. “On Describing Accomplished Facts with Imperfective Verbs.” Per Jacobsen, Helen L. Krag, et al. (eds.), The Slavic Verb: An Anthology Presented to Hans Christian Sørensen, 16th December 1981. (Kobenhavns-Univ.-Slaviske-Inst., 9.) Copenhagen: Rosenkilde & Bagger, 34-40.

595. _____. 1985. “The Problem of the Negated Imperative in Perfective Verbs Revised.” Russian Linguistics 9.225-39.

596. Bohac, Darja Damic. 1994. “Introduction à une analyse contrastive de l’aspect verbal en français et en croate.”  [An introduction to a contrastive analysis of verbal aspect in French and Croatian.] Strani Jezici 23.169-72.

597. _____. 1997. “Sur la définition du verbe et des catégories grammaticales.”  [On the definitions of the verb and grammatical categories.] Strani Jezici 26.9-13.

598. Böhme, Gernot. 1966. Über die Zeitmodi: eine Untersuchung über das Verstehen von Zeit als Gegenwart, Vergangenheit.  [On time modes [?].] Göttingen: Vandenhoek & Ruprecht.

599. Bohnemeyer, Juergen. 1998. “Time Relations in Discourse: Evidence from a comparative approach to Yukatek Maya.”  PhD dissertation, Tilburg University (Katholieke Universiteit Brabant).

600. Boiko, A. A. 1961. “Zum Gebrauch der Aspekte bei Indikativkonstruktionen.”  [On the use of the aspects in indicative constructions.] Wissenschaftliche Zeitung der Universität Greifswald. Gesellschafts- und Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 10.57-60.

601. Bojar, Bozenna. 1976. “Polskie i bulgarskie czasowniki komunikujace.”  [Polish and Bulgarian communicative verbs.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 1.65-77.

602. Bojko, A. A. 1952. “O roli vida v nekotoryx infinitivnyx sochetanijax, soderzhashchix otritsanije.”  [On the role of aspect in various constructions of the infinitive with negation.] Ucenie zapiski Leningradskogo gos. universiteta, Serija filologiceskikh nauk 156.139-54.

603. Boléo, Manuel de Paiva. 1934/35. “Tempos e modos em português: Contribuïção para o estudo da sintaxe e da estilística do verbo.”  [Tenses and moods in Portuguese: a contribution to the study of the syntax and  of the stylistics of the verb.] Boletim de filologia 3.15-36.

604. Boley, Jacqueline. 1992. “The Hittite Periphrastic Constructions.” Onofrio Carruba (ed.), Per una grammatica ittita. Pavia: Gianni Iuculano, 35-59.

605. Bolinger, D. 1971. “The Nominal in the Progressive.” Linguistic Inquiry 2.246-50.

606. Bolinger, Dwight. 1947. “More on the Present Tense in English.” Language 23.434-36.

607. _____. 1971. The Phrasal Verb in English. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press.

608. _____. 1973. “Essence and Accident: English Analogs of Hispanic Ser-Estar.” Braj Kachru (ed.), Issues in Linguistic Theory. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 58-69.

609. _____. 1983. “The ‘Go’-Progressive and Auxiliary-Formation.” Frederick B. Agard, Gerald Kelley, Adam Makkai and Valerie Becker Makkai (eds.), Essays in Honor of Charles F. Hockett. (Cornell Linguistic Contributions, 4.) Leiden: Brill, 153-67.

610. Bolkestein, A. Machelt. 1987. “Discourse Functions of Predications: The background/foreground distinction and tense and voice in Latin main and subordinate clauses.” Jan Nuyts and Georges de Schutter (eds.), Getting One’s Words into Line: On Word Order and Functional Grammar. (Functional Grammar Series, 5.) Dordrecht: Foris, 163-78.

611. _____. 1996. “Reported speech in Latin.” Theo A. J. M. Janssen and Wim van der Wurff (eds.), Reported Speech: Forms and Functions of the Verb. (Pragmatics and Beyond, N. S., 43.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 121-40.

612. Boloh, Yvesa and Christian Champaud. 1993. “The Past Conditional Verb Form in French Children: The Role of Semantics in Late Grammatical Development.” Journal of Child Language 20.169-89.

613. Bolozky, Shmuel. 1980. “On the Autonomy of the Tense Paradigm: The Modern Hebrew Evidence.” Lingua 51.115-23.

614. Bolsunovskaja, L. M. and N. G. Kuznetsova. 1997. “Sposoby glagol’nogo dejstvija v dialektax sel’kupskogo jazyka.”  [Verbal Aktionsart in Selkup Dialects.] Linguistica Uralica 33.202-14.

615. Bommer, J. 1989. “Passief Aspect.” [Passive aspect.]  Master’s thesis, Utrecht University.

616. Bonami, O. 1997. “Aspectual impact of French locative goal PP’s.” Proceedings of the ESSLLI Student Session, 35-44.

617. Bondar, O. I. 1986. “Linhvistychna katehoriia chasu iak vidobrazhennia real’noho chasu.”  [The linguistic category of tense as an aspectual expression of real time.] Movoznavstvo 2 (116).41-45.

618. Bondarko, A. V. 1958. “Nastojashchee istoricheskoe glagolov nesovershennogo i sovershennogo vidov v sovremennom literaturnom serbokhorvatskom jazyke.”  [The historical present of verbs of imperfective and perfective aspect in the contemporary literary Serbo-Croatian language.] Ucenie zapiski Leningradskogo gos. universiteta, Serija filologiceskikh nauk 250.141-57.

619. _____. 1958a. “Nastojashchee istoricheskoe (praesens historicum) glagolov nesovershennogo i sovershennogo vidov v cheshskom jazyke.”  [The historical present of verbs of imperfective and perfective aspect in the Czech language.] Slavia 27.556-84.

620. _____. 1959. “Nastojashchee istoricheskoe v slavjanskix jazykax s tochki zrenija glagol’nogo vida.”  [The historical present in the Slavic languages from the point of view of verbal aspect.] V. V. Vinogradov (ed.), Slavjanskoe Jazykoznanie: Sbornik statej. Moscow: Izd. Akad. nauk SSSR, 48-58.

621. _____. 1959a. “Voprosy glagol’nogo vremeni na IV mezhdunarodnom s”ezde slavistov.”  [Questions of verbal tense at the 4th International Congress of Slavicists.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 3.131-35.

622. _____. 1962. “Opyt obshchej xarakteristiki vidovogo protivopostavlenija russkogo glagola.”  [An attempt at a general characterization of the aspectual opposition in the Russian verb.] Uchenie zapiski Instituta slavjanovedenija Akademii nauk SSSR 23.179-203.

623. _____. 1962a. “Sistema glagol’nyx vremen v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke.”  [The system of verbal tenses in the modern Russian language.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 3.27-37.

624. _____. 1963. “K voprosu o ‘transpozitsii’ (upotreblenii proshedshego vremeni glagola v sovremennom russkom jazyke dlja oboznachenija abstraktnogo nastojashchego).”  [On the question of “transposition” (use of the past tense of the verb in the contemporary Russian language for the designation of the abstract present).] Uchenye zapiski Leningradskogo gos. pedagogicheskogo instituta im. Gertsena 248.51-60.

625. _____. 1963a. “Ob odnom tipe vidovoj sootnositel’nosti glagolov v sovremennom russkom jazyke.”  [On a type of aspectual correlation of verbs in the contemporary Russian language.] Nauchnye doklady vyshtej shkoly. Filologicheskie nauki 6.65-76.

626. _____. 1965. “Nekotorye osobennosti prenosnogo upotreblenija vremen glagola.” Russkij jazyk v shkole, 79-83.

627. _____. 1965a. “Ob otnositel’nom i absoljutnom upotreblenii vremen v russkom jazyke (v svjazi s voprosom o ‘temporal’nosti’).”  [On the relative and absolute use of tenses in the Russian language (in connection with the question of “temporality”).] Voprosy jazykoznanija 14.44-54.

628. _____. 1967. “K problematike funktsional’no-semanticheskix kategorij (glagol’nyj vid i ‘aspektual’nost’’ v russkom jazyke).”  [On the problematics of functional-semantic categories (verbal aspect and “aspectuality” in the Russian language).] Voprosy jazykoznanija 16.18-31.

629. _____. 1968. “Aspektual’nost’kak odin iz èlementov struktury predlozhenija.”  [Aspectuality as one of the elements of sentence structure.] Otázky slovanské syntaxe 2.263-68.

630. _____. 1979. “Printsipy sopostavitel’nogo issledovanija aspektual’nyx otnoshenij.”  [Principles of the comparative study of aspectual relations.] Acta Linguistica Hungarica 29.229-47.

631. _____. 1986. “Semantika predela.”  [The semantics of the boundary.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 35.14-25.

632. _____. 1990. “O znachenijax vidov russkogo glagola.”  [On the meanings of the aspects of the Russian verb.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 39.5-24.

633. _____. 1991. “Predel’nost’ i glagol’niy vid (na materiale russkogo jazyka).”  [Boundness and the Verbal Aspect [Russian Material].] Izvestija akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 50.195-206.

634. _____. 1995. “Teorija predikativnosti V. V. Vinogradova i vopros o jazykovom predstavlenii idei vremeni.”  [The theory of predicativity of V. V. Vinogradov and the question of the linguistic representation of the idea of time.] Vestnik moskovskogo universiteta. Serija 9, filologija 9.105-11.

635. Bondarko, Aleksandr V. 1971. Vid i vremja russkogo glagola: znachenie i upotreblenie.  [The aspect and tense of the Russian verb: meaning and use.] Moscow: Prosveshchenie.

636. _____. 1976. “Stand und Perspektiven der Aspektologie in der UdSSR.”  [The state and perspectives of aspectology in the USSR.] Wolfgang Girke and Helmut Jachnow (eds.), Theoretische Linguistik in Osteuropa. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 123-39.

637. _____. 1987. Printsipy funtsial’noj grammatiki i voprosy aspectologii.  [The principles of functional grammar and questions of aspectology.] St. Petersburg: Nauka.

638. _____. 1990. “O roli interpretacionnogo komponenta v strukture grammaticheskogo znachenija (na materiale kategorii vida).”  [On the role of the interpretational component in the structure of grammatical meaning (based on aspectual evidence).] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 15.27-33.

639. _____. 1991. Functional Grammar: A field approach. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

640. Bondarko, Aleksandr Vladimirovich. 1992-93. “Glagol’nyj vid v vyskazyvanii: priznak ‘vozniknovenie novoj situatsii’.”  [Verbal aspect in the utterance: the feature “the beginning of a new situation”.] Russian Linguistics 16.239-59.

641. Bonevac, D. 1984. “Semantics for Clausally Complemented Verbs.” Synthese 59.187-218.

642. _____  and C. S. Smith. 1993. “Discourse Representation Theory: An Introduction and a Handbook.”  Ms., University of Texas.

643. Bonfante, G. 1950. “The Origin of the Russian Periphrastic Future.” Annuaire de l’Institute de Philologie et d’Histoire orientales et slaves 10.87-98.

644. Bonfante, Giuliano. 1983. “L’aspetto verbale del tipo italiano: (Io) sto facendo, (io) sto insegnando.”  [Verbal aspect of the Italian type: I am doing, I am teaching.] Archivio Glottologico Italiano 68.50.

645. Bonner, Maria. 1995. “Zum Tempussystem des Isländischen.”  [On the tense system of Icelandic.] Rolf Thieroff (ed.), Tense Systems in European Languages II. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 338.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 37-59.

646. Bonnotte, Isabelle, Anton Kaifer, Michel Fayol, and Itziar Idiazabal-Gorrochategui. 1993. “Role des types de procès et du co-texte dans l’emploi des formes verbales de la narration: Étude de productions d’adultes en français, en castillan et en basque.”  [The role of the types of processes and of context in the use of verbal forms in narration: a study of adult productions in French, Spanish, and Basque.] Langue Française 97.81-101.

647. Bonomi, A. 1997. “Aspect, quantification and when-clauses in Italian.” Linguistics and Philosophy 20.369-514.

648. _____. 1998. “Semantical considerations on the progressive  reading of the imperfective.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

649. Bonomi, Andrea. 1993. “Le temps du récit.”  [The tense of the narrative.] Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 47.7-22.

650. _____. 1995. “Tense, Reference and Temporal Anaphora.” Lingua e Stile 30.483-500.

651. _____. 1997. “Aspect, Quantification and When-Clauses in Italian.” Linguistics and Philosophy 20.469-514. Ms., 1994.

652. _____. 1997. “The Progressive and the Structure of Events.” Journal of Semantics 14.173-205.

653. Bonvillain, Nancy. 1981. “Locative Semantics in Mohawk: Time and Space.” International Journal of American Linguistics 47.58-65.

654. Bonvini, Emilio. 1988. “L’aspect entre la prédication et l’énonciation: exemple d’une langue voltaïque, le kàsîm.”  [Aspect between predication and utterance: an example from a Voltaic language, Kasim.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 93-102.

655. Boogaart, Ronny. 1991. “‘Progressive aspect’ in Dutch.” Frank Drijkoningen and Ans van Kemenade  (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1991. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1-9.

656. _____. 1991a. “Temporele relaties en tekstcoherentie.”  [Temporal relations and text cohesion.] Voortgang, Jaarboek voor de Neerlandistiek 12.241-65.

657. _____. 1992. “Aspect, aktionsart en temporele relaties in narrative teksten.” [Aspect, Aktionsart, and temporal relations in narrative texts.]  Thesis, Free University, Amsterdam.

658. _____. 1993. “Aktionsart and Temporal Relations in Dutch Texts.” F. Drijkoningen and K. Hengeveld (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1993. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 25-36.

659. _____. 1994. “Vorm en betekenis: het preteritum en aspect.”  [Form and meaning: the preterite and aspect.] R. Boogaart and J. Noordegraaf (eds.), Nauwe betrekkingen: Voor Theo Janssen bij zijn vijftigste verjaardag. Amsterdam and Münster: Stichting Neerlandistiek VU and Nodus Publikationen, 15-22.

660. _____. 1995. “Towards a Theory of Discourse Aspectuality.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 221-36.

661. _____. 1996. “Tense and Temporal Ordering in English and Dutch Indirect Speech.” Theo A. J. M. Janssen and Wim van der Wurff (eds.), Reported Speech: Forms and Functions of the Verb. (Pragmatics and Beyond, N. S., 43.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 213-35.

662. _____. 1998. “The temporal interpretation of texts: coherence versus relevance.”  Ms., Free University Amsterdam.

663. _____. 1999. Aspect and Temporal Ordering: A Contrastive Analysis of Dutch and English. The Hague: Holland Academic Graphics.  PhD dissertation, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam.

664. Bookman, Karen. 1982. “Semantic Markedness in Spanish and English Imperfect and Perfective Aspect.” Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest 4.398-412.

665. _____. 1982a. “Spanish Ser and Estar as Imperfective and Perfective Copulas.” Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest 4.413-21.

666. Borer, Hagit. 1981. “Linguistic Aspects of the Combined Discourse.”  [In Modern Hebrew.] Ha Sifrut 30-31.35-56.

667. Boretzky, Norbert. 1983. “On Creole Verb Categories (Objections to Bickerton’s Universalistic Assumptions).” Publikaties van het Instituut voor Algemene Taalwetenschap 36.1-24. Critique of Bickerton (1981).

668. Borg, Albert J. 1981. A Study of Aspect in Maltese. Ann Arbor: Karoma.  = Linguistica Extranea; 1981, 15, 1-188. Reviewed in Bublitz (1990-93).

669. Borgato, Gian Luigi. 1976. “Aspetto verbale e Aktionsart in italiano e tedesco.”  [Verbal aspect and Aktionsart in Italian and German.] Lingua e Contesto 3.65-197.

670. Borillo, A. 1986. “Les emplois adverbiaux des noms de temps.”  [The adverbial uses of time nouns.] Lexique et traitement automatique. Toulouse: Université Paul Sabatier.

671. Borillo, Andrée. 1984. “Pendant et la spécification temporelle de durée.”  [Pendant ‘while’ and the temporal specification of duration.] Cahiers de grammaire 8.

672. _____. 1988. “Expression de la durée: construction de noms et verbes de mesure temporelle.”  [The expression of duration: the construction of nouns and verbs of temporal measure.] Linguisticae Investigationes 12.363-96.

673. _____. 1988. “Fréquence et duration en français.”  [Frequency and duration in French.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 149-62.

674. _____. 1988a. “Pendant, longtemps, toujours.”  [Pendant ‘while’, longtemps ‘for long’, toujours ‘always’.] Claire Blanche-Benveniste, André Chervel, and Maurice Gross (eds.), Grammaire et histoire de la grammaire. Aix-en-Provence: Université de Provence, 77-86.

675. _____. 1988b. “Quelques remarques sur quand connecteur temporel.”  [Some remarks on quand ‘when’, temporal connective.] Langue Française 77.71-91.

676. _____. 1997. “Les prépositions temporelles et la reprise anaphorique des compléments de temps.” [Temporal prepositions and the anaphoric repetition of tense complements.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

677. _____. 1998. “Les adjectifs et l’aspect en français.”  [Adjectives and aspect in French.] Andrée Borrillo, Carl Vetters, and Marcel Vuillaume (eds.), Regards sur l’aspect. (Cahiers Chronos, 2.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 177-89.

678. Borodich, V. V. 1948. “Iz istorii budushchego vremeni v bolgarskom jazyke.”  [On the history of the future tense in the Bulgarian language.] Vestnik Moskovskogo Universiteta 5.19-24.

679. _____. 1952. “K voprosu o znachenii aorista i imperfekta v staroslavjanskom jazyke.”  [On the question of the meaning of the aorist and imperfect in Old Church Slavonic.] Kratkie soobshchenija Instituta slavjanovedenija, Akademija nauk SSSR 7.21-37.

680. _____. 1954. “K voprosu o vidovykh otnoshenijakh staroslavjanskogo jazyka.”  [On the question of aspectual relations in Old Church Slavonic.] Ucenje zapiski instityuta slavjanovedenija AN SSSR 9.

681. _____. 1957. “Za funkciite na minalo predvaritelno vreme v sa°vremennija ba°lgarski ezik.”  [On the functions of the past anterior in contemporary Bulgarian.] Ba°lgarski Ezik 7.430-51.

682. Borovlev, A. A. 1991. “Funktsional’no-semanticheskie xarakteristiki kategoriy vida i vremeni.”  [Functional-Semantic Characteristics of Aspect and Tense Categories.] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 46.57-65.

683. Borras, F. M. and R. F. Christian. 1971. Russian Syntax: Aspects of Modern Russian Syntax and Vocabulary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

684. Bortoluzzi, Maria. 1992. “The Progressive Aspect: Some Problem Areas in Comparing English and Italian.” Studi italiani di linguistica teorica e applicata 21.179-97.

685. Bosker, A. 1961. Het gebruik van het Imperfectum en het Perfectum in het Nederlands, het Duits, het Frans en het Engels.  [The use of the imperfect and the perfect in Dutch, German, French, and English.] Groningen: Wolters.

686. Bosque, Ignacio. 1990. “Sobre el aspecto en los adjectivos y en los participios.”  [On aspect in adjectives and participles.] Tiempo y Aspecto en Español, 177-214.

687. Bossong, Georg. 1990. “El uso de los tiempos verbales en judeoespañol.”  [The Use of Verbal Tenses in Judeo-Spanish.] Verba Supplement 32.71-96.

688. Bot, Dieudonne Martin Luther. 1998. “Temps verbaux et aspects du yasa.”  [Tenses and aspects in Yasa.] Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 53.47-65.

689. Boteva, Silvija. 1986. “Nabljudenija vurkhy njakoi znachenija na bulgarskoto budeshte vreme i funktsionalno-prevodnite im ekvivalenten vuv frenskija ezik.”  [Observations on some meanings of the Bulgarian future and their functional equivalents in French.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 11.22-32.

690. Both-Diez, A.-M. de. 1985. “L’aspect et ses implications dans le fonctionnement de l’imparfait, du passé simple et du passé composé au nivel textuel.”  [Aspect and its implications in the functioning of the imparfait (imperfect), the passé simple (simple past) and the passé composé (complex past) on the textual level.] Langue Française 67.5-22.

691. Botne, Robert. 1986. “Temporal Role of Eastern Bantu -ba and -li.” Studies in African Linguistics 17.303-17.

692. _____. 1997. “Evidentiality and Epistemic Modality in Lega.” Studies in Language 21.509-29.

693. Botne, Robert D. 1983. “On the notion ‘inchoative verb’ in Kinyarwanda.” F. Jouannet (ed.), Le kinyarwanda. Paris: SELAF, 149-78.

694. _____. 1983. “The Semantics of Tense in Kinyarwanda.” Studies in African Linguistics 14.235-63.

695. _____. 1987. “Semantics and Pragmatics of Tense in Kikerebe and Kinyarwanda.” Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 9.29-44.

696. _____. 1989. “The function of the auxiliary -bá in Kinyarwanda.” F. Jouannet (ed.), Modèles en tonologie (Kirundie et Kinyarwanda). Paris: CNRS, 247-56.

697. _____. 1989a. “Reconstruction of a Grammaticalized Auxiliary in Bantu.” Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 19.169-86.

698. _____. 1993. “Differentiating the auxiliaries -ti and -va in Tumbuka.” Linguistique Africaine 10.7-28.

699. _____. 1993a. “The origins of the remote future formatives in Kinyarwanda, Kirundi, and Giha.” Studies in African Linguistics 21.189-210.

700. _____. 1998. “Evolution of future tenses from serial ‘SAY’ constructions in central eastern Bantu.” Diachronica 15.207-30.

701. _____. 1999. “Future and distal -ka-’s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?” Larry Hymen and Jean-Marie Hornbert (eds.), Recent Advances in Bantu Historical Linguistics. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 473-515.

702. _____  Dale Olson. 1981. “On the Nature of Tense and Aspect: Studies in the semantics of temporal reference in English and Kinyarwanda.”  Ph.D. dissertation, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois.

703. Bouchard, Denis. 1984. “Having a Tense Time in Grammar.” Cahiers linguistiques d’Ottawa 12.89-113. Presented at an informal seminar on syntax at MIT in 1980 and at the 4th Groningen Round Table, 1980.

704. Boulle, J. 1979. “L’aoriste et le parfait dans und perspective énonciative: l’exemple du bulgare et du français.”  [Aorist and perfect in an enunciative perspective: the examples of Bulgarian and French.] Actants, voix et aspects verbaux: Actes des journées d’études linguistiques des 22-23 mai 1979 à Angers, 129-49.

705. Bourdin, P. 1982. “Quelques remarques à propos de l’adverbe just.”  [Some remarks regarding the adverb just.] Semantikos 5:2.12-32.

706. Bourdin, Philippe. 1997. “Le contraste ‘on vient de dîner’/’on va se promener’: convergences typologiques et propriétés topologiques.”  [The contrast ‘on vient de dîner’  (‘one has just dined’/ ‘on va se promener’ (‘one is going to go for a walk’): typological convergences and topological properties.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

707. Bourgeacq, J. A. 1969. “L’emploi de quelques temps du passé: une méthode.”  [The use of some past tenses: a method.] French Review 42.874-81.

708. Bourgeois, Pierre. 1960-61. “Évolution du système des temps ponctuels en français courant.”  [The evolution of the system of punctual tenses in current French.] Archiv für das Studium der neureren Sprachen 197.150-52.

709. Bourke, Michael Kevin. 1976. “A Semantic Re-Examination of Aspect and Manner of Action in Russian.” PhD dissertation, Brown University.

710. Bouscaren, J., A. Deschamps, and C. Mazodier. 1993. “Éléments pour une typologie des procès.”  [Elements of a typology of processes.] J. Bouscaren (ed.), Types de procès et repères temporels. (Cahiers de recherches, 6.) Ophrys, 7-34.

711. Boutin, Michael E. 1996. “Aspect in Bonggi.” PhD dissertation, University of Florida, Gainesville

712. Boyer, H. 1985. “L’économie des temps verbaux dans le discours narratif.”  [The economy of tenses in narrative discourse.] Le français moderne 53.78-89.

713. Boyer, Henri. 1979. “Opposition passé simple/passé composé dans le système verbal de la langue française.”  [The opposition simple past/passé composé in the verbal system of the French language.] Le français moderne 47.121-9.

714. Boyko, A. A. 1952. “O roli vida v nekotoryx infinitivnyx sochetanijax, soderzhashchix otritsanie.”  [On the role of aspect in infinitival combinations containing negation.] Uchenie zapiski Leningradskogo gos. universiteta, Serija filologicheskix nauk 156.15.139-54.

715. Braga, Maria Luiza. 1995. “As orações de tempo no discurso oral.”  [Temporal sentences in oral discourse.] Cadernos de Estudos Linguisticos 28.85-97.

716. Brainard, Sherri. 1995. “Functions of Marked Aspect in Expository Discourse in Upper Tanudan Kalinga (Philippines).” Leela Bilmes, Anita C. Liang, and Weera Ostapirat (eds.), Proceedings of the Twenty-First Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society February 17-20, 1995: Special Session on Discourse in Southeast Asian Languages. Berkeley, California: Berkeley Ling. Soc., 61-71.

717. Brajerski, Tadeusz. 1993. “Slowian’skie przedrostki czasownikowe i aspekt.”  [Slavic verbal prefixes and aspect.] Mieczyslawa Basaja and Zygmunta Zagórskiego (eds.), Munera linguistica Ladislao Kuraszkiewicz dedicata. Wroclaw: Zaklad. im. Ossolin’skich, 63-67.

718. Brand, M. 1977. “Identity conditions for events.” American Philosophical Quarterly 14.329-77.

719. Brannen, Noah S. 1979. “Time Deixis in Japanese and English Discourse.” G. Bedell, E. Kobayashi, and M. Muraki (eds.), Explorations in Linguistics. Tokyo: Kenkyuusha, 37-57.

720. Brauch, Christa. 1981. “Tiempos pasado y presente en narraciones del quechua del Pastaza.”  [Past and present in narrations in the Quechua of Pastaza.] Mary Ruth Wise and Anne Stewart (eds.), Cohesión y enfoque en textos y discursos. (Serie Linguística Peruana, 17.) Yarinacocha, Peru: Inst. Ling. de Verano, 185-216.

721. Braude, Stephen E. 1973. “Tensed Semantics and Free Repeatability.” Philosophical Review 82.188-214. Critiqued in C. Williams (1976), defended in Braude (1976).

722. _____. 1974. “Are Verbs Tensed or Tenseless?” Philosophical Studies 25.373-90.

723. _____. 1976. “Tenses and Meaning Change.” Analysis 37 (173).40-44. Response to C. Williams (1976).

724. Braun, Maximilian. 1961. “Zur Frage von Aspekt und Tempus im Russischen.”  [On the question of aspect and tense in Russian.] Die Welt der Slaven 6.157-65.

725. Braun, Theodore E. D. and Roger J. Steiner. 1976. “Two Neglected Tenses in Contemporary Textbooks: the Passé Antérieur and the Passé Surcomposé.” French Review 49.736-42.

726. Brauner, Siegmund. 1977. “Zur Definition einer Kategorie ‘unmittelbares Futur’ (futur immediat) im Bambara.”  [On the definition of a category “immediate future” [futur immédiat] in Bambara.] Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 30.384-88.

727. Brecht, Richard D. 1974. “Deixis in Embedded Structures.” Foundations of Language 11.489-518.

728. _____. 1975. “Relative vs. Absolute Reference in Embedded Tense Forms.” Slavic and East European Journal 19.145-54.

729. _____. 1984. “The Form and Function of Aspect in Russian.” Michael S. Flier and Richard Brecht (eds.), Issues in Russian Morphosyntax. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 10.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica Publishers, 9-34.

730. _____. 1984. “The Grammar of Time: Temporal Specification in English and Russian.”  Ms.

731. _____. to appear. “Tense and the Infinitive Complement in Russian, Latin, and English.” Richard D. Brecht and Catherine V. Chvany (eds.), Readings in Slavic Transformational Syntax. Ann Arbor: Michigan Slavic Publications.

732. Bree, D. S. 1985. “The Durative Temporal Subordinating Conjunctions: Since and Until.” Journal of Semantics  4.1-46.

733. _____. and R. A. Smit. 1986-87. “Temporal Relations.” Journal of Semantics  5.345-83. Presented at symposium “Word Meaning and Representation,” University of Augsburg, 4-6 March, 1987.

734. _____, R. A. Smit, J. P. Van Werkhoven. 1990. “Translating Temporal Prepositions between Dutch and English.” Journal of Semantics 7.1-51.

735. Breithutovà, H. 1968. “The Function of Tenses in Modern English Temporal Clauses.” Brno Studies in English 7.129-48.

736. Brendemoen, Bernt. 1997. “Some Remarks on the -mIsµ Past in the Eastern Black Sea Coast Dialects.” Turkic Languages 1.161-83.

737. Brennan, Mary. 1981. “Grammatical Processes in British Sign Language.” Bencie Woll, James Kyle, and Margaret Deuchar (eds.), Perspectives on British Sign Language and Deafness. London: Croom Helm, 120-135.

738. _____. 1983. “Marking Time in British Sign Language.” Jim Kyle and Bencie Woll (eds.), Language in Sign: An International Perspective in Sign Language. Beckenham, Kent: Croom Helm, 10-31.

739. Bres, J. 1992. “Du zapping passé composé/présent en récit conversationnel.” [On the passé composé (complex past)/present “zapping” in conversational narration.] Cahiers de praxématique 19.103-30.

740. Brés, Jacques. 1991. “Le temps, outil de cohésion: deux ou trois choses que je sais de lui.”  [Tense, tool of cohesion: two or three things that I know about it.] Langages 104.92-110.

741. _____. 1997. “Ascendance/descendance; incidence/decadence en français: affaires de couples....”  [Ascendance/descendance; incidence/decadence: A couple of couples....] Cahiers de praxematique 29.157-83.

742. _____. 1997a. “Fluence du temps impliqué et orientation: le couple imparfait-passé simple.”  [The flow of implicated time and orientation: the pair imparfait (imperfect)-passé simple (simple past).]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

743. _____. 1997b. “Habiter Le Temps: Le Couple Imparfait/Passé Simple en Français.”  [To inhabit time: the pair imperfect/simple past in French.] Langages 31.77-95.

744. _____. 1998. “De l’alternance temporelle passé composé/présent en récit conversationnel.”  [On the temporal alternation of passé composé (complex past) and present in conversational narration.] A. Borillo, C. Vetters, and M. Vuillaume (eds.), Variations sur la réferénce verbale. (Cahiers Chronos, 3.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 125-36.

745. _____. 2000. “Un emploi discursif qui ne manque pas de style: l’imparfait en cotexte narratif.”  [A discourse use that doesn’t lack style: the imperfect in narrative context.] Anne Carlier, Véronique Lagae, and Céline Benninger (eds.), Passé et parfait. (Cahiers Chronos, 6.) Amsterdam and Atlanta: Rodopi, 59-77.

746. Bresson, Daniel. 1992. “Review of Confais (1990).” Verbum 15.171-75.

747. Breu, Walter. 1984. “Zur Rolle der Lexik in der Aspektologie.”  [On the role of the lexicon in aspectology.] Die Welt der Slaven  29.123-48.

748. _____. 1988. “Resultativität, Perfekt und die Gliederung der Aspektdimension.”  [Resultativity, perfect and the division of the dimension of aspect.] Jochen Raecke (ed.), Slavistische Linguistik 1987: Referate des XIII. Konstanzer Slavistischen Arbeitstreffens, Tübingen 22.-25.9.1987. (Slavistische Beiträge, 230.) Munich: Sagner, 42-74.

749. _____. 1991. “Das italoalbanische ‘Perfekt’ in sprachvergleichener Sicht.”  [The Italo-albanian “perfect” in a language-comparative view.] Francesco et al. Altimari (ed.), Atti del Congresso internazionale di Studi sulla Lingua, la Storia e la Cultura degli Alabanesi d’Italia, 51-66.

750. _____. 1992. “Italokroatische verbsystem zwischen slawischem Erbe und kontaktbedingter Entwicklung.”  [The Italo-croatian verb system between Slavic heritage and development conditioned by contact.] Tilman Reuther (ed.), Slawistische Linguistik 1991: Referate des XVII. Konstanzer Slavistischen Arbeitstreffens Kalgenfurt-St. Georg/Längsee 10.-14.9.1991. (Slavische Beiträge, 292.) München: Otto Sagner, 93-122.

751. _____. 1994. “Interactions between Lexical, Temporal, and Aspectual Meanings.” Studies in Language 18.23-44.

752. Breuer, Christoph and R. Dorow. 1996. Deutsche Tempora der Vorvergangenheit.  [German tenses of the pre-past.] (Fokus, 16.) Trier: Wissenschaftlicher Verlag Trier.

753. Brigden, Nigel. 1984. “Towards a Functional Grammar of Aspect in Finnish.” Casper de Groot and Hannu Tommola (eds.), Aspect Bound: A voyage into the realm of Germanic, Slavonic and Finno-Ugrian aspectology (Proceedings from the First Scandinavian Symposium on Aspectology in Vaasa, Aug. 26-28, 1983). Foris, 179-98.

754. Brill, Jana A. 1992. “The Verb in Time—or Out of Time?” Kentucky Philological Review 7.4-7.

755. Brîncusµ, Grigore. 1957. “Sur la valeur du passé simple en roumain.”  [On the value of the simple past in Romanian.] Mélanges linguistiques publiés à l’occasion du VII Congrès International des Linguistes à Oslo, 159-73.

756. Brinton, Laurel. 1991. “The Mass/Count Distinction and Aktionsart: The grammar of iteratives and habituals.” Belgian Journal of Linguistics 6.47-69.

757. Brinton, Laurel J. 1980. “The Grammatical Status of Aspectual Catenatives in English.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 6.268-77.

758. _____. 1980a. “Represented Perception: A Study in Narrative Style.” Poetics 9.363-81.

759. _____. 1981. “The Historical Development of Aspectual Periphrases in English.” PhD dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.

760. _____. 1985. “From Verb to Aspectualizer: The Semantics of Grammaticalization.” Jan Terje Faarlund (ed.), Germanic Linguistics: Papers from a Symposium at the University of Chicago, April 24, 1985. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club, 29-45.

761. _____. 1985a. “Verb particles in English: aspect or aktionsart?.” Studia Linguistica 39.157-68.

762. _____. 1987. “The Aspectual Nature of States and Habits.” Folia Linguistica 21.195-214.

763. _____. 1988. The Development of English Aspectual Systems: Aspectualizers and post-verbal particles. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

764. _____. 1990. “The Stylistic Function of ME gan Reconsidered.” Sylvia Adamson, Vivien Law, Nigel Vincent, and Susan Wright (eds.), Papers from the 5th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics, Cambridge, 6-9 April 1987. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV: Current Issues in Linguistic Theory , 65.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 31-53.

765. _____. 1994. “The Differentiation of Statives and Perfects in Early Modern English: The Development of the Conclusive Perfect.” Dieter Stein and Ingrid Tieken Boon van Ostade (eds.), Towards a Standard English 1600-1800. (Topics in English Linguistics, 12.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 135-70.

766. _____. 1995. “The Aktionsart of Deverbal Nouns in English.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 27-42.

767. _____. 1995a. “Non-anaphoric Reflexives in Free Indirect Style: Expressing the Subjectivity of the Non-speaker.” Dieter Stein and Susan Wright (eds.), Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 173-94.

768. Brisard, Frank. 1996. “Epistemische kenmerken van het Engelse werkwoordelijke tijdssystem.” [The epistemic characterization of the English verbal tense system.]  Presented at the Journée de linguistique, 11/05, Cercle Belge de Linguistique.

769. _____. 1997. “The English Tense-System as an Epistemic Category: The Case of Futurity.” Marjolijn Verspoor, Kee-Dong Lee, and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Lexical and Syntactical Constructions and the Construction of Meaning. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV, 150.) , 271-85.

770. _____. 1999. A critique of localism in and about tense theory. Antwerpen: University of Antwerp.  Proefschrift, University of Antwerp.

771. Brisau, A. 1977. “Conditioned and Non-conditioned Future in English and Netherlandic.” Aspects of English and Netherlandic Grammar. (Contrastive Analysis Series, 3.) Leuven: Acco, 51-69. Review of Binnick (1972).

772. Broadwell, G. A. 1998. “Variability in Aspectual Orientation: The Perfective in Choctaw.”  Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

773. Brockelmann, Carl. 1951. “Die ‘Tempora’ des Semitischen.”  [The “tenses” of Semitic.] Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft 5.133-54.

774. Broekhuis, Hans and Kees Van Dijk. 1995. “The Syntactic Function of the Auxiliaries of Time.” Marcel Den Dikken, and Kees Hengeveld (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1995. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 37-48.

775. Brömser, Bernd. 1986. “Aktionsart in Nomina und Nominalen.”  [Aktionsart in nouns and nominals.] Armin Burkhardt and Karl Hermann Korner (eds.), Pragmantax. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 71-84.

776. Bronckart, J. P. 1990. “Some Determinants of the Production of Temporal Markers.” D. E. Blackman and Helga Lejeune (eds.), Behaviour analysis in theory and practice: contributions and controversies. Hove: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 183-98.

777. Bronckart, Jean-Paul and Beatrice Bourdin. 1993. “L’acquisition des valeurs des temps des verbes: Étude comparative de l’allemand, du basque, du catalan, du français et de l’italien.”  [The acquisition of tenses: a comparative study of German, Basque, Catalan, French, and Italian.] Langue Française 97.102-24.

778. Bronckart, Jean-Paul and H. Sinclair. 1973. “Time, Tense and Aspect.” Cognition 2.107-30.

779. Bronckart Jean-Paul and Michel Fayol. 1988. “Temps et texte: Modèle psychologique et quelques illustrations.”  [Tense and text: a psychological model and some illustrations.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 255-63.

780. Brondeel, Herman. 1977. “The Non-application of the Sequence of Tenses after Past Embedding Verbs in English and Dutch ‘That’-clauses in Terms of the Speaker’s Commitment to the Truth of the Statement.” Yvan Putseys (ed.), Aspects of English and Netherlandic Grammar. (Contrastive Analysis Series, 3.) Leuven: Acco, 70-86.

781. Brons-Albert, R. 1987. “Die Tempora des Deutschen: Vorschläge für die Vermittlung im DaF-Unterricht.”  [The tenses of German, suggestions for switching in German-for-foreigners instruction.] Info Deutsch als Fremdsprache 3.195-201.

782. Brons-Albert, Ruth. 1982. Die Bezeichnung von Zukünftigem in der gesprochenen deutschen Standardsprache.  [The designation of the future in the standard spoken German language.] (Studien zur deutschen Grammatik, 17.) Tübingen: Narr.

783. Bronzwaer, W. J. M. 1975. “An Hypothesis Concerning Deictic Time-Adverbs in Narrative Structure.” Journal of Literary Semantics 4.53-72.

784. [duplicates 783]

785. Bronzwaer, Wilhelmius J. M. 1970. Tense in the Novel: An investigation of some potentialities of linguistic criticism. Groningen: Wolters-Norhoff.

786. Brook, Matt D. 1997. “Authorial Choice and Verbal Aspect in the NT [New Testament]: an investigation using corpus linguistics to identify patterns of aspectual usage linked with lexis, syntax, and context.”  M.Div. thesis, Gordon-Conwell Theological Seminary.

787. Brooks, Maria Z. 1988. “The System of Tenses in Old Church Slavonic.” Slavic themes, 39-46.

788. Broschart, Jürgen. 1993. “Raum und Grammatik oder: Wie berechenbar ist Sprache?: Mit Beispielen zu Kasusmarkierung, Aspekt, Tempus und Modus.”  [Space and grammar or: how calculable is language?  With examples for case-marking, aspect, tense, and mood.] Thomas Müller-Bardey and Werner Drossard (eds.), Aspekte der Lokalisation: Beiträge zur Arbeitsgruppe “Lokalisation” bei der Tagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft in Bremen, 1992. (Bochum Essener Beiträge zür Sprachwandelforschung, 19.) Bochum: Brockmeyer, 1-43.

789. Brown, Cheryl. 1983. “Topic Continuity in Written English narrative.” Talmy Givón (ed.), English Grammar: a Function-Based Introduction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 315-41.

790. Brown, Gillian and George Yule. 1983. Discourse Analysis. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

791. Brown, Karen Leigh. 1994. “Interpreting Progressives.” MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 23.55-73.

792. Browne, Wayles. 1997. “Verbal Forms with da in Slovenian Complement, Purpose and Result Clauses.” Balkanistica 10.72-80.

793. Brugger, G. 1998. “Event time properties.” Ms., University of California at Los Angeles.

794. _____  and M. D’Angelo. 1994. “Aspect and Tense at LF: The Italian Present Perfect.”  Ms., University of Vienna/University of Venice

795. Brugger, Gerhard and Mario D’Angelo. 1995. “Movement at LF Triggered by Mood and Tense.” Folia Linguistica 29.195-221.

796. Brugman, Claudia. 1988. “Syntax and Semantics of Have and its Complements.” PhD dissertation, University of California at Berkeley.

797. Brugmann, Karl. 1902-4. Kurze vergleichende Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen.  [Short comparative grammar of the Indo-European languages.] Strassburg: K. J. Trübner.

798. _____. 1911. Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen, 2er Band, 2er Teil.  [Outline of the comparative grammar of the Indo-European languages, 2nd Volume, 2nd part.] Strassburg: Trübner.  Reprinted, 1967.

799. Brun,Dina, Sergey Avrutin, and Maria Babyonyshev. 1999. “Aspect and Its Temporal Interpretation during the Optional Infinitive Stage in Russian.” Annabel Greenhill, Heather Littlefield, and Cheryl Tano (eds.), Proceedings of the 23rd Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, I-II. Somerville, Massachusetts: Cascadilla, 120-31.

800. Brun-Laloire, L. 1929. “L’imparfait de l’indicatif est-il un tens [sic].”  [Is the imperfect of the indicative a tense?.] Revue de philologie française et de littérature 41.56-86.

801. Brunaud, Nathalie. 1991. “‘Now’ et ‘then’ dans la cohérence argumentative.”  [“Now” and “then” in the coherence of the argument.] Langages 104.79-91.

802. Brunel, J. 1939. L’aspect verbal et l’emploi des preverbes en grec, particulièrement en attique.  [Verbal aspect and the use of preverbs in Greek: particularly in Attic.] (Coll. linguistique publ. par la Société de Linguistique de Paris, 45.) Paris: Klincksieck.

803. _____. 1942-45. “L’aspect et ‘l’ordre du procès’ en grec.”  [Aspect and “the order of the process” in Greek.] Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris 42.43-75.

804. Brunner, Karl. 1955. “Expanded Verbal Forms in Early Modern English.” English Studies 36.218-21.

805. Brunot, Ferdinand and Charles Bruneau. 1949. Précis de grammaire historique de la langue française.  [Précis of the historical grammar of the French language.] Paris: Masson.

806. Brusendorff, Aage. 1930. “Relative Aspect of the Verb in English.” N. Bøgholm, A. Brusendorff, and C. A. Bodelsen (eds.), A grammatical miscellany offered to Otto Jespersen on his seventieth birthday. London and Copenhagen: George Allen and Unwin; Levin and Munksgaard, 225-47.

807. Bryan, Robert. 1983. “On the Complexity of Temporal Indices: Theoretic Treatment of Tense.” Frances Ingeman (ed.), 1982 Mid-America Linguistics Conference Papers. Lawrence: Department of Linguistics, University of Kansas, 33-38.

808. Bryan, W. F. 1936. “The Preterite and the Perfect Tense in Present-Day English.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology 35.363-82.

809. Bryant, William H.. 1984. “Demythifying French Grammar.” French Review 58.19-25.

810. Bubenik, Vit. 1979. “Innovation in Morphology: The historical development of the aspect/tense system in the Slavic languages.” International Review of Slavic Linguistics 4.137-63.

811. _____. 1996-97. “Towards a Cognitive Analysis of the Turkish Aspectual System.” Linguistica Atlantica 18-19.43-52.

812. Bubenik, Vit. 2000. “Development of Aspect from Ancient Slavic to Bulgaro-Macedonian.” John Charles Smith and Delia Bentley (eds.), Historical Linguistics, 1995, I: General Issues and Non-Germanic Languages: Selected Papers from the 12th International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Manchester, August 1995. Amsterdam: Benjamins, 23-34.

813. Bublitz, Ute. 1990-93. “Betrachtungen zum Verbalaspekt im Maltesischen.”  [Reflections on verbal aspect in Maltese.] Mediterranean Language Review 6-7.198-210. Review article; review of Borg (1981).

814. Buck, Carl Darling. 1933. Comparative Grammar of Greek and Latin. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

815. _____. 1955. “A Greek Future Perfect Subjunctive.” Classical Philology 50.261.

816. Buckley, Eugene. 1988. “Temporal boundaries in Alsea.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 14.10-22.

817. Buddruss, Georg. 1954. “Verbalaspekt und Imperativ im Rgveda.” [Verbal aspect and imperative in the Rgveda.]  PhD dissertation, University of Frankurt (Frankfurt a/M).

818. Buffin, J.-M. 1925. Remarques sur les moyens d’expression de la durée du temps en français.  [Remarks on the means of expressing duration of time in French.] Paris: Les Presses Universitaire de France.

819. Buijs, M. To appear. “Aspectual Differences and Narrative Technique: Xenophon’s Hellenica  and Agesilaus.” Glotta.

820. Bulgakov, R. M. 1981. “Kommunikativnye, leksicheskie i sintaksicheskie osobennosti funktsionirovanija form glagola v tjurskix jazykax.”  [Communicative, lexical, and syntactic features of verb-forms in the Turkic languages.] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 36.80-83.

821. Bull, W. E. and R. Farley. 1949. “Exploratory Study of the Nature of Actions and the Functions of Verbs in Spanish.” Hispania 32.64-73.

822. Bull, William E. 1947. “Modern Spanish Verb-form Frequencies.” Hispania 30.451-66.

823. _____. 1968. Time, Tense, and the Verb: A Study in Theoretical and Applied Linguistics, with Particular Attention to Spanish. (University of California Publications in Linguistics, 19.) Berkeley: University of California.

824. Bulygina, T. V. 1980. “Grammaticheskie i semanticheskie kategorii i ix svjazi.”  [Grammatical and semantic categories and their connections.] Aspekty semanticheskix issledovanij, 320-55.

825. _____  and Ju. S. Stepanov. 1988. “Teorija grammatiki i teoreticheskaja grammatika (K vykhodu v svet ‘Grammatiki litovskogo jazyka’ na russkom jazyke).”  [A theory of grammar and a theoretical grammar (On the publication of the “Grammar of the Lithuanian Language” in Russian).] Voprosy jazykoznanija 37.17-33. A review of Grammatika litovskogo jazyka (A Grammar of the Lithuanian Language) by the Institute of Language and Literature of the Academy of Sciences of the Lithuanian Soviet Socialist Republic ( Mokslas, 1985).

826. Bulygina, Tat’ana V. and Aleksej D. Smelev. 1989. “Mental’nye predikaty v aspekte aspektologii.”  [Mental predicates (aspectological aspects).] Logiceskij analiz jazyka, 31-54.

827. Bulygina, Tatiana V. and Alexei D. Shmelev. 1999. “On the semantics of some Russian causative constructions: aspect, control, and types of causation.” Werner Abraham and Leonid Kulikov (eds.), Tense-Aspect, Transitivity and Causativity: Essays in Honour of Vladimir Nedjalkov. (Studies in Language Companion Series, 50.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 97-113.

828. Bunina, I. K. 1955. “Znachenie i upotreblenie proshedshix vremen v govore sela Suvorova Izmail’skom oblasti SSSR.”  [The meaning and use of the past tense in the dialect of the village of Suvorovo, oblast’ of Izmail (USSR).] Stat’ji i materialy po bolgarskoj dialektologii SSSR 6.71-135.

829. _____. 1959. Sistema vremen staroslavjanskogo glagola.  [The system of tenses of the Old Church Slavonic verb.] Moscow: Izd. Akad. nauk SSSR.

830. _____. 1991. “Eshche raz o kategorii vremeni, vremenax bolgarskogo indikativa i ‘xronologicheskoj teorii’.”  [Once again on the category of time, on the times of the Bulgarian indicative, and on the “chronological theory”.] R. V. Bulatova, V. A. D’jakov, Vladimir N. Toporov, and Vladimir A. Chorev (eds.), Studia Slavica: jazykoznanie, literaturovedenie, istorija, istorija nauka: k 80-letiju Samuila Borisovicha Bernshtejna. Moscow: AN SSSR Inst. slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki, 172-86.

831. Burbelo, V. B. 1986. “Pro deiaki osoblyvosti aktualizatsii katehorii chasu v epichnomu teksti.”  [Some peculiarities of the actualization of the category of tense in epic texts.] Movoznavstvo 2 (116).45-49.

832. Burdach, Ana María, Anamary Cartes, Patricio Moreno, and Nora Rocca. 1985. “Algunas consideraciones en torno a los adverbios deíticos temporales en ingles y español.”  [Some Considerations Concerning Temporal Deictic Adverbs in English and Spanish.] Revista de linguística teórica y aplicada 23.163-73.

833. Burger, André. 1949. “Sur le passage du système des temps et des aspects de l’indicatif du latin au roman commun.”  [On the passage of the system of tenses and aspects of the indicative from Latin to Romance.] Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 8.21-36.

834. Burgess, J. 1979. “Logic and time.” Journal of Symbolic Logic 44.566-852.

835. _____. 1982. “Axioms for tense logics II: time periods.” Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic 23.375-83.

836. _____. 1984. “Basic tense logic.” D. Gabbay and F. Guenther (eds.), Handbook of philosophical logic. Dordrecht: Reidel, 89-133.

837. Burghardt, Wolfgang. 1978. “Tense Logic.”  Janos S. Petöfi (ed.), Logic and the Formal Theory of Natural Language. (Papers in Textlinguistics, 10.) Hamburg: Buske, 252-71.

838. Burguière, P. 1960. Histoire de l’infinitif en grec.  [History of the Infinitive in Greek.] (Etudes et commentaires, 33.) Paris: Klincksieck.

839. Burney, C. F. 1919. “A Fresh Examination of the Current Theory of the Hebrew Tenses.” Journal of Theological Studies 20.200-14.

840. Burquest, Donald A. 1992. “An Introduction to the Use of Aspect in Hausa Narrative.” Shin Ja J. Hwang and William R. Merrifield (eds.), Language in Context: Essays for Robert E. Longacre. Dallas, Texas: Summer Institute of Linguistics, 393-417.

841. Burton, Ernest De Witt. 1898. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in New Testament Greek. Edinburgh: T. and T. Clark.  3rd edition.

842. Burton-Roberts, Noel. 1976. “On the Generic Indefinite Article.” Language 52.427-48.

843. _____. 1977. “Generic Sentences and Analyticity.” Studies in Language 1.155-96.

844. Burzio, L. 1981. “Intransitive Verbs and Italian Auxiliaries.” PhD dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

845. _____. 1986. Italian Syntax. Reidel: Dordrecht.

846. Bustamante, Isabel Margarita. 1991. “Estudio sintáctico-semántico del español de Quito: Modalidad epistemológica y enfoque en el enunciado.”  [A syntactico-semantic study of the Spanish of Quito: epitsemological modality and focus in the utterance.]  PhD dissertation, University of Michigan.

847. Bustos Gisbert, José Manuel. 1995. “La temporalidad en español: Análisis intencional.”  [Temporality in Spanish: an intentional analysis.] Linguística Española Actual 17.143-66.

848. Busuoic, Ileanu. 1994. “Faisceaux temporels ­_¯  modaux dans la catégorie du verbe: esquisse d’étude de l’imparfait français.”  [Modal ­_¯ temporal bundles in the category of the verb: sketch of a study of the French imparfait (imperfect).] Analele Smtiintmifice ale Universita°tmii “Ovidius” 5.37-49.

849. Buth, Randy. 1977. “Mark’s Use of the Historical Present.” Notes on Translation 65.7-13.

850. Butt, Miriam and Gillian Ramchand. 2001. “Aspectual structure in Urdu.” To be presented at The Syntax of Aspect, Research Workshop of the Israel Science Foundation, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, June.

851. Butterfield, Jeremy and Colin Stirling. 1987. “Predicate Modifiers in Tense Logic.” Logique et analyse 30 (117-18).31-50.

852. Buvet, Pierre-André and Jung-Lae Lim. 1996. “Les déterminants nominaux aspectuels.”  [Aspectual nominal determinants.] Lingvisticae Investigationes 20.271-86.

853. Buyssens, E. 1958. “L’aspect verbal en anglais.”  [Verbal aspect in English.] Revue Belge de philologie et d’histoire 36.869-72.

854. Buyssens, Eric. 1968. Deux aspectifs de la conjugation anglaise du XXe siècle: Étude de l’expression de l’aspect.  [Two aspectives of English conjugation of the 20th century: a study of the expression of aspect.] Bruxelles: Bruxelles Presses.

855. Buzakov, I. S. 1981. “Vremennye formy skazuemogo v predlozhenijax prichinno-sledstvennogo i uslovo-sledstvennogo xaraktera.”  [Temporal forms of the predicate in sentences of causal-consequential and conditional-consequential character.] Gyula Ortutay, Gabor Bereczki, and Janos Gulya (eds.), Congressus Quartus Internationalis Fenno-Ugristarum: Budapestini Habitus 9.-15. Septembris 1975, III. Budapest: Akad. Kiado, 331-333.

856. Bybee, J. L. and W. Pagliuca. 1987. “The development of future meaning.” A. Giacalone Ramat, O. Carruba, and G. Bernini (eds.), Papers from the 7th International Conference on Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: Benjamins, 109-22.

857. Bybee, J. L., R. Perkins, and W. Pagliuca. 1994. The Evolution of Grammar: Tense, aspect and mood in the languages of the world. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

858. Bybee, Joan. 1992. “The Semantic Development of Past Tense Modals in English.” Joan Bybee and Suzanne Fleischman (eds.), Modality in Grammar and Discourse. (Typological Studies in Language, 32.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 503-17. Presented at the symposium on mood and modality, at the University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, May 1992.

859. _____. 1994. “The Grammaticization of Zero: Asymmetries in Tense and Aspect Systems.” William Pagliuca (ed.), Perspectives on Grammaticalization. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV: Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 109.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 235-54.

860. Bybee, Joan L. 1985. Morphology: A Study of the Relation between Meaning and Form. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

861. _____. 1992. “[Tense] Tense, Aspect, and Mood.” William Bright (ed.), International Encyclopedia of Linguistics. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press 144-45.

862. _____  and Östen Dahl. 1989. “The Creation of Tense and Aspect Systems in the Languages of the World.” Studies in Language 13.51-103.

863. _____ , William Pagliuca, and Revere D. Perkins. 1991. “Back to the Future.” Elizabeth Closs Traugott and Bernd Heine (eds.), Approaches to Grammaticalization. Amsterdam: John Benjamins17-58.

864. Bykova, L. A. 1958. “Nesootnositel’nye glagoly nesovershennogo vida v sovremennom russkom jazyke.”  [Incorrelative verbs of imperfective aspect in the contemporary Russian language.] Trudy filologichnovo fakul’tetu Xarkiv’skogod erzhavnogo universitetu 6.113-34.

865. Byrne, Francis. 1990. “Tense Marking in Serial Structures.” Ohio State Working Papers in Linguistics 39.149-77.

866. _____. 1992. “Tense, Scope, and Spreading in Saramaccan.” Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 7.195-221.

867. _____  and Alexander F. Caskey. 1993. “A Few Observations on the Creole Aspectual Marker ‘ta’ and Some Implications for Finiteness.” Francis Byrne and John Holm (eds.), Atlantic Meets Pacific: A Global View of Pidginization and Creolization. (Creole Language Library, 11.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 207-16.

868. Cerny, Emil. 1877. Ob otnoshenii vidov russkogo glagola k grecheskim vremenov.  [On the relationship of the aspects of the Russian verb to the Greek tenses.] St. Petersburg.

869. Cesko, E. V. 1954. “Predlogi lokal’nogo i vremennogo znachenija v bolgarskom govore sela Suvorova.”  [Local and temporal prepositiuons in the Bulgarian dialect of the village of Suvorovo.] Stat’ji i materialy po bolgarskoj dialektologii SSSR 6.3-43.

870. Caenepeel, Mimo. 1989. “Aspect, Temporal Ordering, and Perspective in Narrative Fiction.” PhD dissertation, University of Edinburgh.

871. _____. 1991. “Event structure versus discourse coherence.” Mimo et al. Caenepeel (ed.), Proceedings of the DANDI Workshop on Discourse Coherence. Edinburgh: Centre for Cognitive Science, University of Edinburgh.

872. _____. 1995. “Aspect and Text Structure.” Linguistics 33.213-53. Ms., 1993.

873. _____  and Görel Sandström. 1992. “A discourse-level approach to the past perfect.” Michel Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo, and M. Bras (eds.), Proceedings of the 4th European Workshop on Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement and Spatio-Temporal Reasoning. Toulouse: Groupe “Langue, Raisonnement, Calcul”, Université Paul Sabatier.

874. _____  and Marc Moens. 1994. “Temporal Structure and Discourse Structure.” Co Vet and Carl Vetters (eds.), Tense and Aspect in Discourse. (Trends in Linguistics. Studies and Monographs, 75.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 5-20.

875. Caffarel, Alice. 1992. “Interacting between a Generalized Tense Semantics and Register-Specific Semantic Tense Systems: A Bi-Stratal Exploration of the Semantics of French Tense.” Language Sciences 14.385-418.

876. Caid, Leila. 1998. “Les marqueurs du passé et de l’accompli en créole réunionnais.”  [The Markers of Past Time and Accomplished Action in Reunion Creole.] Andrée Borrillo, Carl Vetters, and Marcel Vuillaume (eds.), Regards sur l’aspect. (Cahiers Chronos, 2.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 51-73.

877. Caleb, R. H. 1928. “Subsequent Action Expressed by the Aorist Participle.” Transactions of the American Philological Association 57.

878. Callaghan, Catherine A.. 1981. “Lake Miwok and the Whorf Hypothesis.” Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest 4.143-51.

879. _____. 1985. “Proto-Miwok tense and Aspect.” International Journal of American Linguistics

 51.356-58.

880. _____. 1998. “Lake Miwok Irrealis.” Anthropological Linguistics 40.228-33.

881. Callow, J. 1984. “Function of the Historic Present in Mark 1:16-3:6; 4:1-41; 7:1-23; 12:13-34.” START (Dallas SIL) 11.9-17.

882. Calver, Edward. 1946. “The Uses of the Present Tense Forms in English.” Language 22.317-26. Reprinted in English in Schopf (1974), 377-97.

883. Campbell, Lyle. 1991. “Some Grammaticalization Changes in Estonian and Their Implications.” Elizabeth Closs Traugott and Bernd Heine (eds.), Approaches to Grammaticalization. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 285-99.

884. Campos, Maria Henriqueta Costa. 1986. “Elementos para uma Definicao de Alguns Invariantes da Linguagem.”  [Elements for a definition of some invariants of language.] Direccão da Associacão de Linguistica. Actas do 1o Encontro da Associacão Portuguesa de Linguistica, 1985, 83-105.

885. Canart, P. L. 1959. “Aspects of avant.” AUMLA. Journal of the Australasian Universities Language and Literature Association 10.81-88.

886. Canavan, J. R. 1985. “Verbal and Non-verbal Time Specification.” Werner Hüllen and Rainer Schulze (eds.), Tempus, Zeit und Text. Heidelberg: Winter, 103-15.

887. _____. 1990. “On the English Perfect Tense and current relevance implicatures.” Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 26.15-28.

888. Canavan, John R. 1983. The English Tense System: A Study of Temporal Meaning and Reference. Bonn: Bouvier.

889. Cann, Ronnie. 1993. Formal Semantics: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

890. Cappello, Sergio. 1986. “L’imparfait de fiction.”  [The imperfect in fiction.] Pierre Le Goffic (ed.), Points de vue sur l’imparfait. Caen: Centre d’Études Linguistiques de l’Université de Caen, 31-42.

891. Carbonero Cano, Pedro. 1993. “Tiempo y aspecto en el adverbio (a propósito de todavía, aún y ya).”  [Tense and aspect in the adverb (regarding todavía ‘still’, aún ‘still, yet’, and ya ‘already’).] Esperanza R. Alcaide (ed.), Estudios lingüísticos en torno a la palabra. Sevilla: Universidad de Sevilla, 59-69.

892. Cardona, George. 1991. “A Path Still Taken: Some Early Indian Arguments Concerning Time.” Journal of the American Oriental Society 111.445-64.

893. Carey, Kathleen. 1990. “The Role of Conversational Implicature in the Early Grammaticalization of the English Perfect.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 16.371-80.

894. _____. 1994. “The Grammaticalization of the Perfect in Old English: An Account Based on Pragmatics and Metaphor.” William Pagliuca (ed.), Perspectives on Grammaticalization. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV: Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 109.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 103-17.

895. _____. 1994a. “Pragmatics, Subjectivity and the Grammaticalization of the English Perfect.” PhD dissertation, University of California at San Diego.

896. _____. 1995. “Subjectification and the Development of the English Perfect.” Dieter Stein and Susan Wright (eds.), Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 83-102.

897. Carlson, Barry. 1996. “Situation Aspect and a Spokane Control Morpheme.” International Journal of American Linguistics 62.59-69.

898. Carlson, G. 1982. “Generic terms and generic sentences.” Journal of Philosophical Logic 11.145-81.

899. _____  N. 1979. “Generic and Atemporal When.” Linguistics and Philosophy 3.49-98.

900. Carlson, Greg. 1998. “Thematic Roles and the Individuation of Events.” Events and Grammar. Dordrecht: Kluwer, 35-51. Presented at Events and Grammar Conference, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, 28 Oct 1993.

901. Carlson, Lauri. 1981. “Aspect and Quantification.” Philip Tedeschi and Annie Zaenen (eds.), Tense and Aspect. (Syntax and Semantics, 14.) New York City: Academic Press, 31-64.

902. Carlson, Robert. 1992. “Narrative, Subjunctive, and Finiteness.” Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 13.59-85.

903. Carlton, Lilyn E. 1947. “Anomalous Preterite and Past Participle Forms in the Oral Language of Average Fourth Grade Children.” American Speech 22.40-45.

904. Carnicer, Ramón. 1975. “Entonces.”  [Then.] Yelmo 23.43.

905. Caro, G. 1899. “Das englische Perfectum und Praeteritum in ihrem Verhältnis zu einander historisch untersucht.” Anglia: Zeitschrift für englische Philologie N. F., 9.56-88.

906. Caron, Bernard. 1980. “Aoristique et subjonctif haoussa.”  [Hausa aoristic and subjunctive.] Africana Marburgensia Supplement 4.13-39.

907. _____. 1986. “Les accomplis I et II du haoussa et la subordination.”  [The perfects I and II of Hausa and subordination.] Aspects, modalité: problèmes de catégorisation grammaticale, 103-20.

908. _____. 1989. “À propos de l’’accompli’ haoussa et des perfecto-présents dans quelques langues d’Afrique de l’Ouest et d’ailleurs.”  [Regarding the Hausa “perfect” and the perfecto-presents in some western and other African languages.] Linguistique Africaine 2.55-76.

909. Carreiras, Manuel, Nuria Carriedo, María Angeles Alonso, Angel Fernández. 1997. “The Role of Verb Tense and Verb Aspect in the Foregrounding of Information during Reading.” Memory and Cognition 25.438-46.

910. Carrier-Duncan, Jill and Janet Randall. 1986. “Derived Argument Structure: Evidence from resultatives.”  Milwaukee Morphology Meeting, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

911. Carruthers, J. 1992. “Étude sociolinguistique des formes surcomposées en français moderne.”  [A sociolinguistic study of the surcomposé forms in Modern French.] Actas do XIX Congreso Internacional de Lingüistica e Filoloxía Románicas 3.145-62.

912. _____. 1993. “The Formes Surcomposés: The discourse function and linguistic status of a rare form in contemporary spoken French.”  University of Cambridge PhD thesis.

913. _____. 1993a. “Passé composé, passé surcomposé: marqueurs de l’anteriorité en français parlé.”  [Passé composé, passé surcomposé: markers of anteriority in spoken French.] Actes du XXe Congrès international du Linguistique et Philologie Romanes 1.111-22.

914. _____. 1994. “The Passé Surcomposé Régional: Towards a Definition of Its Function in Contemporary Spoken French.” Journal of French Language Studies 4.171-90.

915. Carson, D. 1993. “An Introduction to the Porter/Fanning Debate.” Stanley Porter and D. A. Carson (eds.), Biblical Greek Language and Linguistics: Open Questions in Current Research. (JSNT Supplement Series, 80.) Guildford: Sheffield Academic Press, 18-25.

916. Cartagena, Nelson. 1992. “Acerca del rendimiento funcional de los paradigmas de futuro en español y en alemán.” Elizabeth Luna-Traill (ed.), Scripta Philologica in Honorem Juan M. Lope Blanch a los 40 anos de docencia en la UNAM y a los 65 anos de vida, II: Linguistica espanola e iberoamericana; III: Linguistica indoamericana y estudios literarios. Mexico City, Mexico: Instituto de Investigaciones Filologicas, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, 65-74.

917. _____. 1994. “Das Tempussystem der spanischen Gegenwartssprache.”  [The tense system of Spanish.] Rolf Thieroff and Joachim Ballweg (eds.), Tense Systems in European Languages. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 308.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 173-90.

918. Cartier, Anne. 1972. Les Verbes Résultatifs en Chinois Moderne.  [Resultative verbs in Modern Chinese.] Paris: Klincksieck.

919. Carvalho, José G. Herculano de. 1984. “Tempo e aspecto numas páginas de «A relíquia».”  [Tense and aspect in the pages of “The Relic”.] José G. Herculano de Carvalho (ed.), Estudos linguísticos 3. Coimbra: Coimbra Editora, 239-46.

920. _____. 1984a. “Temps et aspect: Problèmes généraux et leur incidence en portugais, français et russe.”  [Tense and aspect: general problems and their incidence in Portuguese, French and Russian.] J. G. H. de Carvalho (ed.), Estudos linguísticos. Coimbra: Coimbra Editora199-235.

921. Carvalho, P. de. 1996. “‘Infectum’ vs. ‘perfectum’: une affaire de syntaxe.”  [‘Infectum’ [imperfect] and ‘perfectum’ [perfect]: a matter of syntax.] A. Bammesberger and F. Heberlein (eds.), Akten des VIII. internationalen Kolloquiums zur lateinischen Linguistik/Proceedings of the Eighth International Colloquium on Latin Linguistics. Heidelberg, 176-92.

922. Carvalho, Paulo de. 1984. “Sur le présent latin.”  [On the Latin present.] Revue des Études Latines 62.357-76.

923. Casparis, Christian Paul. 1975. Tense without Time: The Present Tense in Narration. (Swiss Studies in English, 84.) Bern: Francke.

924. Castagnou, Didier. 1964. “Le présent perfectif slave n’est-il qu’un futur?”  [Is the Slavic present perfective nothing but a future?.] Rocznik Slawistyczny 1.27-45.

925. Castagnou, Jesan-Didier. 1987. “Geschichtliche Entwicklung, Bedeutung und vor allem Entstehung des slavischen umschreibenden Futurum der Art budu ‘ich werde’ + Infinitiv.”  [Historical development, meaning and first of all the origin of the Slavic periphrastic future of the type budu ‘I will’ + infinitive.] Proceedings of the International Congress of Linguists 14.2452-2455.

926. Castelnovo, W. 1993. “Piani temporale e slittamenti di prospettiva.”  [Temporal planes and slides of perspective.] Lingua e Stile 3.321-47.

927. _____. 1993. “Progressive and Actionality in Italian.” Rivista di Linguistica  5.3-30.

928. Castelnovo, Walter. 1991. “Temporal Perspectives.” Rivista di Linguistica  3.93-106.

929. _____  and Roos Vogel. 1995. “Reported Speech.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 255-72.

930. Castelo, Lutgarda M. 1972. “A Study of Languages in Contact: Tagalog and English (with particular reference to verb tense forms).” Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 25.20-27.

931. Cate, Abraham P. ten. 1984. “Aspektdiskriminierung durch Daueradverbien.”  [Aspect discrimination through adverbs of duration.] Herwig Krenn, Jürgen Niemeyer, and Ulrich Eberhardt (eds.), Akten des 18. Linguistischen Kolloquiums, Linz 1983, I: Sprache und Text; II: Sprache und Gesellschaft. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 145-46.) Tübingen: Niemeyer12-22.

932. _____. 1989. “Präsentische und präteritale Tempora im deutsch-niederländischen Sprachvergleich.”  [Present and preterite tenses in German-Dutch language-comparison.] Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus—Aspekt—Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 133-54.

933. _____. 1991. “Bemerkungen zum deutschen und niederlandischen Futur.”  [Observations on the German and Dutch future.] Eberhard Klein, Francoise Pouradier Duteil, and Karl-Heinz Wagner (eds.), Betriebslinguistik und Linguistikbetrieb: Akten des 24. Linguistischen Kolloquiums, Universitat Bremen, 4.-6. September 1989. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 260-61.) Tübingen: Niemeyer23-31.

934. _____. 1996. “Das Perfekt im deutschen Tempussystem.”  [The perfect in the German tense system.] A. Sroka-Kazimierz, (ed.), Cognitive Aspekte der Sprache. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 27-33. Cf. ten Cate (1998).

935. _____  and Willy Vendeweghe. 1991. “Aspectual Properties of Complex Predicates.” Belgian Journal of Linguistics 6.115-32.

936. Cate, Bram [Abraham] ten. 1994. “Handlungsaktionsart, Perfektivität und Zustandspassiv.”  [Aktionsart of the action, perfectivity and passive of state.] Suzanne Beckmann and Sabine Frilling (eds.), Satz—Text—Diskurs: Akten des 27. Linguistischen Kolloquiums, Münster 1992. Tübingen: Niemeyer9-16.

937. Cate, Bram ten. 1991. “Funktionsverben als Hilfsverben der Aktionsart?”  [Function verbs as auxiliaries of Aktionsart?.] Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell, and Cornelia Wela (eds.), Neue Fragen der Linguistik: Akten des 25. Linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990.  Band 1: Bestand und Entwicklung. Tübingen: Niemeyer135-41.

938. Cattanès, H. 1939. “Remarques sur quelques emplois de l’imparfait en français moderne.”  [Remarks on some uses of the imperfect in Modern French.] Essays Contributed in Honor of President William Allan Neilson (Smith College Studies in Modern Languages, 21), Northampton, Massachusetts: Smith College, 26-43.

939. Caubert, Dominique. 1991. “The Active Participle as a Means to Renew the Aspectual System: A comparative study in several dialects of Arabic.” Alan S. Kaye (ed.), Semitic Studies: In honor of Wolf Leslau, On the Occasion of his eighty-fourth birthday, November 14, 1991. Wiesbaden: Otto Hasrrassowitz209-24.

940. Caubet, Dominique. 1986. “Les deux parfaits en arabe marocain.”  [The two perfects in Maroccan Arabic.] Aspects, modalité: problèmes de catégorisation grammaticale, 71-102.

941. _____. 1992. “Déixis, aspect et modalité: les particules ha- et ra- en arabe marocain.”  [Deixis, aspect, and modality: the particles ha- and ra- in Moroccan Arabic.] Mary-Annick Morel and Laurent Danon-Boileau  (eds.), La Déixis: Colloque en Sorbonne 8-9 Juin 1990. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 139-49.

942. Caudal, Patrick. 1998. “Lexical Semantics and Aspect in French: Encoding Sorted Result Stages in the Lexicon.”  Presented at Going Romance ’98, University of Utrecht, 10. - 12. December 1998.

943. _____. 1999. “Achievements vs. Accomplishments: A Computational Treatment of Atomicity, Incrementality, and Perhaps of Event Structure.”  In Proceedings of the 6th Annual Conference for Natural Language Processing (TALN’99), Cargèse, France.

944. _____. 1999a. “Computational Lexical Semantics, Incrementality, and the So-called Punctuality of Events.” In Proceedings of the 37th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics (ACL ‘99), University of Maryland, College Park, MD.

945. _____. 1999b. “Result Stages and the Lexicon: The Proper Treatment of Event Structure.” In Proceedings of the Ninth Meeting of the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics (EACL’99), University of Bergen, Bergen, Norway.

946. _____. 1999c. “Resultativity in French: a study in contrastive linguistics.”  Presented at the 29th Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages (LSRL’29), University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 8. - 11. April 1999.

947. _____  and Laurent Roussarie. 2000. “Event Structure vs. Phasal Structure and Quasi-Discourse Relations.” Presented at  Berkeley Linguistics Society annual meeting.

948. _____  and Y. Mathet. 2000. “Polysémie aspectuelle et spatiale: vers un traitement lexical unifié.”  [Aspectual and spatial polysemy: towards a unified lexical treatment.]  To appear in Proceedings of Chronos 4, University of Nice-Sophia Antipolis, Nice, France.

949. Cavallin, A. 1946. “Zum Verhältnis zwischen regierendem Verb und Participium coniunctum.”  [On the relationship between governing verb and the participium coniunctum (conjunct participle).] Eranos 44.280-85.

950. Centineo, Giulia. 1986. “A Lexical Theory of Auxiliary Selection in Italian.” Probus 8.223-71. Originally in Davis [California] Working Papers in Linguistics 1 (1986).

951. _____. 1991. “Tense switching in Italian: the alternation between passato prossimo and passato remoto in oral narratives.” Discourse Pragmatics and the Verb, 7-25.

952. Chafe, Wallace. 1986. “Evidentiality in English Conversation and Academic Writing.” Wallace Chafe and Johanna Nichols (eds.), Evidentiality: The Linguistic Coding of Epistemology. (Advances in Discourse Processes, XX.) Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 261-72.

953. _____. 1992. “Realis and Irrealis in Caddo.” Presented at the symposium on mood and modality, at the University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, May 1992.

954.  Chafe, Wallace  L. 1970. Meaning and the Structure of Language. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

955. _____. 1984. “How People Use Adverbial Clauses.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 10.437-49.

956. _____. 1992. “Information Flow.” William Bright (ed.), International Encyclopedia of Linguistics. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press , 215-18.

957. Chakraborty, Jayshree. 1992. “Perfectivity and the Resultative State in Hindi.” South Asian Language Review 2.55-67.

958. Chambers, C. D. 1922. “On a Use of the Aorist in Some Hellenistic Writers.” Journal of Theological Studies 23.183-87.

959. Champigny, Robert. 1954-5. “Notes sur les temps passés en français.”  [Notes on the French past tenses.] The French Review 28.519-24.

960. Champion, J. J. 1978. Periphrastic Futures formed by the Romance Reflexes of Vado (ad) plus Infinitive. (North Carolina Studies in Romance Languages and Literatures, 202.) Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina, Department of Linguistics.

961. Chan, Marjorie K.-M. 1980. “Temporal Reference in Mandarin Chinese: An Analytical-Semantic Approach to the Study of the Morphemes le, zai, zhe, and ne.” Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 15.33-79.

962. Chanet, A.-M. 1986. “Sur l’aspect verbal.”  [On verbal aspect.] Cratyle 5.1-51.

963. Chang, Suk-Jin. 1972. “Deixis ui sang sung zuk ko charl.”  [A generative study of deixis.] Ohak Yonku 8.26-43.

964. Chang, Vincent. 1986. “The Particle Le in Chinese Narrative Discourse: An Integrative Description.”  PhD dissertation, University of Florida

965. Chantraine, P. 1927. Histoire du parfait grec.  [History of the Greek perfect.] Paris: H. Champion.

966. _____. 1938. “Remarques sur les rapports entre les modes et les aspects en grec.”  [Remarks on the relations between moods and aspects in Greek.] Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris 40.69-79.

967. _____. 1966. “Questions de syntaxe grecque: II. Remarques sur l’emploi des thèmes de présent et de l’aoriste.”  [Questions of Greek syntax: II. Remarks on the use of the present and aorist stems.] Revue de philologie 40.40-45.

968. Chao, Fang-yi. 1997. “The Prototypicality of Ba-Construction in Mandarin.” Presented at the 1997 Chinese Language Teachers Association Convention, Nashville, November 20-23.

969. Chappell, Hilary. 1986. “Restrictions on the Use of ‘Double le’ in Chinese.” Cahiers de Linguistique Asie Orientale 15.223-52.

970. Chaput, Patricia R. 1985. “On the Question of Aspectual Selection in Denials.” Michael S. Flier and Alan Timberlake (eds.), The Scope of Slavic Aspect.. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 12.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 224-33.

971. _____. 1990. “Temporal and Semantic Factors Affecting Russian Aspect Choice in Questions.” Nils Thelin (ed.), Verbal Aspect in Discourse. (Pragmatics and Beyond, n. s., 5.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 284-306.

972. Charezinska, Anna. 1984. “Conversational versus Conventional Implicature and Some Polarity Items in Polish and English.” Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 18.101-10.

973. Charitonov, L. N. 1960. Formy glagol’nogo vida v jakutskom jazyke.  [The forms of verbal aspect in the Yakut language.] Moscow and Leningrad: Izd. akad. nauk SSSR (Akad. nauk SSSR, Jakutskij filial).

974. Charleston, B. M. 1955. “A Reconsideration of the Problem of Time, Tense, and Aspect in Modern English.” English Studies 36.263-78.

975. Charleston, Britta Marian. 1941. Studies on the Syntax of the English Verb. Bern: A. Francke.  University of Bern doctoral dissertation.

976. Chaston, John Malcolm. 1991. “Imperfect Progressive Usage Patterns in the Speech of Mexican American Bilinguals from Texas.” Carol A. Klee and Luis A. Ramos Garcia (eds.), Sociolinguistics of the Spanish-Speaking World: Iberia, Latin America, United States. Tempe, Arizona: Bilingual/Bilingue, 299-311.

977. Chatman, S. 1974. “Towards a theory of narrative.” New Literary History 6.295-318.

978. Chatterjee, Ranjit. 1982. “On Cross-Linguistic Categories and Related Problems: A Discussant’s Notes on the Tense/Aspect Symposium.” Paul J. Hopper (ed.), Tense-Aspect: Between Semantics and Pragmatics. (Typological Studies in Language, 1.) Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 335-45.

979. _____. 1988. Aspect and Meaning in Slavic and Indic. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science II: Classics in Psycholinguistics, 51.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

980. Chattopadhyay, Devashree. 1989. “Relative Tense in the Bengali Verb System and Its Implications.” PhD dissertation, State University of New York, Stony Brook.

981. Chaurand, Jacques. 1960. “Feu l’imparfait du subjonctif.”  [The late imperfect of the subjunctive.] Le français moderne 28.161-70.

982. Chekalina, E. M. 1993. “Vremja i/ili naklonenie?: O grammaticheskom znachenii finitnyx form shvedskogo glagola.”  [Tense or mood?  On the grammatical meaning of finite forms in the Swedish verb.] Filologicheskie Nauki  2.53-61.

983. _____. 1996. “Funktsional’no-smyslovaja interpretatsija proshlogo i budushchego v sovremennom shvedskom jazyke.”  [The functional-meaning interpretation of the present and future in the contermporary Swedish language.] Vestnik moskovskogo universiteta. Serija 9, filologija 5.28-41.

984. Chen, Changu-yu. 1978. “Aspectual Features of the Verb and the Relative Position of the Locatives.” Journal of Chinese Linguistics 6.76-103.

985. Chen, Chungu-yu. 1982. “Time Structure of English Verbs.” Papers in Linguistics 15.181-89. Reprinted in volume 17 (1984), 369-76.

986. Chen, Gwang-tsai. 1979. “The Aspect Markers le, guo, and zhe in Mandarin Chinese.” Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 14.27-46.

987. Cheng, L. 1988. “Aspects of the ba construction.” Carol Tenny (ed.), Studies in Generative Approaches to Aspect: Lexicon Project Working Papers 24. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Center for Cognitive Science.

988. Cheng, Robert L.. 1977. “Tense Interpretation of Four Taiwanese Modal Verbs.” Robert L. Cheng, Li Ying-chi, and Tang Ting-chi (eds.), Proceedings of Symposium on Chinese Linguistics, 1977 Linguistic Institute of the Linguistic Society of America. Taipei: Student Book Co., 243-66.

989. _____. 1985-86. “Le as Aspect and Phase Markers in Mandarin Chinese.” Papers in East Asian Languages 3.63-83.

990. Chernov, Viktor Ivanovich. 1961. “K voprosu o strukture novogo russkogo pljuskvamperfekta (tipa I—byl).”  [On the structure of the new pluperfect in Russian (type I—byl).] Slavia 30.432-42.

991. Chertkova, M. Ju. 1994. “K probleme vidovoj parnosti glagolov v sovremennom russkom jazyke.”  [On the problem of aspectual pairing of verbs in the contemporary Russian language.] Vestnik moskovskogo universiteta, filologija 9.33-41.

992. _____ , V. A. Plungyan, A. A. Ryabchikov, and D. O. Kuznetsov. 1997. “Otvety na ankety aspektologicheskogo seminara filologicheskogo fakul’teta MGU im. M. V. Lomonosova.”  [Responses to the questionnaire of the aspectology seminar of the philological faculty of Moscow State University.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 46.125-35.

993. Chertkova, Marina Yur’evna and Chi-Chang Pey. 1998. “Evoljutsija dvuvidovyx glagolov v sovremennom russkom jazyke.”  [The evolution of biaspectual verbs in contemporary Russian.] Russian Linguistics  22.13-34.

994. Cheshko, E. V. 1951. “K istorii slavjanskix glagol’nyx vidov (Osnovy glagolov dvizhenija v Zografskom kodekse).”  [On the history of Slavic verbal aspect (beginnings of verbs of motion in the Zograf codex).] Ucenie zapiski instityuta slavjanovedenija AN SSSR 3.328-44.

995. _____. 1960. “K istorii glagolov dvizhenija: Aorist i imperfekt ot glagolov dvizhenija v drevne russkom pamjatnike ‘Sbornik XII veka Moskovskogo Uspenskogo Sobora’.”  [On the history of verbs of motion: aorist and imperfect of verbs of motion in the Old Russian monument “Collection of the 12th century of the Moscow Uspenskij (Assumption) Cathedral”.] Ezikovedsko-etnografski izsledvanija v pamet na akademik Stojan Romanski, 209-16.

996. Cheung, Hung-nin. 1973. “A Comparative Study in Chinese Grammars: the Ba construction.” Journal of Chinese Linguistics 1.343-86.

997. Cheung, Samuel Hung-nin. 1977. “Perfective Particles in the Bian Wen Language.” Journal of Chinese Linguistics  5.55-74.

998. Chevalier, Jean-Claude. 1989. “L’espagnol et le jeu de l’aspect.”  [Spanish and the play of aspect.] Les langues modernes  83.97-111.

999. _____. 1997. “Symétrie et transcendance: le cas du futur hypothetique et le cas de l’aspect.”  [Symmetry and transcendence: the case of the hypothetical future and the case of aspect.] Cahiers de praxematique 29.59-80.

1000. Chierchia, G. 1984. “Topics in the Syntax and Semantics of Infinitives and Gerunds.” PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts at Amherst.

1001. Chierchia, Gennaro. 1992. “Anaphora and dynamic binding.” Linguistics and Philosophy 15.111-83.

1002. _____. 1993. “Individual Level Predicates and Aspectual Polarity.” Events and Grammar Conference, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, 28 Oct 1993

1003. Chin, Tsung. 1972. “Tensal Systems of Mandarin Chinese and English: A Contrastive Study.”  PhD dissertation.

1004. Chinkarouk, Oleg. 1997. “Vers une théorie unitaire de l’aspect verbal en ukrainien.” [Toward a unified theory of verbal aspect in Ukrainian.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1005. Chisholm, Roderick. 1970. “Events and propositions.” Nous 4.15-24.

1006. Chitnis, Vijaya. 1975. “The ‘Past Tense’ in Marathi.” Bulletin of Deccan College Research Institute 35.21-24.

1007. Choe, Hak-kun. 1975. “On the Imperfect-Past Ending, -fi, -mpi, -pi in the Written Manchurian Language.” Ohak Yonku 11.111-17.

1008. Choi, Sung-ho. 1997. “Aspect and Negated Modality in Russian: Their Conceptual Compatibility.” Journal of Slavic Linguistics 5.20-50.

1009. Chomsky, Noam. 1957. Syntactic Structures. (Janua Linguarum, series minor, 4.) The Hague: Mouton.

1010. _____. 1965. Aspects of the Theory of Syntax. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.

1011. Chong, Hi-Ja. 1988. “A Study of the Function of Tense and Aspect in Korean Narrative Discourse.” PhD dissertation, Ball State University (Muncie, Indiana).

1012. Choukroun, Georgette B. 1992. “Du comportement des parasynthèmes en judéo-arabe de Fes.”  [On the behavior of the parasynthemes in the Judeo-Arabic of Fez.] Linguistique 28.101-20.

1013. Christensen, F. 1976. “Source of the River of Time.” Ratio 18.131-43.

1014. Christensen, Lisa U. 1997. “Framtidsuttrycken i svenskans temporala system.” [Expressions for the Future in the Swedish Tense System.]  PhD dissertation, Lund University.

1015. Christie, Pauline. 1986. “Evidence for an Unsuspected Habitual Marker in Jamaican.” Manfred Görlach and John Holm (eds.), Focus on the Caribbean. (Varieties of English Around the World, G8.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 182-90.

1016. Christmann, Hans Helmut. 1958. “Zu den ‘formes surcomposées’ im Französischen.”  [On the “surcomposé” forms in French.] Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur 68.72-100.

1017. _____. 1959. “Zum ‘Aspekt’ im Romanischen.”  [On ‘aspect’ in Romance.] Romanische Forschungen 71.1-16.

1018. _____. 1970. “Zum französischen Konjunktiv.”  [On the French subjunctive.] Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 86.219-29.

1019. Chu, Chauncey C. 1976. “Some Semantic Aspects of Action Verbs.” Lingua 40.43-54.

1020. _____. 1987. “The Semantics, Syntax, and Pragmatics of the Verbal Suffix -zhe.” Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 22.1-41.

1021. _____. 1989. “The Interplay of Syntax, Semantics, and Pragmatics in Mandarin Chinese.” James H-Y Tai and Frank F. Hsueh (eds.), Functionalism and Chinese Grammar. (Chinese Language Teachers Association. Monograph Series, 1.) , 19-43.

1022. Chu, Chengzhi. 1997. “On the Semantic Function of the Chinese Mood Particle Ba.” Presented at the 1997 Chinese Language Teachers Association Convention, Nashville, November 20-23.

1023. Chuglov, V. I. 1990. “Kategorii zaloga i vremeni u russkix prichastij.”  [The category of mood and tense in Russian participles.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 38.54-61.

1024. Chumbow, Beban S. and Pius N. Tamanji. 1994. “Bafut.” Peter Kahrel and Rene Van Den Berg (eds.), Typological Studies in Negation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 211-36.

1025. Chung, Ji-Young. 1981. “Tense Relations in Modern French.”  [In Korean.] Ohak Yonku 17.237-50.

1026. Chung, Sandra and Alan Timberlake. 1985. “Tense, Aspect and Mood.” Timothy Shopen (ed.), Grammatical Categories and the Lexicon. (Language Typology and Syntactic Description, 3.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 202-58.

1027. Chvany, Catherine. 1975. On the Syntax of BE Sentences in Russian. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Slavica.

1028. Chvany, Catherine V. 1978. “Denotative and Connotative Meaning of the ‘Preterite’ and ‘Perfect’ in Bulgarian and English.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 4.30-42.

1029. _____. 1980. “The Role of Verbal Tense and Aspect in the Narration of The Tale of Igor’s Campaign.” Andrej Kodjak, Krystyna Pomorska, and M. J. Connolly (eds.), The Structural Analysis of Narrative Texts. Columbus, Ohio, 7-23. =? New York University Slavic Papers 2.7-23.  Reprinted in Yokoyama (1997).

1030. _____. 1984. “Foregrounding, Transitivity, Saliency in Sequential and Nonsequential Prose.” Ms., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.  Cf. Chvany (1985).

1031. _____. 1985. “Backgrounded Perfectives and Plot-Line Imperfectives: Towards a Theory of Grounding in Text.” Michael S. Flier and Alan Timberlake (eds.), The Scope of Slavic Aspect. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 12.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 247-73.

1032. _____. 1985a. “Foregrounding, ‘Transitivity’, Saliency.” Essays in Poetics 10.1-27. Cf. Chvany (1984).

1033. _____. 1990. “Oppozitsija [+/- dejksis], [+/- distantsija] i [+/- diskretnost’] v morfologii bolgarskogo i anglijskogo glagolov.”  [The oppositions [+/- deixis], [+/- distance], and [+/- discreteness] in Bulgarian and English verbal morphology.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 15.5-13.

1034. _____. 1990a. “Verbal Aspect, Discourse Saliency, and the So-called ‘Perfect of Result’ in Modern Russian.” Nils Thelin (ed.), Verbal Aspect in Discourse. (Pragmatics and Beyond, n. s., 5.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 213-35. Reprinted in Yokoyama (1997).

1035. Chzhan, Tsziakhua. 1986. “Ob odnoj trudnosti upotreblenija vidov glagolov russkogo jazyka.”  [On a difficulty in the use of aspects of verbs of the Russian language.] Russkij jazyk za rubezhom 5.69-72.

1036. Cifuentes García, Luis. 1954-55. “Acerca del aspecto.”  [About aspect.] Boletín de Filología, Instituto de Filología de la Universidad de Chile 8.57-63.

1037. Cinque, G. 1998. “On the order of tense and aspect heads.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

1038. Cinque, Guglielmo. 1979. “Can One Still Talk of Predicates Being ‘Stative’ and ‘Non-stative’?” Studi di sintassi i pragmatica, 47-67.

1039. Cintar, Pierre F. and Cathy C. Waegner. 1975. “Aspect in English and German in a Semantically-based Model.” Reza Ordoubadian and Walpurga von Raffler-Engel (eds.), Views on Language. Murfreesboro, Tennessee: Inter-University Publications, 217-27.

1040. Cintas, Pierre F. and Jean-Pierre Descles. 1988. “Signification des temps grammaticaux.”  [The meaning of grammatical tenses.] Le français dans le monde 28 (214).54-59.

1041. Cipria, Alicia and Craige Roberts. 1996. “Spanish Imperfecto and Preterito: Truth Conditions and Aktionsart Effects in a Situation Semantics.” Ohio State Working Papers in Linguistics 49.43-70. = “Spanish imperfecto and preterito: Multiple interpretations with unambiguous truth conditions” to appear in Natural Language Semantics.

1042. Cipria, Alicia Beatriz. 1996. “The Interpretation of Tense in Spanish Complement Clauses.” PhD dissertation, Ohio State University.

1043. Cirkova, Raisa. 1992. “Aksjonsart i norsk — aspekt i russisk.”  [Aktionsart in Norwegian — aspect in Russian.] Norsk som andrespråk 15.56-100.

1044. Ciszewska, Ewa. 1991. “Le plus-que-parfait et le passé antérieur: Leur emploi et leurs fonctions.”  [Pluperfect and passé antérieur: their use and their functions.] Linguistica Silesiana 13.133-39.

1045. Clairis, Christos et al. 1981. “Systèmes et variations.”  [Systems and variations.] Bulletin de la Section de Linguistique de la Faculté des Lettres de Lausanne 4.i-211.

1046. Clark, E. 1973. “How children describe time and order.” Charles Ferguson and Dan Slobin (eds.), Studies of Child Language Development. New York City: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 585-606.

1047. Clark, Eve V. 1970. “On the Acquisition of the Meaning of before and after.” Papers and reports on child language development 2.

1048. Clark, H. 1970. “How young children describe events in time.” G. Flores d’Arcais and W. Levelt (eds.), Advances in Psycholinguistics. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 275-84.

1049. Clark, Herbert H. 1973. “Space, time, semantics and the child.” T. Moore (ed.), Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language. New York: Academic Press, 27-63.

1050. [duplicates 1049.]

1051. Clark, Ross. 2001. “What is ‘he’ like?.” Talk at Department of Linguistics, University of Toronto, May 10th, 2001.

1052. Clarke, Sandra. 1997. “On Establishing Historical Relationships between New and Old World Varieties: Habitual Aspect and Newfoundland Vernacular English.” Edgar W.  Schneider (ed.), Englishes around the World, I: General Studies, British Isles, North America; II: Caribbean, Africa, Asia, Australasia: Studies in Honour Of Manfred Gorlach. (Varieties of English Around the World, G18.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins277-93.

1053. Classen, Peter. 1979. “On the Trichotomic Time Reference of the Tenses in English and German.” Linguistics 17.795-823.

1054. Claudi, Ulrike. 1988. “The Development of Tense/Aspect Marking in Kru Languages.” Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 10.53-77. Review of Marchese (1986).

1055. _____  and Bernd Heine. 1986. “On the Metaphorical Base of Grammar.” Studies in Language 10.297-335.

1056. Claveres, Marie-Hélène. 1997. “Requiem pour le présent progressif.”  [Requiem for the present progressive.] Les langues modernes 9.37-45.

1057. Clement, Daniele and Wolf Thummel. 1996. “Während als Konjunktion des Deutschen.”  [Während ‘while’ as a conjunction of German.] Gisela Harras and Manfred Bierwisch (eds.), Wenn die Semantik arbeitet: Klaus Baumgartner zum 65. Geburtstag. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 257-76.

1058. Clement, Marja. 1991. “Present-Preterite: Tense and Narrative Point of View.” Frank Drijkoningen and Ans van Kemenade (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1991. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 11-20.

1059. Clements, J. Clancy. 1992. “Semantics of Control, Tense Sequencing and Disjoint Reference.” Paul Hirschbuhler and Konrad Koerner (eds.), Romance Languages and Modern Linguistic Theory: Papers from the 20th Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages (LSRL XX), Ottawa, 10-14 April 1990. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 45-56.

1060. Clements, Joseph Clancy. 1992. “Elements of Resistance in Contact-Induced Language Change.” Garry W. Davis and Gregory K. Iverson (eds.), Explanation in Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 41-58.

1061. Clifford, John E. 1975. Tense and Tense Logic. (Janua Linguarum, series minor, 215.) The Hague: Mouton.

1062. Clock, A. V. 1954. “The Greek Aorist Compared with its English Equivalents.” Master’s thesis, Dallas Theological Seminary.

1063. Close, R. A. 1958-59. “Concerning the Present Tense.” English Language Teaching 13.57-66.

1064. _____. 1977. “Some Observations on the Meaning and Function of Verb Phrases Having Future Time Reference.” W.-D. Bald and R. Ilson (eds.), Studies in English Usage: The Resources of a Present-Day English Corpus for Linguistic Analysis. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, 125-56.

1065. _____. 1980. “Will  and If-clauses.” S. Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech, and J. Svartvik (eds.), Studies in English Linguistics for Randolph Quirk. London: Longman, 100-09.

1066. _____. 1988. “The future in English.” Wolf-Dietrich  Bald (ed.), Kernprobleme der englischen Grammatik: Sprachliche Fakten und ihre Vermittlung, 51-66.

1067. Coates, Jennifer. 1980. “Review of Palmer (1979).” Lingua 51.337-46.

1068. _____. 1983. The Semantics of the Modal Auxiliaries. London: Croom Helm.

1069. Cochrane, Nancy J. n. d.. “Verbal Aspect and the Telic:atelic Distinction in Serbo-Croatian.” Ms.

1070. Cochrane, Nancy Jean. 1977. “Verbal Aspect and the Semantic Classification of Verbs in Serbo-Croatian.” PhD dissertation, University of Texas at Austin.

1071. Cogen, Cathy. 1977. “On Three Aspects of Time Expression in American Sign Language.” Lynn Friedman (ed.), On the Other Hand: New Perspectives of American Sign Language. New York City : Academic Press, 197-214.

1072. Cohen, D. 1978. Transparent Minds: Narrative Modes for Presenting Consciousness in Fiction. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

1073. _____. 1981. “Statif, accompli, inaccompli en sémitique.”  [Stative, perfect, and imperfect in Semitic.] Actants, voix et aspects verbaux: Actes des journées d’études linguistiques des 22-23 mai 1979 à Angers, 45-59.

1074. _____. 1989. L’Aspect verbal.  [Verbal aspect.] Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

1075. Cohen, David. 1971. “On the Linguistic Representation of Presuppositions.” PhD dissertation, University of Texas at Austin 

1076. Cohen, L. J. 1951. “Tense Usage and Propositions.” Analysis 11.80-87.

1077. Cohen, M. 1924. Le système verbal sémitique et l’expression du temps.  [The Semitic verbal system and the expression of tense.] Paris: Imprimerie nationale, E. Leroux.

1078. Cohen, Marcel. 1956. “Emplois du passé simple et du passé composé dans la prose contemporaine.”  [Use of the simple past and the passé composé in contemporary prose.] Travaux de l’institut de linguistique 1.43-62.

1079. Coker, Pamela 1978L. 1978. “Syntactic and Semantic Factors in the Acquisition of Before and After.” Journal of Child Language 5.261-77.

1080. Col, Gilles. 1995. “Absence de marques spécifiques de futur en anglais.”  [The absence of specific future markers in English.] Travaux linguistiques du CERLICO 9.215-26.

1081. Cole, Peter. 1974. “Hebrew Tense and the Performative Analysis.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 10.41-51.

1082. Coleman, Robert. 1996. “Exponents of Futurity in Gothic.” Transactions of the Philological Society 94.1-29.

1083. Collart, Jean. 1954. Varron Gramairien Latin.  [Varro, Latin grammarian.] Paris: Societe d’Edition.

1084. Collinge, N. E. 1955. “Review of Ruipérez (1954).” Archivum Linguisticum 7.60-62. Cf. Messing (1955), Kahane (1956).

1085. Collins, James. 1984. “Dialectical Developments in Chinookan Tense-Aspect Systems: An Areal-Historical Analysis.” Journal of Pragmatics 8.285-303. Review article; review of Silverstein (1974).

1086. Colson, Jean-Pierre. 1993. “L’usage moderne du passé composé en neerlandais et en français: Une étude contrastive.”  [The modern usage of the passé composé in Dutch and in French.] L. Beheydt (ed.), Taal en leren: Een bundel artikelen aangeboden aan prof. dr. E. Nieuwborg. (Bibliothèque des Cahiers de l’Institut de Linguistique de Louvain, Louvain, Belgium (BCILL), 68.) Louvain: Peeters, 129-38.

1087. Combettes, Bernard, Jacques François, Colette Noyau, and Co Vet. 1990. “Introduction à l’étude des aspects dans le discours narratif.”  [Introduction to the study of aspects in narrative discourse.] Verbum 4.5-48.

1088. Comité International Permanent de Linguistes/Permanent International Committee of Linguists. 1948-. Bibliographie linguistique de l’Année.../Linguistic Bibliography for the Year.... Utrecht and Brussels: Spectrum.

1089. Company Company, Concepción. 1985-86. “Los futuros en el español medieval: sus origenes y su evolución.”  [ The Future in Medieval Spanish: Its Origins and Its Evolution.] Nueva Revista de Filologia Hispánica 34.48-107.

1090. Comrie, Bernard. 1975. “An Essay Concerning Aspect: Some Considerations of a General Character Arising from the Abbe Darrigol’s Analysis of the Basque Verb.” Lingua 37.89-92. Review of J. Anderson (1971).

1091. _____. 1976. Aspect. (Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics, 2.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1092. _____. 1981. “Aspect and Voice: Some Reflections on Perfect and Passive.” Philip Tedeschi and Annie Zaenen (eds.), Tense and Aspect. (Syntax and Semantics, 14.) New York City: Academic Press, 65-78.

1093. _____. 1981a. “On Reichenbach’s Approach to Tense.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 17.24-30.

1094. _____. 1982. “Future Time Reference in the Conditional Protasis.” Australian Journal of Linguistics 2.143-52.

1095. _____. 1984. “Les relations de temps dans le verbe.”  [Relations of time in the verb.] Guy  Serbat (ed.), É. Benveniste aujourd’hui. Paris: Société pour l’Information Grammaticale57-64.

1096. _____. 1984a. “Towards a General Theory of Tense.” Cadernos de Estudos Linguisticos 6.164-68. Also, 1993, in B. Lakshmi Bai and Aditi Mukherjee, Tense and Aspect in Indian Languages, pp. 1-18.

1097. _____. 1985. Tense. (Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1098. _____. 1986. “Tense and Time Reference: From Meaning to Interpretation in the Chronological Structure of a Text.” Journal of Literary Semantics 15.12-22.

1099. _____. 1986a. “Tense in Indirect Speech.” Folia Linguistica 20.265-96.

1100. _____. 1987. “Aspect in Slavic and Neighboring Languages.” G. Hentschen, G. Ineichen, and A. Pohl (eds.), Sprach- und Kulturkontakte im Polnischen. M, 25-29.

1101. _____. 1989. “On Identifying Future Tenses.” Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus—Aspekt—Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 51-63.

1102. _____. 1989. “Perfectif et télétique.”  [Perfective and teletic (telic).] Travaux de linguistique 19.57-66.

1103. _____. 1990. “The Typology of Tense-Aspect Systems in European Languages.” Lingua e Stile 25.259-72.

1104. _____. 1991. “How Much Pragmatics and How Much Grammar: The Case of Haruai.” Jef Verschueren (ed.), Pragmatics at Issue: Selected Papers of the International Pragmatics Conference, Antwerp, August 17-22, 1987, Vol. 1. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 81-92.

1105. _____. 1991a. “On the Importance of Arabic for General Linguistic Theory.” Bernard Comrie and  Mushira Eid  (eds.), Perspectives on Arabic Linguistics III: Papers from the Third Annual Symposium on Arabic Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 3-30.

1106. _____. 1994. “Tense.” Ronald F. Asher and S. M. Y. Simpson (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 4558-4563.

1107. _____. 1995. “German Perfekt and Präteritum: Speculations on Meaning and Interpretation.” F. R. Palmer (ed.), Grammar and Meaning: Essays in Honour of Sir John Lyons. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 148-61.

1108. _____. 1995a. “Tense and aspect.” Joachim Jacobs, Arnim von Stechow, Wolfgang Sternefeld, and Theo Vennemann (eds.), Syntax: An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter1244-1252.

1109. _____  and H. Holmback. 1984. “The Future Subjunctive in Portuguese: A problem in semantic theory.” Lingua 63.47-58.

1110. Comrie,  Bernard and Maria Polinsky. 1999. “Evidentiality in the Caucasus: The category ‘Witnessed’ in Tsez.”  Read at Berkeley Linguistic Society annual meeting 25, February.

1111. Confais, J.-P. 1992. “No future?: Les ‘futurs’ du français et de l’allemand.”  [No future?: The “futures” of French and German.] G. Gréciano and G. Kleiber (eds.), Systèmes interactifs: Mélanges en honneur de Jean David. Paris: Klincksieck, 81-93.

1112. _____. 1995. “Die Behandlung der Ambiguität in der Grammatik: das Beispiel des deutschen Perfekts.”  [The handling of ambiguity in grammar: the example of the German perfect.] R. Métrich and M. Vuillaume (eds.), Eurogermanistik 7: Rand und Band.  Abgrenzung und Verknüpfung als Grundtendenzen des Deutschen.  Festschrift für Eugène Faucher zum 60. Geburtstag. Tübingen: Narr, 151-66.

1113. Confais, Jean-Paul. 1990. Temps, mode, aspect: Les approches des morphèmes verbaux et leurs problèmes à l’example du français et de l’allemand.  [Tense, mood, aspect: approaches to morphemes and their problems, exemplified by French and German.] Toulouse: Presses Universitaires de Mirail.  Reviewed by Daniel Bresson, Verbum 15 (1992), 171-75.

1114. Conrad, Bent and Steen Schousboe. 1992. Meaning and English Grammar. (Publications on English Themes, 19.) Copenhagen: Department of English, University of Copenhagen.

1115. Conradie, C. Jac. 1996. “‘En toen was er koffie...’: Die bywoord toe(n) as narratiewe merker in Afrikaanse en Nederlandse vertellings.”  [“And Then Coffee Was Made....” The Adverb toe(n) as a Narrative Marker in Afrikaans and Dutch Story Telling.] Taal en Tongval 9 (Supplement).67-75.

1116. _____. 1998. “Tempusgebruik in Afrikaanse narratiewe.”  [Tense Usage in Afrikaans Narratives.] South African Journal of Linguistics 16.37-43.

1117. Conradie, J. 1997. “Preterite Loss in Early Afrikaans.” Ms., Rand Afrikaans University.

1118. Contini, Ellen Lee. 1984. “Tense and Non-Tense in Swahili Grammar: Semantic Asymmetry between Affirmative and Negative.”  PhD dissertation, Columbia University.

1119. Contini-Morava, E. 1991. “Negation, Probability, and Temporal Boundedness: discourse functions of negative tenses in Swahili narrative.” Jadranka  Gvozdanovic’ and Theo A. J. M. Janssen (eds.), The function of tense in texts. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 35-51.

1120. Contini-Morava, Ellen. 1983. “Relative Tense in Discourse: the inference of time orientation in Swahili.” F. Klein-Andrew (ed.), Discourse Perspective on Syntax. New York City: Academic Press, 3-21.

1121. _____. 1989. Discourse Pragmatics and Semantic Categorization: The Case of Negation and Tense-Aspect with Special Reference to Swahili. (Discourse Perspectives on Grammar.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

1122. Cook, Nada. 1989. “A Contrastive Study of Verbal Aspect in German and Serbo-Croatian.” PhD dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.

1123. _____  M.. 1992. “Form, Function and the ‘Perfective’ in German.” Irmengard Rauch, Gerald F. Carr, and Robert L. Kyes (eds.), On Germanic Linguistics: Issues and Methods. (Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs, 68.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 45-60.

1124. Cook, Walter A. 1976. “Durative Aspect: the process of no change.” Georgetown University Papers in Languages and Linguistics 12.1-23.

1125. Cooper, P. 1958. “Is your past perfect?” Lebende Sprachen 38.

1126. Cooper, Robin. 1979. “Bach’s Passive, Polysynthetic Languages, Temporal Adverbs, and Free Deletion.” E. Engdahl and M. Stein (eds.), Papers presented to Emmon Bach by his students. Amherst, Massachusetts: GLSA, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, 64-75.

1127. _____. 1985. Aspectual Classes in Situation Semantics. (Report no. CSLI-, 85-14-C.) Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University.

1128. _____. 1986. “Tense and Discourse Location in Situation Semantics.” Linguistics and Philosophy 9.1.17-36. Revised version of 1983 manuscript.

1129. Cooper, William S. 1978. Foundations of Logico-Linguistics. (Synthese Language Library.) Dordrecht: D. Reidel.

1130. Copley, Bridget. 2001. “Be going to: a case of high aspect.”  Alternate presentation, Semantics and Linguistics Theory (SALT) 11, New York University, April, 2001.

1131. Coquet, Jean-Claude. 1991. “Temps ou aspect?: Le problème du devenir.”  [Tense or aspect: the problem of the future.] Le discours aspectualisé.

1132. Corne, Chris. 1973. “Tense and Aspect in Mauritanian Creole.” Te Reo 16.45-59.

1133. _____. 1974-75. “Tense, Aspect and the Mysterious ‘i’ in Seychelles and Reunion Creole.” Te Reo 17-18.53-93.

1134. _____. 1983. “Substratal Reflections: The Completive Aspect and the Distributive Numerals in Isle de France Creole.” Te Reo 26.65-80.

1135. Cornilescu, Alexandra. 2000. “Cas et aspect.” [Case and aspect.]  Presented at International Round Table `The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

1136. Cornu, Maurice. 1953. Les formes surcomposées en français.  [The surcomposé forms in French.] (Romanica helvetica, 42.) Berne: A. Francke.  Review by A. Henry (1957).

1137. Cornyn, W. S. 1969-70. “Aspect in the Burmese Verb Expression.” Alexandru Graur (ed.), Actes du Xe Congres International des Linguistes: Bucarest, 28 août-2 septembre, 1967. Bucharest: Éditions de L’Académie de la République Socialiste de Roumanie303-04.

1138. Corôa, Maria Luiza Monteiro Sales. 1985. O tempo nos verbos do português: Uma introdução à sua interpretação semântica.  [Tense in the verbs of Portuguese: an introduction to semantic interpretation.] Brasília: Thesaurus.

1139. Cortès, Colette. 1983. “Structure des textes et interpretation des formes verbales en allemand.”  [The structure of texts and the interrpretation of verbal forms in German.] Communiversation 29.155-83.

1140. _____. 1997. “Zur Textfunktion des Tempus und der deiktischen und anaphorischen Temporaladverbien.”  [On the textual function of tense and of the deictic and anaphoric temporal adverbials.] Hervé Quintin, Margarete Najar, and Stephanie Genz (eds.), Temporale Bedeutungen Temporale Relationen. (Eurogermanistik, 11.) Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag, 205-24.

1141. Coseriu, E. 1968. “El aspecto verbal perifrástico en griego antiquo.”  [Periphrastic verbal aspect in ancient Greek.] Actas del III Congreso Español de Estudios Clásicos, 93-116.

1142. _____. 1976. “Logique du langage et logique de la grammaire.”  [The logic of language and the logic of grammar.] J. David and R. Martin (eds.), Modèles logiques et niveaux d’analyse linguistique. Paris, 15-33.

1143. _____. 1980. “Aspect Verbal ou Aspects Verbaux?: Quelques questions de théorie et de méthode.”  [Verbal aspect or verbal aspects?  Some questions of theory and of method.] Jean David, Robert Martin, and Bernard Pottier (eds.), La notion d’aspect: Colloque organisé par le Centre d’Analyse Syntaxique de l’Univ. de Metz, 18-20 mai 1978. Paris: Klincksieck, 13-25.

1144. Coseriu, Eugenio. 1957. “Sobre el futuro romance.”  [On the Romance future.] Revista Brasileira de Filologia 111.1-18.

1145. _____. 1976. Das Romanische Verbalsystem. [The verbal system of Romance.] (Tübinger Beiträge zu Linguistik, 66.) Tuebingen: Gunter Narr.  Edited by Hansbert Bertsch.

1146. Costa, Rachel. 1972. “Sequence of Tenses in That-clauses.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 8.41-51. Responded to in Riddle (1976).

1147. Costantino, Alessandro. 1991. “Die Verwendung des Perfekts und die Formenvielfalt des Partizips in einigen Arberesh-Dialekten Kalabriens.”  [The application of the perfect and the formal multiplicity of the participle in an Arberesh dialect of Calabria.] Walter Breu, Rolf Kodderitzsch, and Hans-Jurgen Sasse (eds.), Aspekte der Albanologie: Akten des Kongresses “Stand & Aufgaben der Albanologie heute”, 3.-5. Oktober 1988, Univ. zu Koln. (Balkanologische Veroffentlichungen (Ost Europa Institut an der Freien Universität Berlin), 18.) Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 33-43.

1148. Costello, D. P. 1960-61. “Tenses in Indirect Speech in Russian.” Slavonic and East European Review  39 (63).489-96.

1149. _____. 1962. “The conjunction poka.” Slavic and East European Journal 5.253-58.

1150. Costermans, J. and Y. Bestgen. 1991. “The Role of Temporal Markers in the Segmentation of Narrative Discourse.” Cahiers de psychologie cognitive 11.349-70.

1151. Cotte, Pierre. 1987. “Réflexions sur l’emploi des temps du passé à la lumière de deux évolutions recentes du système verbal de l’anglais.”  [Reflections on the use of the past tense in light of two recent evolutions in the verbal system of English.] Contrastes 14-15.89-161.

1152. Coughanowr, E. N. 1955. “The Verbal Categories in the Greek of the Synoptic Gospels.” PhD dissertation, University of Illinois.

1153. Coulmas, Florian. 1985. “Nobody Dies in Shangri-La: Direct and Indirect Speech across Languages.” Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 140-53.

1154. Couper-Kuhlen, Elizabeth. 1987. “On the Markedness of ‘Narrative Temporal Clauses’.” Olga Miseska Tomic (ed.), Markedness in Synchrony and Diachrony. Berlin: de Gruyter, 359-72.

1155. _____. 1987a. “Temporal Relations and Reference Time in Narrative Discourse.” Alfred Schopf (ed.), Essays on Tensing in English, Vol. I: Reference Time, Tense and Adverbs. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 185.) Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 5-25.

1156. _____. 1988. “On the Temporal Interpretation of Postposed ‘When’-clauses in Narrative Discourse.” Richard Matthews and Joachim Schmole-Rostosky (eds.), Papers on Language and Mediaeval Studies Presented to Alfred Schopf on the occasion of his 65th birthday. Frankfurt/Main: Peter Lang, 353-72.

1157. _____. 1989. “Foregrounding and Temporal Relations in Narrative Discourse.” Alfred Schopf (ed.), Essays on Tensing in English, Vol. II: Time, Text and Modality. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 228.) Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 7-29.

1158. Cover, J. A. 1993. “Reference, Modality, and Relational Time.” Philosophical Studies 70.251-77.

1159. Cowper, Elizabeth. 1999. “Grammatical Aspect in English.” Linguistic Review 16. Presented at Workshop on Events as Grammatical Objects, From the Combined Perspectives of Lexical Semantics, Logical Semantics and Syntax, Linguistic Society of America 1997 Summer Institute, Cornell University.

1160. Cowper, Elizabeth A. 1989. “Perfective -en IS Perfective -en.” Jane Fee and Katherine Hunt (eds.), Proceedings of the 8th West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics. Stanford, California: Stanford Linguistics Association85-93.

1161. _____. 1991. “A Compositional Analysis of English Tense.” Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics, 53-64. Presented at 1991 Annual Conference, Canadian Linguistic Association.

1162. _____. 1992. “Inner Tense and the Realisation of Aspect.” McGill Working Papers in Linguistics 7.105-112.

1163. _____. 1992a. “The Interaction of Tense and Temporal Adverbs in English.” Cahiers de linguistique de l’UQAM [l’Université du Québec à Montréal] 1.3-22.

1164. _____. 1994. “Intervals and Schedules: The English Progressive.” Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics, 107-18. Presented at 1994 Annual Conference of the Canadian Linguistic Association.

1165. _____. 1995. “English Participle Constructions.” Canadian Journal of Linguistics 40.1-38.

1166. _____. 1996. “The Features of Tense in English.” Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics 14.19-39.

1167. _____. 1996a. “Sequence of Tense and the Binding Theory.” Calgary Working Papers in Linguistics, 69-80. Presented at the Canadian Linguistics Association.

1168. _____. 1997. Complexities of the English Simple Present. Winnipeg: Voices of Rupert’s Land.  “The Margaret Stobie Lecture delivered at the University of Manitoba on 8 November 1996.”

1169. _____. 1997a. “Irrealis in English.” Calgary Working Papers in Linguistics.  Presented at 1997 Annual Meeting, Canadian Linguistic Association.

1170. _____. 1998. “The Simple Present Tense in English: A unified treatment.” Studia Linguistica 52.1-18.

1171. _____. 1998a. “Two Tenses or a Contour Tense?: The Feature Geometry of the English Perfect.”  Presented at Université de Montréal/Université de Québec à Montréal, May 7.

1172. _____. n. d. “The Function of Tenseless Sentences in English.” Ms.

1173. Craig, W. L. 1996. “The B-Theory’s Tu Quoque Argument.” Synthese 107.249-69.

1174. _____. 1996. “Tense and the New B-Theory of Language.” Philosophy 71.5-26.

1175. Creason, Stuart Alan. 1996. “Semantic Classes of Hebrew Verbs: A Study of Aktionsart in the Hebrew Verbal System.”   PhD dissertation, University of Chicago.

1176. Creissels, Denis. 2000. “L’emploi résultatif de être + participe passé en français.”  [The resultative use of être ‘be’ + past participle in French.] Anne Carlier, Véronique Lagae, and Céline Benninger (eds.), Passé et parfait. (CahiersChronos , 6.) Amsterdam and Atlanta: Rodopi, 133-42.

1177. Cresswell, M. J. 1973. Logics and Languages. London: Methuen.

1178. _____. 1974. “Adverbs and Events.” Synthese 28.455-81. Reprinted in Cresswell (1985), 1-39.

1179. _____. 1977. “Interval Semantics and Logical Words.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), On the Logical Analysis of Tense and Aspect. Tübingen: Narr, 7-29.

1180. _____. 1978. “Adverbs of Space and Time.” Formal Semantics and Pragmatics for Natural Languages. Dordrecht: Reidel, 171-99. Reprinted in Cresswell (1985), 41-66.

1181. _____. 1979. “Interval Semantics for Some Event Expressions.” Rainier Bäuerle, U. Egli, and Arnim von Stechow (eds.), Semantics from Different Points of View. Berlin: Springer Verlag, 143-71.

1182. _____. 1985. Adverbial Modification: Interval Semantics and its Rivals. Dordrecht: Reidel.

1183. _____. 1985a. “Adverbial Modification in Situation Semantics.” Interval Semantics and Its Rivals, 193-220.

1184. Crim, Keith R. 1973. “Hebrew Direct Discourse as a Translation Problem.” The Bible Translator.

1185. Crisafulli, Virgil Santi. 1968. “Aspect and Tense Distribution in Homeric Greek.” PhD dissertation, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

1186. Crivelli, Paolo. 1994. “The Stoic Analysis of Tense and of Plural Propositions in Sextus Empiricus, Adversus Mathematicos X 99.” The Classical Quarterly 44.490-99.

1187. Crocco-Galeas, Grazia. 1995. “Modalità dinamica: Il verbo neogreco boro.”  [The Modern Greek verb boro.] Anna Giacalone-Ramat and Grazia Crocco-Galeas (eds.), From Pragmatics to Syntax: Modality in Second Language Acquisition. (Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik, 405.) Tübingen: Narr, 35-58.

1188. Croft, W. 1990. “Possible verbs and the structure of events.” S. Tshotsatsidis (ed.), Meanings and Prototypes: Studies in Linguistic Categorization. London: Routledge, 48-73.

1189. Crouch, R. and S. Pulman. 1993. “Time and Modality in a Natural Language Interface.” Artificial Intelligence 63.265-304.

1190. Crystal, David. 1966. “Specification and English Tenses.” Journal of Linguistics 2.1-34.

1191. Csató, Éva Agnes. 1992. “On Some Theoretical and Methodological Problems of the Typological Study of Tense-aspect Categories.” EUROTYP Working Papers  6.29-36.

1192. _____. 1994. “Tense and Actionality in Hungarian.” Rolf Thieroff and Joachim Ballweg (eds.), Tense Systems in European Languages. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 308.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 231-46.

1193. Csató Johanson, Éva. 1992. “Marking of Future Time Reference in Hungarian.” EUROTYP Working Papers  6.

1194. Cseresnyesi, Laszlo. 1996. “Perfectivity in Japanese.” Folia Linguistica 30.47-58.

1195. Cubberley, P. V. 1982. “On the ‘Empty’ Prefixes in Russian.” Russian Language Journal 36.12-30.

1196. Culioli, A. 1980. “Valeurs aspectuelles et opérations énonciatives: l’aoristique.”  [Aspectual values and enunciative operations: the aorist.] Jean David, Robert Martin, and Bernard Pottier (eds.), La notion d’aspect: Colloque organisé par le Centre d’Analyse Syntaxique de l’Univ. de Metz, 18-20 mai 1978. Paris: Klincksieck, 181-93.

1197. Cummins, George M., III. 1988. “‘Remaining’ in Czech and Russian.” Slavic and East European Journal 32.281-304.

1198. Cunha, Maria Angelica Furtado da and Nubiacira Fernandes de Oliveira. 1993. “Os Adverbios Já, Mais e Ainda nas Orações Negativas.”  [The adverbs já ‘already, now’, mais ‘more’, and ainda ‘still, yet’ in negative sentences.] Revista de Estudos da Linguagem 2.63-77.

1199. Curat, Hervé. 1991. Morphologie verbale et référence temporelle en français moderne: essai de sémantique grammaticale.  [Verbal morphology and temporal reference: essay in grammatical semantics.] (Langue et Cultures, 24.) Genève: Droz.

1200. Curell i Gotor, Hortensia. 1993. “The Present Perfect in English and in Catalan: Uses and Meanings.”  PhD dissertation, Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona.

1201. _____. 1997. “A Sub-Division of Vendler’s Achievements.” Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1202. Curiel, Monica. 1994. “La sistema aspectual de la lengua de señas argentina.”  [The Aspectual System of the Argentinian Sign Language.] RLA: revista de lingüística teórica y aplicada 32.29-52.

1203. _____  and Maria Ignacia Massone. 1993. “Categorias gramaticales en la lengua de señas argentina.”  [Grammatical Categories in Argentinian Sign Language.] RLA: revista de lingüística teórica y aplicada 31.27-53.

1204. Curme, George O. 1913. “Development of the Progressiv [sic] Form in Germanic.” Proceedings of the Modern Language Association 28.159-87.

1205. _____. 1913a. “Has English a Future Tense?” Journal of English and Germanic Philology 12.515-39.

1206. _____. 1922. A Grammar of the German Language. New York: Frederick Ungar.  Second, revised edition.

1207. _____. 1932. “Some Characteristic Features of Aspect in English.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology 31.250-55.

1208. Curtius, Georg. 1846. Bildung der Tempora und Modi im Griechischen und Lateinischen sprachvergleichend dargestellt.  [Construction of the tenses and moods in Greek and Latin  presented language-comparatively.] Berlin: Wilhelm Besser.

1209. Cusic, David Dowell. 1981. “Verbal Plurality and Aspect.” PhD dissertation, Stanford University.

1210. Cutrer, L. Michelle. 1994. “Time and Tense in Narrative and in Everyday Language.” PhD dissertation, University of California at San Diego.

1211. Cuvalay, Martine. 1991. “The Expression of Durativity in Arabic.” Kinga Devenyi and Tamas Ivanyi (eds.), Proceedings of the Colloquium on Arabic Grammar, Budapest, 1-7 September 1991. (The Arabist: Budapest Studies in Arabic, 3-4.) Budapest: Chair for Arabic Studies, Eotvos Lorand University and Section of Islamic Studies, Csoma de Koros Society, 143-58.

1212. _____. 1994. “Auxiliary verbs in Arabic.” Elisabeth Engberg-Pedersen, Lisbeth Falster Jakobsen, and Lone Schack Rasmussen (eds.), Function and Expression in Functional Grammar. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 265-83.

1213. Cuvelier, Josine. 1959. “Het futurum mit werden in het Middelnederlands.”  [The future with werden in Middle Dutch.] Taal en Tongval 11.16-17.

1214. Cygan, J. 1972. “Tense and Aspect in English and Slavic.” Anglia: Zeitschrift für englische Philologie 2.5-12.

1215. Cyr, Danielle. 1989. “An Outline of Grammar and Semantics of Aspect in Montagnais.” Lars-Gunnar Larsson (ed.), Proceedings of the Second Scandinavian Symposium on Aspectology. (Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis: Studia Uralica et Altaica Upsaliensia, 19.) Uppsala: Almqvist and Wiksell, 107-20.

1216. _____. 1991. “Algonquian Orders as Aspectual Markers: Some Typological Evidence and Pragmatic Considerations.” William  Cowan (ed.), Papers of the Twenty-Second Algonquian Conference. (Papers of the Algonquian Conference/ Actes du Congrès des Algonquistes, 22.) Ottawa: Carleton University, 58-88.

1217. _____. 1994. “Discourse Morphology: A Missing Link to Cyclical Grammatical Change.” William Pagliuca (ed.), Perspectives  on Grammaticalization. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV: Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 109.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 171-89.

1218. Cziko, Gary A. and Keiko Koda. 1987. “A Japanese Child’s Use of Stative and Punctual Verbs.” Journal of Child Language 14.99-111.

1219. Czochralski, J. 1972. “Future tense in German and Polish.” [In German?]  Presented at a meeting on Polish-German and Czech-German linguistic comparison, March 20-21, 1972, at Karl Marx University.

1220. _____. 1994. “Het probleem van het aspect en de aktionsarten in het Nederlands.”  [The problem of aspect and the Aktionsarten in Dutch.] Handelingen Regionaal colloquium neerlandicum wroclaw 1993, 75-81.

1221. d’Alquen, Richard. 1995. “To the Rescue of Time in German Tense.” Irmengard Rauch and Gerald F. Carr (eds.), Insights in Germanic Linguistics, I: Methodology in Transition. (Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs, 83.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 87-107.

1222. D’Alquen, Richard. 1997. Time, mood and Aspect in German Tense. (German Studies in Canada, 8.) Frankfurt/Main: Peter Lang.

1223. D’Hulst, Y., L. Tasmowski and M. Coene. 2000. “Future in the Past: Italian and Western Romance Conditional.”  Presented at International Round Table `The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

1224. Dagut, M. B. 1977. “Semantic Analysis of the ‘Simple’/’Progressive’ Dichotomy of the English Verb.” Linguistics 202.47-61. Critique of Hatcher (1951).

1225. Dahl, Östen. 1971. “Tenses and World-States.” Gothenburg Papers in Theoretical Linguistics.

1226. _____. 1974. “Some suggestions for a logic of aspects.” Slavica Gothoburgensia 6.21-35. 1973 in Logical Grammar Report 3, University of Göteborg, Department of Linguistics.

1227. _____. 1975. “On Generics.” Edward Keenan (ed.), Formal Semantics of Natural Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press , 113-25.

1228. _____. 1975a. “Review of Verkuyl (1972).” Foundations of Language 12.451-54.

1229. _____. 1981. “On the Definition of the Telic-Atelic (Bounded-Nonbounded) Distinction.” Philip Tedeschi and Annie Zaenen (eds.), Tense and Aspect. (Syntax and Semantics, 14.) New York City: Academic Press, 79-90.

1230. _____. 1984. “Perfectivity in Slavonic and Other Languages.” Casper de Groot and Hannu Tommola (eds.), Aspect Bound: A voyage into the realm of Germanic, Slavonic and Finno-Ugrian aspectology (Proceedings from the First Scandinavian Symposium on Aspectology in Vaasa, Aug. 26-28, 1983). Foris, 3-22.

1231. _____. 1984a. “Temporal Distance: remoteness distinctions in tense-aspect systems.” B. Butterworth, B. Comrie, and Ö. Dahl (eds.), Explanations for Language Universals. Berlin: Mouton, 105-22.

1232. _____. 1985. Tense and Aspect Systems. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

1233. _____. 1987. “Comrie’s Tense: Review Article.” Folia Linguistica 21.489-502.

1234. _____. 1992. “Marking of Future Time Reference in Continental Scandinavian.” Future Time Reference in European Languages, 60-72.

1235. _____. 1992a. “Review of Hornstein (1990).” Language 68.645-50.

1236. _____. 1992b. “ [Tense] An Overview.” William Bright (ed.), International Encyclopedia of Linguistics. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 144.

1237. _____. 1993. “Review of Binnick (1991).” Journal of Linguistics 29.500-07.

1238. _____. 1994. “Aspect.” Ronald F. Asher and S. M. Y. Simpson (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press240-47.

1239. _____. 1994a. “Perfect.” Ronald F. Asher and S. M. Y. Simpson (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press3000-01.

1240. _____. 1995. “Areal Tendencies in Tense-Aspect Systems.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, Östen Dahl, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal reference, Aspect and Actionality, vol. II, Typological Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 11-27.

1241. _____. 1995. “The Tense System of Swedish.” Rolf Thieroff (ed.), Tense Systems in European Languages, II. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 338.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 59-68.

1242. _____. 1997. “The Relation between Past Time Reference and Counterfactuality: A New Look.” Angeliki Athanasiadou and Rene Dirven (eds.), On Conditionals Again. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV, 143.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 97-114.

1243. _____. 1997a. “Review of Wolfgang Klein, ‘Time in Language’.” Studies in Language 21.417-428.

1244. _____. 2000. “Grammar of future time reference in European languages.” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and Aspect in the Languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

1245. _____. 2000a. “Tense-aspect systems of European languages in a typological perspective.” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and Aspect in the Languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

1246. _____. 2000b. “Verbs of becoming as future copulas.” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and Aspect in the Languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.  Ms., 1998.

1247. _____  and Eva Hedin. 1994. “Current Relevance and Event Reference.” EUROTYP Working Papers  6.5.21-30.

1248. _____  and Fathi Talmoudi. 1979. “Qad and laqad: tense/aspect and pragmatics in Arabic.” Thore Pettersson (ed.), Aspectology: Papers from the 5th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Frostavallen, Apr. 27-29, 1979. Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell, 51-68.

1249. _____  and Fred Karlsson. 1976. “Verbal Aspects and Object Marking: A Comparison between Finnish and Russian.” International Review of Slavic Linguistics 1.1-30.

1250. Dahl, Torston. 1930. “‘Shall’ and ‘Will’: Some Remarks on Present-Day Usage.” N. Bøgholm, A. Brusendorff, and C. A. Bodelsen (eds.), Grammatical miscellany offered to Otto Jespersen on his seventieth birthday, A. London and Copenhagen: George Allen and Unwin; Levin and Munksgaard, 261-73.

1251. Dahlmann, Hellfried. 1964. Varro und die Hellenistische Sprachtheorie.  [Varro and Hellenistic language theory.] (2nd ed..) Berlin/Zurich: Weidmannsche Verlagsbuchhandlung.  2nd edition.

1252. Dai, Yaojing. 1991. “A Semantic Analysis of the Continuous Aspect of zhe in Modern Chinese.” Yuyan jiaoxue yu yanjiu 2.92-106.

1253. Dakova, Mariela. 1994. “Aspect and Volitional Modality: Comparative Semantics for the Loss of Bulgarian Perfective Aspect in Negative Imperative.” Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 19.77-79.

1254. Dal, Ingerid. 1952. “Zur Entstehung des englischen Participium Praesentis auf -ing.”  [On the origin of the English present participle in -ing.] Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 16.5-116.

1255. _____. 1960. “Zur Frage des süddeutschen Präteritumschwundes.”  [On the question of the fading away of the south German preterite.] Indogermanica: Festschrift für Wolfgang Krause zum 65. Geburtstage am 18. September 1960 von Fachgenossen und Fremden dargebracht, 1-7.

1256. Dalder, S. and A. Verhagen. 1993. “Dutch tenses and the analysis of a literary text: the case of Marga Minco’s De Val.” Robert S. Kirsner (ed.), The low countries and beyond. Lanham, Maryland: University Press of America, 139-50.

1257. Dale, Ian. 1975. “Tamil Auxiliary Verbs.” PhD dissertation, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.

1258. Dalgish, Gerard M. 1977. “Past tense Formation in (Oru)Haya.” African Languages Langues Africaines 3.78-92.

1259. Dambriunas, L. 1959. “Verbal aspects in Lithuanian.” Lingua Posnaniensis 7.233-62. Corrections in volume 8 (1960), 361.

1260. Damic’ Bohac, Darja. 1994. “Introduction à une analyse contrastive de l’aspect verbal en français et en croate.”  [Introduction to a contrastive analysis of verbal aspect in French and in Croatian.] Strani Jezici 23.169-72.

1261. Damic’ Kruk, Darja. 1993. “Présentation de l’aspect verbal dans les grammaires du français.”  [The presentation of verbal aspect in the grammars of French.] Strani Jezici 22.117-25.

1262. Damoiseau, Robert. 1985. “Quelques remarques à propos de l’aspect et de la valeur signifiée du prédicat en créole haïtien et en créole martiniquais.”  [Some remarks regarding aspect and the signified value of the predicate in Creole.] Études Créoles 8.144-160.

1263. _____. 1988. “Élements pour une classification des verbaux en creole haïtien.”  [Elements for a classification of verbs in Haitian Creole.] Études Créoles 11.41-64.

1264. _____. 1989. “Contribution à l’étude des marques d’aspect et de temps en creole haïtien: Données fournies par une enquete menée aupres d’élèves-maîtres des Écoles Normales d’Haïti.”  [A Study of Tense and Aspect Markers in Haitian Creole. Data from a Survey Carried Out among Teacher Trainees at Teacher Training Institutes in Haiti.] Revue-d’Ethnolinguistique: Cahiers du LACITO 4.169-95.

1265. _____. 1994. “Réflexions sur le fonctionnement du système aspecto-temporel du créole haïtien.”  [Reflections on the functioning of the aspectual-temporal system of Haitian Creole.] Linguistique 30.105-20.

1266. Danaher, David S. 1996. “A Semiotic Approach to the Semantics of Czech Verbs of the Type Rikavat.” Slavic and East European Journal 40.118-33.

1267. Danaher, David Scott. 1995. “The Expression of Habituality in Czech.” PhD dissertation, Brown University.

1268. Danchev, A. 1992. “An Outline of Aspectuality in English within a Compromise Linguistic Model.” Maxim Stamenow (ed.), Current Advances in Semantic Theory. (Current advances in linguistic theory, 73.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 321-37.

1269. _____ , A. Pavolva, A. Malachadjan and O. Zlatareva. 1965. “The construction going to + infinitive in Modern English.” Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerikanistik 13.375-.

1270. Danes, Frantisek. 1992. “Der verbale Aspekt und die semantische Struktur des Verbs.”  [Verbal aspect and the semantic structure of the verb.] Susanne R. Anschutz (ed.), Texte, Satze, Wörter und Moneme. Heidelberg: Heidelberger Orientverl., 163-71.

1271. Danilewicz, Tadeusz. 1994. “Perfective and Imperfective Processes in Cognitive Grammar.” D. W. Halwachs and Irmgard Stütz (eds.), Sprache—Sprechen—Handeln: Akten des 28. Linguistischen Kolloquiums. Graz, 1993. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 320-321.) Tübingen: Niemeyer39-44.

1272. Darbelnet, D. 1929. “Sur les tens [sic] en ais du français.”  [On the tenses in.] Revue de philologie française et de littérature 41.87-117.

1273. Darbord, Bernard. 1986. “Forme et contenu de l’imparfait en espagnol.”  [Form and content of the imperfect in Spanish.] Pierre Le Goffic (ed.), Points de vue sur l’imparfait. Caen: Centre d’Études Linguistiques de l’Université de Caen, 71-90.

1274. _____. 1992. “Le présent en espagnol.”  [The present in Spanish.] Gilles Luquet (ed.), Actualités de la recherche en linguistique hispanique. Limoges: Presses Universitaires de Limoge, Presses Universitaires de Limousin, 271-77.

1275. Dardel, Robert de. 1958. Le parfait fort en roman commun.  [The strong perfect in common Romance.] (Soc. de publ. romanes et fr., 62.) Geneva: Droz.  PhD dissertation, University of Geneva.

1276. _____. 1986. “MAGIS et PLUS en protoroman.”  [Magis and plus in Proto-Romance.] Romanistisches Jahrbuch 37.87-93.

1277. Darden, Bill. 1968. “Is the English Perfect an Embedded Past?: A statement from the devil’s advocate.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society, 14-21.

1278. Dascal, Marcelo. 1983. “Prolegomena to a Semantic Analysis of Phase-Indicating Verbal Periphrases in Portuguese.” Communication and Cognition 16.97-131.

1279. Dauses, August. 1981. Das Imperfekt in den romanischen Sprachen: Seine Bedeutung im Verhältnis zum Perfekt.  [The imperfect in the Romance languages: its use in relation to the perfect.] Wiesbaden: Steiner.

1280. Dauzat, Albert. 1954. “À propos des temps surcomposés: surcomposé provençal et surcomposé français.”  [Regarding the surcomposé tenses: Provençal surcomposé and French surcomposé.] Le français moderne 22.259-62.

1281. _____  and H. Yvon. 1955. “À propos des temps surcomposés.”  [Regarding the surcomposé tenses.] Le français moderne 23.44. Concerns M. Cornu (1953).

1282. Davidsen-Nielsen, Niels. 1985. “Tense in Modern English and Danish.” Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 20.73-84.

1283. _____. 1986. “Har engelsk en fremtid?: Betragtninger over futurum i engelsk og andre sprog.”  [Has English a future tense? Reflections on the future in English and other languages.] CEBAL: Copenhagen School of Economics and Business Administration. Language Departmentguages 8.27-44. Cf. Davidsen-Nielsen (1987).

1284. _____. 1987. “Has English a Future?” Proceedings from the Third Nordic Conference for English Studies, Hässelby, Sept. 25-7, 1986, vol. 1. Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell, 53-9. =?  “Has English a Future? Remarks on the Future Tense,” 1988 in Acta Linguistica Hafniensia 21.5-20. Cf. Davidsen-Nielsen (1986).

1285. _____. 1990. Tense and Mood in English: A Comparison with Danish. (Topics in English Linguistics.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.  Review articles by R. Declerck (1992), A. Klinge (1992), B. Jacobsen (1993), and S. Johansson (1994).

1286. _____. 1992. “Remarks on Tense in English and Danish.” Christian Mair and  Manfred Markus (eds.), New Departures in Contrastive Linguistics = Neue Ansätze in dere Kontrastiven Linguistik: Proceedings of the conference held at the Leopold-Franzens-University of Innsbruck, Austraia, 10-12 May 1991. (Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Kulturwissenschaft, 4-5.) Innsbruck: University of Innsbruck, Institut für Anglistik233-44.

1287. Davidson, Donald. 1967. “The Logical Form of Action Sentences.” Nicholas Rescher (ed.), The Logic of Decision and Action. Pittsburgh: University of Piitsburgh Press, 81-95. First read at conference on The Logic of Decision and Action, University of Pittsburgh, March 1966.  Reprinted in Davidson (1980); in D. Davidson and G. Harman, eds.,  (1975), The Logic of Grammar, Encino: Dickenson Press, 18-24; and in Peter Ludlow, ed., Readings in the Philosophy of Grammar, Cambridge: MIT Press, 217-233.  Original publication appends replies to discussion by Lemmon, Castañeda, Chisholm, Martin, Cargile, and Hedman.

1288. _____. 1969. “The Individuation of Events.” Nicholas Rescher (ed.), Essays in Honor of Carl G. Hempel, 216-34.

1289. Davidson, Donald. 1970. “Events as Particulars.” Noûs 4.25-32.

1290. Daviet-Taylor, Françoise. 1997. “Die GE-Komposita im Mittelhochdeutschen: Eine zur Zeit noch bestehende Möglichkeit, eine Aussage aspektuell zu markieren.”  [GE-complexes in Middle High German: the one possibility still existing at present of aspectually marking a predicate.] Hervé Quintin, Margarete Najar, and Stephanie Genz (eds.), Temporale Bedeutungen Temporale Relationen. (Eurogermanistik, 11.) Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag, 83-92.

1291. Davis, Anthony R. 1985. “Syntactic Binding and Relative Aspect Markers in Hausa.” Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 9.72-77. Presented at the Fifteenth Conference on African Linguistics, University of California, Los Angeles, 29-31 March, 1984.

1292. Davis, Carroll N. 1978. “Generative semantic Analysis of Tense in Spanish.” Margarita Suñer (ed.), Contemporary Studies in Romance Linguistics. Washington, D. C.: Georgetown University Press, 106-31.

1293. Davis, Henry and Hamida Demirdache. 1997. “On Lexical Verb Meanings: Evidence from Salish.”  Presented at Workshop on Events as Grammatical Objects, from the combined perspectives of lexical semantics, logical semantics and syntax, Linguistic Society of America 1997 Summer Institute, Cornell University.

1294. Davis, Ron. 1993. “Chronosemantics: A Theory of Time and Meaning.”  PhD dissertation, University of Toronto.

1295. Davmska-Prokop, Urszula. 1960. Le style indirect libre dans la prose narrative d’A. Daudet.  [Free indirect style in the narrative prose of A. Daudet.] (Uniwerzytet Jagiellon’ski, Rozprawy i studia.) Warsaw: Uniwerzytet Jagiellon’ski.

1296. Day, Richard D. 1973. “Tense Neutralization in the Hawaiian Post-Creole Gradatum.” Charles-James Nice Bailey and Roger W. Shuy (eds.), New Ways of Analyzing Variation in English. Washington, D. C.: Georgetown University Press, 306-12.

1297. Day, Richard R. 1973. Patterns of Variation in Copula and Tense in the Hawaiian Post-Creole Continuum. (Linguistics, University of Hawaii, Working Papers.) Honolulu: University of Hawaii.  PhD dissertation, University of  Hawaii.

1298. Dayton, Elizabeth. 1997. “Grammatical Categories of the Verb in African-American Vernacular English.” PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.

1299. de Boel, G.. 1980. “Towards a Theory of the Meaning of Complementizers in Arabic.” Lingua 52.285-304.

1300. _____. 1987. “Aspect, Aktionsart und Transitivität.”  [Aspect, Aktionsart and transitivity.] Indogermanische Forschungen 92.33-57.

1301. De Caen, Vince. 2000. “The Invention of Hebrew Tenselessness, Berlin 1826: Race, Mind and Language.”  Presented at Jewish Studies Faculty Symposia, Jewish Studies Program, University of Toronto, 10 February.

1302. de Colombel, Véronique. 1988. “Mode, temps, aspect en tchadique.”  [Mood, tense, aspect in Chadic.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 103-15.

1303. De Felice, Emilio. 1957. “Problemi di aspetto nei più antichi testi francesi.”  [Problems of aspect in the older French texts.] Vox Romanica 16.1-51.

1304. de Fornel, Michel. 1988. “Temps et structures narratives.”  [Tense and narrative structures.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 45-53.

1305. de Groot, Casper. 1983. “Typology of States of Affairs.” H. Bennis and W. U. S. van Lessen Kloeke (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1983, 73-81.

1306. _____. 1984. “Totally Affected: Aspect and three-place predicates in Hungarian.” Casper de Groot and Hannu Tommola (eds.), Aspect Bound: A voyage into the realm of Germanic, Slavonic and Finno-Ugrian aspectology (Proceedings from the First Scandinavian Symposium on Aspectology in Vaasa, Aug. 26-28, 1983). Foris, 133-51.

1307. de Groot, Casper. 1995. “The absentive in Hungarian.” Istvan Kenesei (ed.), Approaches to Hungarian, V: Levels and Structures. Szeged: Jate, 45-61.

1308. de Haan, Ferdinand. 1998. “Evidentiality in Dutch and its implications for modality.” Presented at Berkeley Linguistic Society annual conference 25, February.

1309. De Hoop, Helen. 1994. “Nominal and Aspectual Factors in Noun Phrase Interpretation.” Lingua e Stile 29.437-56.

1310. De Jong, F. and H. Verkuyl. 1981. “Opacity and Tense.” Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics Papers 6.177-90.

1311. De Kleine, Christa. 1997. “The Verb Phrase in Afrikaans: Evidence of Creolization?.” Arthur K. Spears and Donald Winford (eds.), The Structure and Status of Pidgins and Creoles: Including Selected Papers from the Meeting of the Society for Pidgin and Creole Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 289-307.

1312. de Kock, Josse. 1986. “Del pretérito perfecto compuesto o de la importancia del contexto y de la cuantificación.”  [Of the complex preterite perfect and the importance of context and of quantification.] Revista de filología española 66.185-236. Also in J. de Kock, Gramática española: Enseñanza e investigación, III,1 (Acta Salmanticensia), Salamanca: Ediciones Universidad de Salamanca, 1990.

1313. De Mello, George. 1989. “Some Observations on Spanish Verbal Aspect.” Hispanic Linguistics 3.123-29.

1314. _____. 1994. “Preterito compuesto para indicar acción con limite en el pasado: Ayer he visto a Juan.”  [Complex preterite to indicate action with a limit in the past: Ayer he visto a Juan ‘yesterday I saw John’.] Boletín de la Real Académia Española 74.611-33.

1315. De Mey, Sjaak. 1994. “‘Al’en ‘nog’ als temporele operatoren.”  [Al ‘already’ and nog ‘still’ as temporal operators.] Tabu: bulletin voor Nederlandse taalkunde 24.169-86.

1316. de Miguel Aparicio, Elena. 1992. El aspecto en la sintaxis del español: Perfectividad e impersonalidad.  [Aspect in the syntax of Spanish: perfectivity and impersonality.] Madrid: Publicaciones de la Universidad Autónoma de Madrid.

1317. de Miguel, Elena. 1996. “Nominal Infinitives in Spanish: An Aspectual Constraint.” Canadian Journal of Linguistics 41.29-54.

1318. De Mulder, Walter and Liliane Tasmowski-De Ryck. 1997. “Imparfait et cohérence (2): Retour à Benveniste?.”  [Imperfect and coherence (2): a return to Benveniste?]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1319. de Penanros, Hélène. 1997. “Pour une représentation formelle du préverbe ‘pri’ en russe contemporain.” [For a formal representation of the preverb “pri” in contemporary Russian.] Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1320. De Regt, Lenart. 1983. “Tempus in het bijbels Hebreeuws.”  [Tense in Biblical Hebrew.] GLOT 6.247-275.

1321. De Swart, Henriette and Arie Molendijk. 1999. “Negation and Temporal Structure of Narrative Discourse.” Journal of Semantics 16.1-42.

1322. de Vogüé, Sarah. 1997. “Ni temps ni modes: le système flexionnel du verbe français.”  [Neither tenses nor moods: the flectional system of the French verb.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1323. de Vuyst, Jan. 1985. “The present perfect in Dutch and English.” Journal of Semantics  4.137-63.

1324. De Wolf, P. P. 1993. “Manner Propositions as Sources of Grammaticalization for Continuous Aspect Markers in Fula.” Frankfurter Afrikanistische Blatter 5.25-38.

1325. De Wolf, Paul P. 1993. “The Fula Particle **on and its Congeners: Comparative Notes on Their Grammaticalization Processes.” Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 33.37-59.

1326. DeBose, Charles and Nicholas Faraclas. 1993. “An Africanist Approach to the Linguistic Study of Black English: Getting to the Roots of the Tense-Aspect-Modality and Copula Systems in Afro-American.” Salikoko S. Mufwene (ed.), Africanisms in Afro-American Language Varieties. Athens, Georgia: University of Georgia Press, 364-87.

1327. Debreczeni, A. 1978. “Some Cases of the Perfective Verbal Aspect in Hindi and in Hungarian.” Acta Linguistica Hungarica 28.293-306.

1328. DeCaen, Vincent J. 1995. “On the Placement and Interpretation of the Verb in Standard Biblical Hebrew Prose.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Toronto.

1329. _____. 1995a. “Reconsidering the Aspectual Analysis of Biblical Hebrew.” Presented before the Society for Biblical Literature.

1330. _____. 1996. “Ewald and Driver on Biblical Hebrew ‘Aspect’: Anteriority and the Orientalist Framework.” Zeitschrift für Althebraistik 9.129-51.

1331. _____. 1996a. “The Parameter of Aspect and the Analysis of So-called Tenseless Languages.” Forthcoming 1997 in Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung.

1332. _____. 1996b. “Tenseless Languages in Light of an Aspectual Parameter for Universal Grammar: A Preliminary Cross-Linguistic Survey.” Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics 14.41-82.

1333. _____. 1997. “Review of Thieroff (1995).” Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschungen 50.182-86.

1334. DeCarrico, Jeanette S.. 1986. “Tense, Aspect, and Time in the English Modality System.” TESOL Quarterly 20.665-82.

1335. Dechaine, Rose-Marie. 1991. “Bare Sentences.” Steven  Moore and Adam Zachary Wyner  (eds.), Proceedings of Semantics and Linguistic Theory I. Ithaca, New York: CLC Publications, 31-50.

1336. _____. 1995. “One Be.” Marcel Den Dikken, and Kees Hengeveld (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1995. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 75-88.

1337. _____  and Victor Manfredi. 2000. “Interpreting Null Tense.” Presented at International Round Table ‘The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

1338. DeChicchis, Joseph. 1996. “Aspect in Q’eqchi’ Mayan.” Folia Linguistica 30.59-72.

1339. Decker, Rodney J. 1995. “The Semantic Range of nun in the Gospels as Related to Temporal Deixis.” Trinity Journal 16.187-217.

1340. _____. 2001. Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with Reference to Verbal Aspect. (Studies in Biblical Greek, 10.) New York: Peter Lang.  Th.D. dissertation, Central Baptist Seminary (Minneapolis), 1998.

1341. Decklerck, Renaat. 1994. “Das englische Perfekt: Grammatischer Status, Semantik und Zusammenspiel mit dem ‘Progressive’.”  [The English perfect tense: grammatical status, semantics, and interplay with the “progressive”.] Leuvense Bijdragen 83.157-80. Review article, review of Meyer (1982) [?].

1342. Declerck, Renaat. 1977. “Some Arguments in Favor of a Generative Semantics Analysis of Sentences with an Adverbial Particle or a Prepositional Phrase of Goal.” Orbis 26.297-340.

1343. _____. 1979. “Aspect and the Bounded/Unbounded (Telic/Atelic) Distinction.” Linguistics 17.761-94.

1344. _____. 1979a. “On the Progressive and the ‘Imperfective Paradox’.” Linguistics and Philosophy 3.267-72.

1345. _____. 1979b. “Tense and Modality in English Before-clauses.” English Studies 60.720-44. Reprinted in M. Yasui, ed., Papers in English Linguistics From Abroad: 1981-1982. Tokyo: Eichosha Shinsa, pp.1-33.

1346. _____. 1981. “On the Role of Progressive Aspect in Nonfinite Perception Verb Complements.” Glossa 15.83-114.

1347. _____. 1984. “‘Pure Future’ Will in If-clauses.” Lingua 63.279-312.

1348. _____. 1986. “From Reichenbach (1947) to Comrie (1985) and Beyond: towards a theory of tense.” Lingua 70.305-64.

1349. _____. 1986a. “The Manifold Interpretations of Generic Sentences.” Lingua 68.149-88.

1350. _____. 1988. “The English Tenses in Discourse: Outlines of a Theory.” Linguistica Antverpiensia 22.29-71. Also appeared as paper no. 6, Dutch Working Papers in English Language and Linguistics.

1351. _____. 1988a. “Restrictive When-Clauses.” Linguistics and Philosophy 11.131-68.

1352. _____. 1989. “Boundedness and the Structure of Situations.” Leuvense Bijdragen 78.275-304. Review article; review of J. van Voorst, Event Structure (Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1988).

1353. _____. 1989a. “Tense in complement clauses.” Sentential complementation and the lexicon (Liber Amicorum Wim. De Geest), 97-111.

1354. _____. 1989b. Tense in Discourse. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.

1355. _____. 1990. “Sequence of Tenses in English.” Folia Linguistica  24.513-44.

1356. _____. 1990a. “Tense, Time and Temporal Focus.” Journal of Literary Semantics 21.80-94.

1357. _____. 1991. “The Origins of Genericity.” Linguistics 29.79-102.

1358. _____. 1991a. Tense in English: Its structure and use in discourse. London and New York: Routledge.

1359. _____. 1992. “Some Theoretical Issues in the Description of Tense and Mood.” Cognitive Linguistics 3.187-218. Review article; a review of N. Davidsen-Nielsen (1990).

1360. _____. 1994. “On So-called ‘Tense Simplification’ in English.” Co Vet and Carl Vetters (eds.), Tense and Aspect in Discourse. (Trends in Linguistics. Studies and Monographs, 75.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 77-98.

1361. _____. 1994a. “The Only/Already Puzzle: A Question of Perspective.” Cognitive Linguistics 5.307-50.

1362. _____. 1994b. “The present perfect and the English tense system.” Leuvense Bijdragen 83.157-80. Review article; review of Matthias Meyer, Das englische Perfekt: Grammatischer Status, Semantik und Zusammenspiel mit dem ‘Progressive’ [The English Perfect: Grammatical Status, Semantics, and Interaction with the “Progressive”],Tübingen: Niemeyer, 1992.

1363. _____. 1994c. “A Special Use of the English Past Perfect.” K. Carlon, K. Davidse, and B. Rudzka-Ostyn (eds.), Perspectives on English: Studies in Honour of Professor Emma Vorlat. Leuven: Peeters, 193-202.

1364. _____. 1995. “Is There a Relative Past Tense in English?” Lingua 97.1-36.

1365. _____. 1995a. “The Problem of Not…until.” Linguistics 33.51-98.

1366. _____. 1995-96. “The So-called ‘Temporal Conjunction’ when.” Linguistica Antverpiensia 29-30.25-42.

1367. _____. 1996. “A Functional Typology of English When-clauses.” Functions of Language 3.185-234.

1368. _____. 1996a. “The Sense of Actualization of Not... Until.” English Linguistics 13.299-308.

1369. _____. 1996b. “Tense Choice in Adverbial When-Clauses.” Linguistics 34.225-61.

1370. _____. 1997. “The past perfect with future time reference.” English Language and Linguistics 1.49-61.

1371. _____. 1997a. When-Clauses and Temporal Structure. (Routledge Studies in Germanic Linguistics, 2.) London: Routledge.

1372. _____. 1998. “La structure temporelle des subordonnées introduites par when en anglais.”  [The temporal structure of subordinates introduced by “when” in English.] A. Borillo, C. Vetters, and M. Vuillaume (eds.), Variations sur la référence verbale. (Cahiers Chronos, 3.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 325-56.

1373. _____. 1999. “A brief look at tense and time in adverbial before-clauses.” Guy A.J. Tops, Bety Devriendt and Steven Geukens (eds.), Thinking English grammar: To honour Xavier Dekeyser, Professor Emeritus. Leuven: Peeters, 209-25.

1374. _____. 1999a. “A critical evaluation of Wada’s theory of tense in English.” English Linguistics 16.465-500.

1375. _____. 1999b. “Remarks on Salkie and Reed’s (1997) ‘Pragmatic Hypothesis’ of Tense in Reported Speech.” English Language and Linguistics 3.83-116.

1376. _____  and Ilse Depraetere. 1995. “The Double System of Tense Forms Referring to Future Time in English.” Journal of Semantics 12.269-310.

1377. _____  and Kazuhiko Tanaka. 1996. “Constraints on Tense Choice in Reported Speech.” Studia Linguistica 50.283-301.

1378. Défromont, Hubert. 1973. Les constructions perfectives du verbe anglais contemporain.  [Perfective constructions of the English verb.] The Hague: Mouton.

1379. DeGraff, Michel. 1996. “Temps et aspects en creole seychellois: valeurs et interferences.”  [Tenses and aspects in Seychellois Creole.] Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 11.121-37. Review article; review of Susanne Michaelis, Temps et aspects en creole seychellois: Valeurs et interferences ([Tense and Aspect in Seychellois Creole: Values and Interferences], Hamburg: Buske, 1993).

1380. Dejanova, M. 1966. Imperfekt i aorist v slavjanskite ezici.  [Imperfect and aorist in the Slavic languages.] Sofia: Izdatelstvo na Bulgarskata akademija na naukite.

1381. Dejanova, Maria. 1993. “Rilatoj inter bulgarlingvaj kaj esperantaj malsimplaj verboformoj.”  [The relationship between Bulgarian and Esperanto non-simple verb forms.] Bulgara Esperantisto 62.3.3-7, 4.10-11.

1382. Dejanova, Marija. 1976. “Iz sarbokharvastsko-balgarskata sapostavitelna aspektologija.”  [From Serbo-Croatian/Bulgarian comparative aspectology.] Ba°lgarski Ezik 26.459-67.

1383. DeLancey, Scott. 1982. “Aspect, Transitivity, and Viewpoint.” Paul J. Hopper (ed.), Tense-Aspect: Between Semantics and Pragmatics. (Typological Studies in Language, 1.) Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 167-84.

1384. _____. 1986. “Evidentality and Volitionality in Tibetan.” Wallace Chafe and Johanna Nichols (eds.), Evidentiality: The Linguistic Coding of Epistemology. (Advances in Discourse Processes, XX.) Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 203-13.

1385. _____. 1990. “Ergativity and the Cognitive Model of Event Structure in Lhasa Tibetan.” Cognitive Linguistics 1.289-321.

1386. _____. 1990a. “A Note on Evidentiality in Hare.” International Journal of American Linguistics 56.152-58.

1387. _____. 1992. “Sunwar Copulas.” Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 15.31-38.

1388. _____. 1993. “Grammaticalization and Linguistic Theory.” Jule Gomez de García and David Rood (eds.), Proceedings of the 1993 Mid-America Linguistics Conference. Boulder: Department of Linguistics, University of Colorado, 1-22.

1389. _____. 1997. “Mirativity: The grammatical marking of unexpected information [new vs. assimilated knowledge as a semantic and grammatical category].” Linguistic Typology 1.33-52.

1390. Delattre, P. 1950. “Le surcomposé réfléchi en subordonée temporelle.”  [The surcomposé (supercomposite) reflected in a temporal subordinate.] Le français moderne 18.95-108.

1391. Delaunois, M. 1988. “Encore le temps-aspect en grec classique: essai limite de clarification.”  [Again tense-aspect in Classical Greek: essay limit of clarification.] Acta Classica 57.124-141.

1392. Delbart, Anne Rosine and Marc Wilmet. 1997. “Imparfait et passe simple chez Gustave Guillaume: un couple mal assorti.”  [Gustave Guillaume’s imperfect and simple past: A bad match.] Cahiers de praxematique 29.15-31.

1393. Delbrück, B. 1897. Vergleichende Syntax der Indogermanischen Sprachen, Pt. 2.  [Comparative syntax of the Indo-European languages, Part 2.] Strassburg: K. J. Trübner.

1394. Delfitto, Denis. 2000. “Imperfective Aspect at the Interpretive Interface.” Presented at International Round Table `The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

1395. Dell, François. 1983-84. “An Aspectual Distinction in Tagalog.” Oceanic Linguistics 22-23.175-206.

1396. Delmas, Claude. 1984. “Le Curseur Yesterday dans les quotidiens britanniques: Place ou structuration?”  Recherches Anglaises et Americaines 17.77-93.

1397. _____. 1998. “Futurité: temps et states en anglais.”  [Futurity: tense and states in English.] A. Borillo, C. Vetters, and M. Vuillaume (eds.), Variations sur la réferénce verbale. (Cahiers Chronos, 3.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 163-76.

1398. Dem’jankov, V. Z. 1983. “‘Sobytie’ v semantike, pragmatike i v koordinatax interpretatsii teksta.”  [“Events” in Semantics, Pragmatics, and in Coordinates of Text Interpretation.] Izvestija akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 42.320-29.

1399. Demina, E. I. 1956. “Znachenie i upotreblenie proshedshix vremen v pamjatnikax bolgarskoj pis’mennosti XVII-XVIII vekov.”  [Meaning and use of the past tense in the Bulgarian documents of the 17th and 18th centuries.] Kratkie soobshchenija Instituta slavjanovedenija, Akademija nauk SSSR 18.46-57.

1400. Demina, Evgenija I. 1993. “Prostye proedie vremena v bolgarskom jazyke v svete ‘vidovoj’ teorii.” V. N. Toporov (ed.), Philologia slavica: k 70-letiju akademika N. I. Tolstogo. Moscow: Nauka, 295-301.

1401. Demiraj, Shaban. 1972. “De l’origine des formes du futur en albanais.”  [On the origin of future forms in Albanian.] Cerceta°ri de Lingvistica° 17.21-31.

1402. Demirdache, H. and M. Uribe-Etxebarria. 1998. “Towards a Restrictive Theory of the Diversity of Temporal Systems.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

1403. Demirdache, Hamida. 1995. “Temporal Reference of Noun Phrases in St’át’imcets (Lillooet Salish).” Paper presented at University of British Columbia and 1996, Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting.

1404. _____. 1996. “The Chief of the United States  Sentences in St’át’imcets (Lillooet Salish) : A cross-linguistic asymmetry in the temporal interpretation of noun phrases and its implications.” Papers for the 31st International Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Languages, 101-18.

1405. _____  and Myriam Uribe Etxebarria. 2000. “Tenses, Aspects and Time Adverbs as Spatio-Temporal Predicates.” Presented at International Round Table ‘The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

1406. Demjjanow, Assinja. 1998. “A semantic analysis of the Russian perfective aspect.” Presented at Sinn und Bedeutung 1998: 3. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für Semantik, Universität Leipzig, 11-13 December.

1407. Demonte, Violeta. 1991. “Temporal and Aspectual Constraints on Predicative APs.” Hector Campos and Fernando Martínez Gil  (eds.), Current Studies in Spanish Linguistics. Washington, D. C.: Georgetown University Press, 165-200.

1408. Dendale, Patrick. 1996. “Le Futur épistémique: essai de description et comparaison avec devoir épistémique.”  [The epistemic future: an attempt at description and a comparison with epistemic devoir  ‘ought’.]  Presented at First Chronos Colloquium.

1409. Denis Delfitto and Pier Marco Bertinetto. 1995. “A case study in the interaction of aspect and actionality: The Imperfect in Italian.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 125-142.

1410. Denison, David. 1992. “The Information Present: Present Tense for Communication in the Past.” M. Rissanen, O. Ihalainen, T. Nevalainen, and I. Taavitsainen (eds.), History of Englishes: New Methods and Interpretations in Historical Linguistics. Berlin: Mouton, 262-86.

1411. Dennis, James Peter Lindsay. 1984. “A Semantic Study of Aspect in Krio.” PhD dissertation, University of Michigan.

1412. Dennis, Leah. 1940. “The Progressive Tense: Frequency of its Use in English.” Proceedings of the Modern Language Association 55.855-65.

1413. Denny, J. Peter, Marion Johnson, and Mary Elizabeth O’Neail. 1984-85. “Le concept d’accomplissement dans les langues et les cultures amerindiennes.”  [The concept of accomplishment in (native) American cultures and languages.] Recherches Amerindiennes au Québec 14.36-41.

1414. Depraetere, I. and S. Vogeleer. 1998. “Review of Janssen and Van der Wurff (1996).” Linguistics 36.1006-20.

1415. Depraetere, Ilse. 1995. “The Effect of Temporal Adverbials on (A)telicity and (Un)boundedness.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 43-53.

1416. _____. 1995a. “On the Necessity of Distinguishing between (Un)boundedness and (A)telicity.” Linguistics and Philosophy 18.1-19.

1417. _____. 1996. “Expressing Temporal Relations in Present Perfect Sentences: Deictic or Anaphoric Tenses.” Walter De Mulder, Liliane Tasmowski-De Ryck, and Carl Vetters (eds.), Anaphores temporelles et (in-)cohérence. (Cahiers Chronos, 1.) Amsterdam and Atlanta: Rodopi, 23-29.

1418. _____. 1996a. “Foregrounding in English Relative Clauses.” Linguistics 34.699-731.

1419. _____. 1996b. “On the Likelihood of Past Tense Situations Still Being the Case at the Time of Speaking.” ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics 113-114.335-48.

1420. _____. 1996c. The Tense System in English Relative Clauses: a corpus-based analysis. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.  Ph.D. dissertation, University of Leuven, 1993.

1421. _____. 1997. “The Use of Tense Forms in Future Time Relative Clauses and the Choice of Reference Time in Past Time Relative Clauses Compared.” Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1422. Derbyshire, Desmond C. 1977. “Discourse redundancy in Hixkaryana.” International Journal of American Linguistics 43.176-88.

1423. Derganc, Aleksandra. 1992-93. “Neskol’ko zametok v svyazi s performativnymi glagolami v russkom i slovenskom jazykax.”  [Some remarks on performative verbs in Russian and Slovene.] Filologija 20-21.67-74.

1424. Deribas, L. A. 1954. “Vido-vremennye znachenija deeprichastij v sovremennom russkom jazyke.”  [The aspectual-temporal meanings of gerunds in the contemporary Russian language.] Russkij jazyk v shkole 5.1-8.

1425. Derzhanski, Ivan A. 1993. “Groups, Plurality and Aspect.” Events and Grammar Conference, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, 28 Oct 1993

1426. Derzhansky, Ivan Alexandrov. 1995. “Groups and eventualities: a theory of aspectuality.”  PhD dissertation, University of Edinburgh.

1427. Desclés, J. 1989. “State, event, process and topology.” General Linguistics 29.159-200.

1428. Desclés, Jean-Pierre. 1980. “Construction formelle de la catégorie grammaticale de l’aspect.”  [The formal construction of the grammatical category of aspect.] Jean David, Robert Martin, and Bernard Pottier (eds.), La notion d’aspect: Colloque organisé par le Centre d’Analyse Syntaxique de l’Univ. de Metz, 18-20 mai 1978. Paris: Klincksieck, 195-229.

1429. _____. 1994. “Quelques concepts relatifs au temps et à l’aspect pour l’analyse des textes.”  [Some concepts regarding tense and aspect for the analysis of texts.] Stanisÿaw Karolak, Violetta Koseska-Toszewa, Jean-Pierre Desclés, and Zlatka Guentchéva (eds.), Studia kognitywe = Études cognitives: Vol. 1. Semantyka kategorii aspecktu i czasu = Sémantique des catégories d’aspect et de temps. Warszawa: Slawistyczny Os’rodek Wyd, 57-88.

1430. _____. 1995. “Les référentiels temporels pour le temps linguistique.”  [Temporal reference frames for linguistic time.] Modèles Linguistiques 16.9-36.

1431. _____ and Zlatka Guentchéva. 1990. “Discourse Analysis of Aorist and Imperfect in Bulgarian and French.” Nils Thelin (ed.), Verbal Aspect in Discourse. (Pragmatics and Beyond, n. s., 5.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 237-61.

1432. _____ , Zlatka Guentcheva, Daniele Maire-Reppert, and Hyun-guam Oh. 1995. “À propos de la catégorie grammaticale du temps et de l’espace.”  [Regarding the grammatical category of time and space.] Sophie Moirand, Abdelmadjid Ali Bouacha,  Jean-Claude Beacco, and André Collinot (eds.), Parcours linguistiques de discours spécialisés. (Sciences-pour-la-Communication, 41.) Bern: Peter Lang, 291-300.

1433. Desherieva, T. I. 1976. “K probleme opredelenija kategorii glagolnogo vida.”  [On the problem of defining the category of verbal aspect.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 1.73-81.

1434. Dessaux-Berthonneau, A. M. 1985. “Espace de temps et durée dans les constructions prépositionnelles: Données de la compétence syntaxique, sémantique et lexicale au regard du français langue étrangère.”  [Temporal space and duration in prepositional constructions: data on syntactic, semantic, and lexical competence with regard to French as a foreign language.] Michel Glatigny (ed.), Le Français langue étrangere: Actes du colloque franco-polonais Lille, avril 1983. (Romanica Wratislaviensia, 23.) Wroclaw: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Wroclawskiego, 103-45.

1435. Dessaux-Berthonneau, Anne-Marie. 1985. “Niveaux et operations dans la description des complements temporels.”  [Levels and operations in the description of temporal complements.] Langue Française 66.20-40.

1436. Deutschbein, Max. 1939. “Aspekte und Aktionsarten im Neuenglischen.”  [Aspects and Aktionsarten in Modern English.] Neuphilologische Monatsschrift 10.129-48, 190-201. Criticized by Zandvoort (1962).

1437. Devens, Monica S. 1979. “Pima cim.” International Journal of American Linguistics 45.349-52. Response to K. Hale (1969, International Journal of American Linguistics  35.203-212).

1438. Deyanova, Mariya. 1987. “Njakoi nachini na deistvie pri ukrainskija glagol v supostavka v Bulgarskija.”  [Some Aktionsarten [Modes of Action] of the Ukrainian Verb in Contrast with Bulgarian.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 12.20-27.

1439. Dhongade, Ramesh Vaman. 1985. Tense, Aspect, and Mood in English and Marathi. Pune, India: Deccan College.

1440. Dhongde, R. V. 1976. “Modality in Marathi.” Indian Linguistics 37.91-101.

1441. Dhrimo, Ali. 1991. “Bedeutung und Gebrauch des Aorists im Albanischen.”  [Meaning and use of the aorist in Albanian.] Walter Breu, Rolf Kodderitzsch, and Hans-Jurgen Sasse (eds.), Aspekte der Albanologie: Akten des Kongresses “Stand & Aufgaben der Albanologie heute”, 3.-5. Oktober 1988, Univ. zu Koln. (Balkanologische Veroffentlichungen (Ost Europa Institut an der Freien Universität Berlin), 18.) Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 89-97.

1442. Diachkov, M. V. 1975. “A Note on Differences between Tense-Aspect Systems of Krio and English.” Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 7.17-19.

1443. Diaz Padilla, Fausto. 1993. “El participio italiano: estructura y funciones.”  [The Italian Participle: Structure and Functions.] Verba 20.275-292.

1444. Dickey, Michael Walsh. 2000. “The Processing of Tense.” PhD dissertation, University of Massachusetts.

1445. Dickey, Stephen M. 1995. “A Comparative Analysis of the Slavic Imperfective General-Factual.” Journal of Slavic Linguistics 3.288-307.

1446. Dickey, Stephen McCartney. 2000. Parameters of Slavic Aspect: A Cognitive Approach. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information.  Based on PhD dissertation, Indiana University, 1998.

1447. Dickey, Stephen R. 1996. “Serbo-Croatian as a (South) Slavic aspectual transitional zone.” Presented at the Tenth Biennial Conference on Balkan and South Slavic Language, Literature and Folklore, University of Chicago, 2-4 May.

1448. Dieling, Klaus. 1982. “Deutsche und schwedische Tempora in Konfrontation.”  [German and Swedish tenses in contrast.] Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Karl Marx Universität Leipzig, Gesellschafts/ Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 31.314-28.

1449. _____. 1982a. “Das Hilfsverb “werden” als Zeit- und als Hypothesenfunktor.”  [The auxiliary verb “werden” (‘become’) as tense- and hypothesis-functor.] Zeitschrift für Germanistik 3.325-31.

1450. _____. 1986. “Indirekte Rede und Zeitreferenz im Deutschen und Schwedischen: Eine konfrontative Studie.”  [Indirect speech and temporal reference in German and Swedish: a contrastive study.] Ingeborg Imig (ed.), Nordeuropa. (Studien, 19.) Greifswald: Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Ernst-Moritz-Arndt Universität Greifswald, 125-34.

1451. _____. 1986a. “Zeitrelationen und Sprechereinstellung in indirekter Rede.”  [Temporal relations and speaker attitude in indirect speech.] Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Karl Marx Universität Leipzig, Gesellschaftswissenschaftliche Reihe 35.33-39.

1452. Dies, T. D. 1992. “O nalozhenii aspektual’nyx i modal’nyx situatsij v kontekste.”  [On the imposition of aspectual and modal situations in context.] Russkij jazyk za rubezhom 1.108-12.

1453. Diesing, Molly. 2000. “Aspect in Yiddish: The Semantics of an Inflectional Head.” Natural Language Semantics 8.231-53.

1454. Dietrich, G. 1969. “Ein Schmerzenskind der englischen Grammatik: Der Gebrauch des Präterits und des Perfekts im Englischen.”  [A...  of English grammar: the use of the preterite and the perfect.] Praxis des neusprachlichen Unterrichts 4.402-12.

1455. Dietrich, Gerhard. 1955. Erweitere Form, Präteritum und Perfektum im Englischen: Eine Aspekt- und Tempusstudie.  [The extended form, preterite and perfect in English: a study of aspect and tense.] (Studien und Texte zur englische Philologie, 2.) München: Heuber.

1456. Dietrich, Rainer. 1995. “The Acquisition of German.” Rainer Dietrich, Wolfgang Klein, and Colette Noyau  (eds.), The Acquisition of Temporality in a Second Language. (Studies in Bilingualism.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 71-115.

1457. Dietrich, W. 1973. “Der periphrastische Verbalaspekt im Griechischen und Lateinischen.”  [Periphrastic verbal aspect in Greek and Latin.] Glotta 51.188-228.

1458. Dietrich, Wolf. 1973. Der periphrastische Verbalaspekt in den romanischen Sprachen: Untersuchung zum heutigen romanischen Verbal system und zum Problem der Herkunft des periphrastischen Verbalaspekts.  [Periphhrastic verbal aspect in the Romance languages: investigation of the present-day Romance verbal system and the problem of the origin of periphrastic verbal aspect.] (Beihefte zur Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie, 140.) Tübingen : Niemeyer.  Translated 1983 by Marcos Martínez Hernández as El aspecto verbal perifrástico en las lenguas románicas, Madrid: Editorial Gredos, PC 145 D54 1983.

1459. _____. 1985. “Die Entwicklung der aspektuellen Verbalperiphrasen im Italienischen und Spanischen.”  [The development of aspectual verbal periphrases in Italian and Spanish.] Romanische Forschungen 97.197-225.

1460. Dik, Simon. 1994. “Verbal Semantics in Functional Grammar.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg  (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 23-42.

1461. Dik, Simon C. 1983. “Auxiliary and Copula Be in a Functional Grammar of English.” F. Heny and B. Richards (eds.), Linguistic Categories: Auxiliaries and Related Puzzles. Dordrecht: Reidel, 121-43.

1462. Diki-Kidiri, Marcel. 1988. “Aspect, modes et temps en sango.”  [Aspect, moods and tenses in Sango.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 117-24.

1463. Dillard, M. 1973. “The Spanish Past Tenses.” R. Nash (ed.), Readings in Spanish-English contrastive linguistics. Hato Rey, Puerto Rico: Inter-American University Press220-27.

1464. Dillon, George L. 1973. “Perfect and Other Aspects in a Case Grammar of English.” Journal of Linguistics 9.271-79.

1465. Dilys, Rosalind. 1998. “Reference values in present-tense when-clauses.” Belgian Journal of Linguistics 12.189-208.

1466. Dimitrova, Mariika. 1991. “Za vruzkata mezhdu semantika na slovoobrazuvatelnata predstavka i valentnost na izkhodnite leksemi v nemskiya i bulgarskiya ezik.”  [On the relationship between the semantics of the word-formational prefix and the base lexeme’s semantics in German and Bulgarian.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 16.20-27.

1467. Dimitrova, Stefana. 1988. “O nekotoryx printsipax peredachi sobytij v bolgarskom tekste (v sopostavlenii s russkim).”  [On some principles of rendering events in Bulgarian texts (in comparison with Russian).] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 13.21-27.

1468. Dimitrova-Vulchanova, Mila. 1999. Verb Semantics, Diathesis and Aspect. (LINCOM Studies in Theoretical Linguistics, 8.) Munich: LINCOM Europa.

1469. Dineva, Aneta. 1994. “Some Theoretical Principles of Cognitive Linguistics and their Application to the Study of the Semantics of Verbal Tenses.” Stanisÿaw Karolak, Violetta Koseska-Toszewa, Jean-Pierre Desclés, and Zlatka Guentchéva (eds.), Studia kognitywe = Études cognitives: Vol. 1. Semantyka kategorii aspecktu i czasu = Sémantique des catégories d’aspect et de temps. Warszawa: Slawistyczny Os’rodek Wyd, 149-59.

1470. Dini, Luca and Pier-Marco Bertinetto. 1995. “Punctual Verbs and the Linguistic Ontology of Events.” Quaderni del Laboratorio di Linguistica 9.123-60.

1471. Dinsmore, John. 1981. “Tense Choice and Time Specification in English.” Linguistics 19.475-94.

1472. _____. 1982. “The Semantic Nature of Reichenbach’s Tense System.” Glossa 16.216-39.

1473. _____. 1987. “Discourse models and the English tense system.” Proceedings of Cognitive Science Society 9, 934-37.

1474. _____. 1991. “The Logic and Functions of the English Past and Perfect.” Carol Georgopolous and Roberta Ishihara (eds.), Interdisciplinary Approaches to Language: Essays in Honor of S.-Y. Kuroda. Dordrecht: Kluwer, 101-17.

1475. Diogenes Laertius. 1925. Diogenes Laertius II: Lives of Eminent Philosophers. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press (Loeb Classical Library).  Reprinted, 1958.

1476. Dionysius Thrax. 1867. Dionysii Thracis Ars Grammatica et Scholia in Dionysii Thracis Artem Grammaticam.  [Dionysius Thrax’s The Grammatical Art, with Scholia.] (Grammatici Graeci, part 1.) Leipzig: Teubner.  Reprinted, Hildesheim, George Olms, 1951.

1477. _____. 1874. The Grammar of Dionysios Thrax. St. Louis: R. P. Studley.  Translated by Thomas Davidson.  Reprinted from the Journal of Speculative Philosophy.

1478. DiPaolo, M. and C. S. Smith. 1978. “Cognitive and Linguistic Factors in the Acquisition of Temporal and Aspectual Expressions.” P. French (ed.), Development of Meaning, The. Tokyo: Bunka Hyoron.

1479. Dittmann, Jürgen. 1976. Sprechhandlungstheorie und Tempusgrammatik: Futurformen und Zukunftsbezug in der gesprochenen deutschen Standardsprache.  [Speech act theory and tense grammar: future forms and future reference in spoken standard German.] (Heutigen Deutsch I, Linguistische Grundlagen, 8.) München: Hueber.

1480. Diver, William. 1963. “The Chronological System of the English Verb.” Word 19.141-81.

1481. _____. 1969. “The System of Relevance of the Homeric Verb.” Acta Linguistica Hafniensia 12.45-68. Responded to in Friedrich (1974).

1482. Dixon, R. 1995. “Tense-aspect.” Presentation at Workshop on Grammatical Categories, Department of Linguistics, Australian National University.

1483. Dixon, R.  M. W. 1976. Grammatical Categories in Australian Languages. (Linguistic Series, 22.) n. p.: Humanities Press

1484. _____. 1980. “Verbs.” R. M. W. Dixon (ed.), The Languages of Australia. (Cambridge Language Surveys.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.  Chapter 12.

1485. Djebli, Moktar. 1994. “La négation en arabe.”  [Negation in Arabic.] LINX: Linguistique Institut Nanterre-Paris-X Supplement.323-29.

1486. Djin-jic, Slavoljub

. 1975. “Glagolski Vid u Savremenom Turskom Jeziku.”  [Verb aspect in the contemporary Turkish language.] Linguistica 15.51-61.

1487. Dobbs-Allsopp, F. W. 1995. “Ingressive qwm in Biblical Hebrew.” Zeitschrift für Althebraistik 8.31-54.

1488. Dobrynina, E. B. 1989. “Vzaimosvyaz’znachenij kolichestvennoj aspektual’nosti v sovremennom niderlandskom jazyke.”  [Interconnection of Some Aspectual Meanings in Modern Dutch.] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 44.103-05.

1489. Doherty, M. 1972. “‘Noch’and ‘Schon’ and their Presuppositions.” Ferenz Kiefer and Nicholas Ruwet (eds.), Generative Grammar in Europe. (Foundations of Language Supplementary Series, 13.) Dordrecht: D. Reidel, 154-77.

1490. Doiz Bienzobas, Aintzane. 1995. “The Preterite and the Imperfect in Spanish: Past Situation vs. Past Viewpoint.”  PhD dissertation, University of California, San Diego.

1491. Dokulil, M. 1948. “Modifikace vidového protikladu v rámci imperativu v spisovné cestine a rustine.”  [Modifications of aspectual oppositions in the imperative in Czech and Russian.] Pocta Fr. Trávníckovi a F. Wollmanovi, 71-88.

1492. Dolinina, Inga B. 1999. “Distributivity: more than aspect.” Werner Abraham and Leonid Kulikov (eds.), Tense-Aspect, Transitivity and Causativity: Essays in Honour of Vladimir Nedjalkov. (Studies in Language Companion Series, 50.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 185-205.

1493. Dombrovskaja, Raysa A. 1978. “Nekotorye printsipy opisanija temporal’noj sistemy i semantiki vremennyx form nemetskogo jazyka.”  [Some principles pertaining to the description of the tense system and semantics of the German verb.] Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Friedrich Schiller Universität Jena, Gesellschafts- / Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 27.695-702.

1494. Dombrovsky, J. 1962. “Les question d’origine des aspects verbaux slave: (Suite.).”  [The question of the origin of Slavic verbal aspects: continued.] Slavica 2.25-36.

1495. Dominicy, Marc. 1983. “Time, Tense and Restriction: On the French periphrases ‘venir de’ + infinitive.” L. Tasmowski  and D. Willems (eds.), Problems in Syntax. Ghent: Plenum, 325-46. Also Communication and Cognition 16:133-54 (1983).

1496. Donabédian, Anaïd. 1996. “Pour une interprétation des différentes valeurs du médiatif en arménien occidental.”  [For an interpretation of the various meanings of the evidential in western Armenian.] Zlatka Guentchéva (ed.), L’Énonciation Médiatisée. Louvain and Paris: Peeters, 87-108.

1497. Donaldson, S. 1973. “Faulty Referents in their Relationship to Tense.” Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 3.155-71.

1498. Donatus (Probus Donatus Servius). 1864. De arte grammatica libri with Notae laterculi.  (Grammatici Latini, 4.) Leipzig: Teubner.  Reprinted, Hildesheim, George Olms, 1961

1499. Dooley, Robert A., Harold G. Green, and  Mary L. Daniel. 1977. “Aspectos Verbais e Categorias Discursivas da Lingua Palikur.”  [Verbal aspects and discourse categories in Palikur.] Serie Linguistica 7.7-28.

1500. Dordevic, Miloje. 1994. “Vom Aspekt zum Tempus im Deutschen.”  [From aspect to tense in German.] Deutsche Sprache 22.289-309.

1501. Dorfmüller-Karpusa, Käthi. 1979. “Aspekte der temporalen Relationen in Texten.”  [Aspects of temporal relations in texts.] E. Weigand and G. Tschauder (eds.), Perspektive textintern: Akten des 14. Linguistischen Kolloquiums Bochum 1979. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 225-37.

1502. _____. 1981. “Temporale Referenz und ihre Manifestation.”  [Temporal reference and its manifestation.] K. et al. Detering (ed.), Sprache erkennen und verstehen: Akten des 16. Linguistischen Kolloquiums Kiel 1981. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 3-12.

1503. _____. 1982. “Vermittlung aspektueller Informationen in Texten.”  [The imparting of aspectual information in texts.] Rene Jongen, Sabine De-Knop, Peter H. Nelde, and Marie-Paule Quix (eds.), Akten des 17. Linguistischen Kolloquiums, Brussel, 1982, I: Sprache, Diskurs und Text; II: Mehrsprachigkeit und Gesellschaft. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 155-64.

1504. _____. 1983. Temporalität, Theorie und Allgemeinwissen in der Textinterpretation: Eine sprachübergreifende Analyse.  [Temporality, theory and general knowledge in text interpretation: a language-spreading analysis.] Hamburg: H. Buske.

1505. _____. 1985. “The Expression of Time in Texts.” Werner Hüllen and Rainer Schulze (eds.), Tempus, Zeit und Text. Heidelberg: Winter, 39-51. Also in Anglistik und Englischunterricht 27.39-51.

1506. _____. 1988. “Temporal and Aspectual Relations as Text-constitutive Elements.” J. S. Petöfi (ed.), Text and Discourse Constitution: Empirical Aspects, Theoretical Approaches. Berlin: de Gruyter, 134-69.

1507. Dorodnikh, Anatolij. 1989. “The English Progressive and Other Verb Forms in a Historical Perspective.” Folia Linguistica Historica 9.105-116.

1508. Doron, Edit. 2001. “The Aspect of Agentivity.” To be presented at The Syntax of Aspect, Research Workshop of the Israel Science Foundation, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, June.

1509. Dorper, Sven. 1990. “Recherches sur ma + inf ‘je vais’ en français.”  [Research on ma + infinitive ‘I’m going to’ in French.] Revue Québecoise de Linguistique 19.101-28.

1510. Dorr, Bonnie J.. 1992. “A Two-Level Knowledge Representation for Machine Translation: Lexical Semantics and Tense/Aspect.” James Pustejovsky and Sabine Bergler (eds.), Lexical Semantics and Knowledge Representation: Proceedings of the 1st SIGLEX Workshop, Berkeley, California, USA, June 17, 1991. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science: Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, 627.) Berlin: Springer, 269-87.

1511. _____ and Mari Broman Olsen. 1996. “Multilingual Generation : The Role of Telicity in Lexical Choice and Syntactic Realization.” Machine Translation 11.37-74.

1512. Doss, Madiha. 1987. “Further Remarks on the Use of B-Imperfect in Spoken Literary Arabic.” Zeitschrift für arabische Linguistik 17.93-95.

1513. Dostál, A. 1939. “Príspevky ke zkoumání slovesny’ch vidu°.”  [Contributions to the study of verbal aspect.] Casopis pro moderní filologie 25.292-307.

1514. _____. 1944-45. “Staroslovenská praeterita, jejich cas a vid.”  [Old Church Slavonic preterites, tense and aspect.] Ceski casopis filologicky 3.65-70, 111-16, 219-25.

1515. _____. 1946. “Review of Régnell (1944).” Listy filologické 70.118-22.

1516. Dostál, Antonín. 1954. Studie o vidovém systému v staroslovenstine.  [Studies on the aspectual system in Old Church Slavonic.] Prague: Státni pedagogické nakladatelstvi.

1517. _____. 1962. “L’expression des modalités et du procès de l’action verbale et l’aspect verbal en slave.”  [The expression of the modalities and of the process of verbal action and verbal aspect in Slavic.] Mélanges linguistiques offerts à Emil Petrovici par ses amis étrangers à l’occasion de son soixantième anniversaire, 157-64.

1518. Douaud, Patrick C. and Mary C. Cronin. 1980. “An Aspectual Study of ‘To Be’ in Irish and in Spanish.” Papers in Linguistics 13.707-720.

1519. Downing, Angela. 1996. “Discourse-Pragmatic distinctions of the Past-in-Present in English and Spanish.” Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett,Christopher  Butler, and Guowen Huang (eds.), Meaning and Form: Systemic Functional Interpretations: Meaning and Choice in Language: Studies For Michael Halliday. (Advances in Discourse Process (ADP), 57.)  Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 509-31.

1520. Dowty, David. 1997. “On the Neo-Davidsonian view of events and related topics.” Presented at Workshop on Events as Grammatical Objects, from the combined perspectives of lexical semantics, logical semantics and syntax, Linguistic Society of America 1997 Summer Institute, Cornell University.

1521. Dowty, David R. 1972. Studies in the Logic of Verb Aspect and Time Reference in English. (Studies in LinguisticS, 1.) Austin: University of Texas, Department of Linguistics.

1522. _____. 1972a. “Temporally Restrictive Adjectives.” Syntax and Semantics 1.51-62.

1523. _____. 1974. “Stative in the Progressive and other Essence/accident Contrasts.” Linguistic Inquiry 6.579-88.

1524. _____. 1976. “Montague Grammar and the Lexical Decomposition of Causative Verbs.” Barbara Hall Partee (ed.), Montague Grammar. New York City: Academic Press, 201-45.

1525. _____. 1977. “Toward a Semantic Analysis of Verb Aspect and the English ‘Imperfective’ Progressive.” Linguistics and Philosophy 1.45-78.

1526. _____. 1979. Word Meaning and Montague Grammar. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.

1527. _____. 1982. “Tenses, Time Adverbs, and Compositional Semantic Theory.” Linguistics and Philosophy 5.23-55. Presented, 1980, at the 4th Annual Groningen Conference.

1528. _____. 1986. “The Effects of Aspectual Class on the Temporal Structure of Discourse: semantics or pragmatics?.” Linguistics and Philosophy 9.37-61. Ms., 1982.

1529. _____, Robert E. Wall, Stanley Peters. 1981. Introduction to Montague Semantics. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.

1530. Drenjasova, T. N. 1991. “K voprosu funktsionirovanija elementov polia aspektual’nosti v niderlandskom jazyke.”  [Toward the question of the functioning of elements of aspectuality in the Dutch language.] Izvestija akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 50.207-14.

1531. Drenska, Margarita. 1991. “Portugalskoto glagolno vreme Preterito Perfeito Composto i prevodnite mu ekvivalenti na bulgarski ezik.”  [The Portuguese tense preterito perfeito composto (complex preterite perfect) and Its translational equivalents in Bulgarian.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 16.28-36.

1532. Drenyasova, T. N. 1991. “K voprosu funktsionirovanija elementov polja aspektual’nosti v niderlandskom jazyke.”  [On the question of the functioning of the elements of the aspectuality field in the Dutch language.] Izvestija akademii nauk SSSR, Serija literatury i jazyka 50.207-14.

1533. Dressler, Wolfgang. 1968. Studien zur verbalen Pluralität: Iterativum, Distributivum, Durativum, Intensivum in der allgemeinen Grammatik, in Lateinischen and Hethitischen.  [Studies on verbal plurality: iterative, distributive, durative, intensive in general grammar, Latin, and Hittite.] Vienna: Hermann Böihlaus.

1534. Dretske, F. 1967. “Can events move?” Mind 76.479-92.

1535. _____. 1977. “Referring to events.” Midwest Studies in Philosophy 2.90-99.

1536. Drettas, Georges. 1988. “D’un aspect à l’autre.”  [From one aspect to the other.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 205-22.

1537. Drinka, Bridget. 1995. “Areal Linguistics in Prehistory: Evidence from Indo-European Aspect.” Henning Andersen (ed.), Historical Linguistics 1993: Selected Papers from the 11th International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Los Angeles, 16-20 August 1993. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 143-158.

1538. Driver, G. R. 1936. Problems of the Hebrew Verbal System. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark.

1539. Driver, S. R. 1881. Treatise on the Use of the Tenses in Hebrew and Some other Syntactical Questions. Oxford: Clarendon Press.  2nd edition; 3rd edition, 1892.

1540. Drolc, Ursula. 1992. “On the PERFECT in Swahili.” Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere  29.63-87.

1541. Droste, Frederik Gerrit. 1958. “Aspecten en aktionsarten in het Nederlandse verbale systeem.”  [Aspects and Aktionsarten in the Dutch verbal system.] Uit de school van Michels: Opstellen aangeboden aan Prof. Dr. L. C. Michels bij zijn afscheid als hoogleraar te Nijmegen op 30 mei 1958, 218-36.

1542. _____. 1958. “Het temporale stelsel in het moderne Nederlands.”  [The temporal system in modern Dutch.] De Nieuwe Taalgids 51.305-12.

1543. Druet, F.-X. 1983. “L’aspect en grec classique: une école de nuances.”  [Aspect in Classical Greek: a school of nuances.] Les études classiques 51.97-104.

1544. Druzhinina, O. P. 1951. “Sistema form budushchego vremeni v sovremennom nemetskom jayke.”  [The system of forms of the future tense in the contemporary German language.] Inostrannye Jazyki v Shkole 5.24-36.

1545. Dry, Helen. 1979. “Four Temporal Effects of Narrative now.” Texas Linguistic Forum 15.60-69.

1546. _____. 1981. “Sentence Aspect and the Movement of Narrative Time.” Text 1.233-40. Presented at Linguistic Society of America annual meeting, 1978.

1547. _____. 1983. “The Movement of Narrative Time.” Journal of Literary Semantics 12.19-53.

1548. Du, Juliet Wai-hong. 2000. “Imperfective Aspect and Event Participants in English, Chinese, Korean and Japanese.” Presented at  Berkeley Linguistics Society annual meeting.

1549. du Plooy, G. P. V. 1991. “Aspect and Biblical Exegesis.” Neotestamentica 25.157-70.

1550. Dubois, B. L. 1972. “The Meaning and the Distribution of the Perfects in Present-day American English Writing.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of New Mexico

1551. DuBois, Carl D., John Upton, and Kenneth L. Pike. 1980. “Constraints on Complexity Seen via Fused Vectors of an n-Dimensional Semantic Space (Sarangani Manobo, Philippines).” Semiotica 29.209-43.

1552. DuBois Des Lauriers, Hélène. 1998. “L’expression de la chromaticité en français.” [The expression of chromaticity in French.]  PhD dissertation, University of Montréal, Québec.

1553. Dubos, U. 1984. “Les repérages modaux sont-ils vehicules par des marqueurs spécifiques?: Une Contribution a la discussion prétérit simple vs en prétérit ING.”  [Are modal locations vehicles for specific markers?: A contribution to the discussion simple past vs. preterite -ing.] Sigma 8.1-25.

1554. Dubos, Ulrika. 1986. “L’imbrication des domaines subjectif et temporel dans certains repérages modaux.”  [Overlapping of the domains of the subjective and the temporal in certain modal locations.] Modèles Linguistiques 9.405-26.

1555. _____. 1992. “Déixis, temporalité et le concept de ‘situation’.”  [Deixis, temporality, and the concept of “situation”.] Mary-Annick Morel and Laurent Danon-Boileau (eds.), La Déixis: Colloque en Sorbonne 8-9 Juin 1990. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 319-30.

1556. _____. 1994. “Parcours, occurrence et valeurs indéfinies.”  [Course, occurrence and indefinite values.] Faits de Langues 4.177-85.

1557. Dubrovina, V. F. 1960. “Aorist v jazyke drevnegrecheskoj klassicheskoj prozy (Indikativ v glavnom i nezavisinom predlozhenii).” [The aorist in the language of classical Greek prose (indicative in the main and independent clause).]  PhD dissertation, University of Moscow.

1558. Dubsky’, Josef. 1957. “Atténuation de la valeur aspectuelle de la périphrase du verbe venir de suivi de l’infinitif.”  [The lessening of the aspectual value of the verbal periphrase venir de + infinitive.] Sborník Prací Filosofické Fakulty Brnenské Univ. 6 (A5).101-04.

1559. _____. 1961. “Aspect du verbe et l’action verbale en français et en espagnol.”  [The aspect of the verb and verbal action in French and Spanish.] Sborník Prací Filosofické Fakulty Brnenské Univ. 10 (49).157-64.

1560. Duchet, Jean-Louis. 1995. “The Albanian Tense System.” Rolf Thieroff (ed.), Tense Systems in European Languages, II. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 338.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 253-75.

1561. _____ and Remzi Përnaska. 1996. “L’Admiratif albanais: Recherche d’un invariant sémantique.”  [The Albanian admirative: the search for a semantic invariant.] Zlatka Guentchéva (ed.), L’Énonciation Médiatisée. Louvain and Paris: Peeters, 31-46.

1562. Ducrot, Oswald. 1979. “L’imparfait en français.”  [The imperfect in French.] Linguistische Berichte 60.1-23. Also 1983 in Franz-Josef  Hausmann, ed., Études de grammaire francaise descriptive, Heidelberg : Julius Groos Verlag, 25-44.

1563. Duda, Walter, Wilfried Fiedler, and Barbel Müller. 1981. “Zum Ausdruck der Handlungsphasen im Deutschen und in den sud- und westslawischen Sprachen.”  [On the expression of action phases in German and South- and West-Slavic languages.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 26.54-57.

1564. Dudman, V. H. 1983. “Tense and Time in English Verb Clusters of the Primary Pattern.” Australian Journal of Linguistics 3.25-44.

1565. Dudman, V. H. 1985. “Thinking about the Future.” Analysis 45 (208).183-86.

1566. Duffield, N. 1998. “Deriving Temporal and Modal Interpretation in Vietnamese.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

1567. Duffley, Patrick J. 1992. The English Infinitive. London: Longmans.

1568. _____. 1995. “Defining the Potential Meaning of the English -ing Form in a Psychomechanical Approach.” Langues et Linguistique 21.1-11.

1569. _____. 1999. “Imperfectivity and the Participial Use of the -ing Form.” Langues et Linguistique 25.215-23.

1570. Dufresne, Monique and Fernande Dupuis. 1998. “The role of verbal-prefixes and the status of grammatical change.” Presented at The Fifth Diachronic Generative Syntax Conference, York University.

1571. Duhácek, O. 1966. “Sur le problème de l’aspect et du caractère de l’action verbale en français.”  [On the problem of aspect and Aktionsart in French.] Le français moderne 34.161-84.

1572. Duhoux, Y. 1988. “Le systeme verbal grec: l’état mycénien.”  [The Greek verbal system: the Mycaenean state.] A. Rijksbaron, Mulder, H.A. and Wakker, G.C. (eds.), In the Footsteps of Raphael Kuehner. Amsterdam, 121-134.

1573. _____. 1992. Le verbe grec ancien: elements de morphologie et de syntaxe historiques.  [The Ancient Greek verb: elements of morphology and syntax.] Louvain-la-Neuve: Peeters.

1574. Dumais, Danielle. 1995. “Propriétés syntaxiques et lexicales du verbe fe en créole haïtien.”  [Syntactic and lexical properties of the verb fe in Haitian Creole.] Linguistique Africaine 14.105-44.

1575. Dupont, Norbert. 1986. “Valeurs aspectu-temporelles du passé composé en français dans le système de l’indicatif.”  [Aspectuo-temporal values of the passé composé in French in the system of the indicative.] S. Remi-Giraud and M. Le Guern (eds.), Sur le verbe. Lyons: Presses Universitaires de Lyons, 61-90.

1576. Durin, Jean. 1982. “L’aspect dans la structure de récit.”  [“Aspect” in the structure of the narrative.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 7.13-26.

1577. _____. 1983. “Critique de la théorie de l’aspect chez A. V. Bondarko.”  [Critique of the theory of aspect of A. V. Bondarko.] Paul Garde (ed.), IIIe colloque de linguistique russe. Paris: Institut d’Études Slaves, 85-99.

1578. Durrell, Martin and David Brée. 1993. “German Temporal Prepositions from an English Perspective.” Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbett (ed.), The semantics of prepositions: from mental processing to natural language processing. (Natural Language Processing, 3.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 295-325.

1579. Durst-Andersen, P. 1994. “Russian Aspects as Different Statement Models.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 81-112.

1580. Durst-Andersen, P. V. 1995. “Mental’naja grammatika i lingvisticheskie supertipy.”  [Mental grammar and linguistic supertypes.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 44.30-42.

1581. Durst-Andersen, Per. 1986. “Russian Qualitative Aspect: Referential and Propositional Semantics.” CEBAL: Copenhagen School of Economics and Business Administration. Language Departmentguages 9.27-57.

1582. _____. 1992. Mental Grammar: Russian aspect and related issues. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.  Reviewed in Yokoyama (1995), Mehlig (1997).

1583. Dusková, L. 1976. “On Some Differences in the Use of the Perfect and Preterite between British and American English.” Prague Studies in Mathematical Linguistics 5.53-68.

1584. Dusková, Libuse. 1974. “Perfect Tenses in English vs the Perfective Aspect in Czech.” Philologica Pragensia 17.67-91.

1585. Dutmescu-Coliban, Taina. 1981. “Towards a Definition of Aspect.” Revue roumaine de linguistique 26.263-74.

1586. Dzhorbenadze, B. A. 1989. “Inkhoativ v gruzinskom jazyke.”  [In Georgian?] Iberijsko-Kavkazskoe Jazykoznanie 28.172-87.

1587. Eastman, Carol M. 1979. “Spatial and Temporal Boundedness in Haida.” Anthropological Linguistics 21.224-31.

1588. Eastman, Carol, Robert Welsch, and Daniel Vaughan. 1975. “On Tense and Aspects of Aspect in Haida: Hydaburg Dialect.” Robert St. Clair (ed.), Papers from the 10th International Conference on Salishan Languages, August 14-16, 1975. Louisville, Kentucky: University of Louisville Press, 96-117.

1589. Ebata, Yoshio. 1978. “On ‘Negative-Past’ Expressions in the Dialects of the Chubu Area in Japan.” Gengo Kenkyu 3.1-20.

1590. Ebeling, C. L. 1962. “A Semantic Analysis of the Dutch Tenses.” Lingua 11.86-99.

1591. Eberenz, Rolf. 1981. Tempus und Textkonstitution im Spanischen: Eine Untersuchung zum Verhalten der Zeitform auf Satz- und Texteben. (Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik, 153.) Tübingen: Narr.

1592. _____. 1982. “Las conjunciones temporales del español: Esbozo del sistema actual y de la trayectoria histórica en la norma peninsular.”  [The temporal conjunctions of Spanish: a sketch of the present-day system and the historical trajectory in the peninsular norm.] Boletín de la Real Academia Española 62.289-385.

1593. Eberle, K. 1990. “Eventualities in natural language understanding systems.” K. Bläsius, U. Hedstück, and C. Rollinger (eds.), Sorts and Types in Artificial Intelligence. Berlin: Springer, 209-39.

1594. _____. 1992. “On representing the temporal structure of a natural language text.” Proceedings of COLING 1992, 288-94.

1595. Eberle, Kurt. 1996. “The Influence of Plural NPs on Aktionsart in DRT.” Tense and Aspect meeting, Cognitive Science, Edinburgh University: 25/06/96.

1596. _____. 1997. “Zur Interaktion von Satz-Aktionsart, Informationsstrukturierung und temporaler Textorganisation.” [On the interaction of sentence-Aktionsart, information structuring, and the temporal organization of texts.]  Deutsche Gesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft,  19. Jahrestagung,  Düsseldorf, 26. bis 28. Februar 1997, Arbeitsgrup 1, Sprache und Zeit.

1597. _____  and W. Kasper. 1994. “French Past Tenses and Temporal Structure.” Rolf Thieroff and Joachim Ballweg (eds.), Tense Systems in European Languages. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 308.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 149-71.

1598. Ebert, Johannes. 1966. “‘Et cette vie dura dix ans’ (Maupassant, La Parure): Zur untrerrichtlichen Auswertung der Tempuslehre von Weinrich.”  [“And that life will last ten years”: the educational utilization of the tense theory of Weinrich.] Der neureren Sprachen 15.531-35.

1599. Ebert, Karen. 1995. “Ambiguous perfect-progressive forms across languages.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, Östen Dahl, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal reference, Aspect and Actionality, vol. II, Typological Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 185-203.

1600. Ebert, Karen H. 1989. “Aspektmarkierung im Fering (Nordfriesisch) und verwandten Sprachen.”  [Aspect marking in Fering (North Frisian) and related languages.] Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus—Aspekt—Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 293-322.

1601. _____. 1996. “Progressive aspect in German and Dutch.” Journal of Germanic Linguistics and Semiotics 1.41-62.

1602. _____. 1999. “Degrees of focality in Kalmyk imperfectives.” Werner Abraham and Leonid Kulikov (eds.), Tense-Aspect, Transitivity and Causativity: Essays in Honour of Vladimir Nedjalkov. (Studies in Language Companion Series, 50.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 323-39.

1603. _____. 2000. “Aspect in Maltese.” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

1604. _____ 2000a. “Progressives in Germanic Languages.” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

1605. _____ and Jarich Hoekstra. 1996. “The Progressive in West Frisian and North Frisian: Similarities and Areal Differences.” Nowele 28-29.81-101.

1606. Ebneter, T. 1966. “Aviri a + infinitif et le problème du futur en sicilien.”  [Aviri a + infinitive and the problem of the future in Sicilian.] Cahiers Ferdinand de Saussure 23.33-48.

1607. Ebneter, Theodore. 1973. “Das Bündnerromanische Futur: Syntax der mit vegnir under habere gebildeten Futurtypen in Gegenwart und Vergangenheit.”  [The Swiss Romansh future: syntax of the type of future constructed with vegnir under habere in the future and the past.] Romanica Helvetica 84.

1608. Eckardt, Regine. 1996. “The scope of events, noun phrases, and temporal PPs.” Presented at conference on Sinn und Bedeutung, Tübingen.

1609. Eckert, Eva. 1984. “Aspect in Repetitive Contexts in Russian and Czech.” Michael S. Flier and Alan Timberlake (eds.), The Scope of Slavic Aspect. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 12.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 169-80.

1610. _____. 1991. “Prefixed Motion Verbs of Coming and Leaving in Standard and Spoken Czech as Compared to Russian.” A. A. Barentsen, B. M. Groen, and R. Sprenger (eds.), Studies in West Slavic and Baltic Linguistics. Atlanta, Georgia: Rodopi, 85-105.

1611. Eckert, Rainer. 1996. “Zum Präteritum Frequentativum im Litauischen und einer Entsprechung desselben im Lettischen.”  [On the frequentative preterite in Lithuanian and its Latvian equivalent.] Sborník Prací Filosofické Fakulty Brnenské Univ., A: Rada Jazykovedna 45, A 44.39-46.

1612. Eckert, V. 1909. Beiträge zur Geschichte des Gerundiums im Deutschen.  [Contributions to the history of the gerund in German.] Heidelberg: Universitäts-Buchdr. von J. Härning.

1613. Edgren, Eva. 1972. Temporal Clauses in English. Uppsala: Almqvist & Wiksell.  Uppsala University dissertation, 1971.

1614. _____. 1985. “The progressive in English: another new approach.” Studia Linguistica 39.67-83.

1615. Edmonds, Joseph. 1976. “Arguments for Assigning Tense Meanings after Certain Syntactic Transformations Apply.” Edward Keenan (ed.), Formal Semantics of Natural Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press , 351-72.

1616. Edwards, G. Patrick. 1987. “Meaning and Aspect in the Verb Opuio.” Minos 20-22.173-81.

1617. Edwards, Walter. 1991. “Comparative Description of Guyanese Creole and Black English Preverbal Aspect Marker Don.” Walter F. Edwards and Donald Winford (eds.), Verb Phrase Patterns in Black English and Creole. Detroit, Michigan: Wayne State University Press, 240-55.

1618. Egerod, Søren. 1994. “Aspect in Chinese.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 279-310.

1619. Egg, Markus. 1994. Aktionsart und Kompositionalität: Zur kompositionellen Ableitung der Aktionsart komplexer Kategorien.  [Aktionsart and compositionality: on the compositional derivation of the aktionsart of complex categories.] (Studia Grammatica, 37.) Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.  PhD dissertation, University of Konstanz, 1993

1620. _____. 1995. “Aktionsarten in der HPSG.” [Aktionsarten in the HPSG.]  Invited talk, workshop on aspect, University of Düsseldorf, May.

1621. _____. 1995a. “Aspect and Quantification : an iterative approach.”  Read at 10th Amsterdam Colloquium, December, and at the Conference “Facts and events in the semantics of natural language”, University of Trient, August.

1622. _____. 1995b. “The Intergressive as a New Category of Verbal Aktionsart.” Journal of Semantics 12.311-56.

1623. _____. 1995c. “Iteration bei Frequenzadverbien und aktionsartenbeeinflussenden DPs.” [Iteration on the part of adverbs of frequency and Aktionsart-influencing DPs.]  Special interest group “Focus and Frequency Adverbials” of the Sonderforschungsbereich SFB 340, Tübingen.

1624. _____. 1999. “Against punctuality.” Presented at Sinn & Bedeutung 1999, Düsseldorf, October 3-6.

1625. Eggs, Ekkehard. 1993. “Vergangenheitstempora im Spanischen und Französischen.”  [Past tenses in Spanish and French.] Christian Schmitt (ed.), Grammatikographie der romanischen Sprachen: Akten der gleichnamigen Sektion des Bamberger Romanistentages (23.-29.9.1991). Bonn: Romanistischer Verlag, 97-134.

1626. Ehrhart, Sabine. 1992. “The Development of the Preverbal Markers in St-Louis-Creole: The Formation of a TMA-System?.” Language Sciences 14.233-47.

1627. Ehrich, Veronika. 1989. “Die Temporale Festlegung lokaler Referenz.”  [The temporal fixing of local reference.] Christopher Habel, Michael Herweg, and Klaus Rehkamper (eds.), Raumkonzepte in Verstehensprozessen: Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zu Sprache und Raum. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 233.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 1-16.

1628. _____. 1992. Hier und jetzt: Studien zur lokalen und temporalen Deixis im Deutschen.  [Hier (‘here’) and jetzt (‘now’): studies on local and temporal deixis in German.] Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1629. _____. 1992a. “Wann ist jetzt?: Anmerkungen zum Adverbialen Zeitlexikon des Deutschen.”  [When Is now? Remarks on the German adverbial time lexicon.] Kognitionswissenschaft 2.119-35.

1630. _____ and Heinz Vater. 1989. “Das Perfekt im Dänischen und Deutschen.”  [The perfect in Danish and Dutch.] Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus—Aspekt—Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 103-32.

1631. Ehrlich, S. 1990. Point of View: A Linguistic Analysis of Literary Style. London: Routledge.  Cf. Ehrlich (1986).

1632. Ehrlich, Susan. 1986. “A Linguistic Analysis of Point of View in Fiction.” PhD dissertation, University of Toronto.  Cf. Ehrlich (1990).

1633. _____. 1987. “Aspect, Foregrounding and Point of View.” Text 7.363-76.

1634. _____. 1990. “Referential Linking and the Interpretation of Tense.” Journal of Pragmatics 14.57-75.

1635. Eichinger, Ludwig M. 1989. Raum und Zeit im Verbwortschatz des Deutschen: eine valenzgrammatische Studie.  [Space and time in the verbal vocabulary of German: a valence-grammatical study.] (Linguistische Arbeiten, 224.) Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1636. _____. 1995. “O Tempora, (o Modi!): Synthetische und analytische Tempusformen in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache.”  [O tempora, (o modi!): Synthetic and analytic tense forms in contemporary German.] Eurogermanistik 6: Auf dem Weg zu einer semantischen Grammatik.  Festschrift für Paul Valentin zum 60. Geburtstag, 105-19.

1637. Eisele, John. 1990. “Aspectual Classification of Verbs in Cairene Arabic.” Mushira Eid (ed.), Perspectives on Arabic Linguistics II: Papers from the Second Annual Symposium on Arabic Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 192-233.

1638. Eisele, John C. 1990. “Time Reference, Tense, and Formal Aspect in Cairene Arabic.” Mushira Eid (ed.), Perspectives on Arabic Linguistics I. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 173-212.

1639. Eisikovits, Edina. 1989. “Variation in the Perfective in Inner-Sydney English.” Australian Journal of Linguistics 9.3-20.

1640. Ejerhed Bråroe, Eva. 1974. The Syntax and Semantics of English Tense Markers. (Monographs from the Institute of Linguistics, University of Stockholm, 1.) Stockholm: Stockholm University Institute of Linguistics.  PhD dissertation, University of Stockholm.

1641. Ejerhed, E. 1980. “Tense as a source of intensional ambiguity.” F. Heny (ed.), Ambiguities in Intensional Contexts. Dordrecht: Reidel, 231-52.

1642. Ek, Britt Marie. 1996. “Das Deutsche Präsens: Tempus der Nichtvergangenheit.”  [The German present:  tense of the non-past.]  PhD dissertation, Lunds University.

1643. Ek, J. van. 1965. “Review of Ota (1963).” English Studies 46.75-.

1644. _____. 1969. “The ‘Progressive’ Reconsidered.” English Studies 50.579-85.

1645. Eklund, S. 1970. The periphrastic, completive and finite use of the present participle in Latin: With special regard to translations of Christian texts in Greek up to 600 A.D. Uppsala.

1646. El-Hassan, Shahir A. 1987. “Aspectual Distinctions in English and Written Arabic.” International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 25.131-38.

1647. Elcock, W. D. 1975. The Romance Languages. London: Faber and Faber.  Revised edition.

1648. Elizarenkova, T. Ja. 1960. Aorist v ‘Rgvede’.  [Aorist in the “Rgveda”.] Moscow: Izd. vostochnoj literatury.

1649. _____. 1960a. On the Problem of the Development of Tenses in Old Aryan (the Rigveda). (XXXVth International Congress of Orientalists, Papers Presented by the USSR Delegation.) Moscow: Oriental Languages Publishing House.

1650. Ellis, Mary Jane. 1985. “Evolution of the French Tense System from Early Old French to Early Modern.” PhD dissertation, Cornell University.

1651. Elmer, H. C. 1898. Studies in Latin Moods and Tenses. Ithaca, New York.

1652. Elsness, Johan. 1989. “The English Present Perfect: Has It Seen Its Best Days?.” Leiv-Egil Breivik,  Arnoldus Hille, and Stig Johansson (eds.), Essays on English Language in Honour of Bertil Sundby. (Studia Anglistica Norvegica, 4.) , 95-106.

1653. Elsness, Johan. 1997. The Perfect and the Preterite in Contemporary and Earlier English. (Topics in English Linguistics.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

1654. Emanatian, Michèle. 1992. “Chagga ‘Come’ and ‘Go’: Metaphor and the Development of Tense-Aspect.” Studies in Language 16.1-33.

1655. Emanatian, Michele. 1992. “Point of View and Prospective Aspect.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 18.484-95.

1656. Emenanjo, E. Nolue. 1991. “The Tense System of Igbo.” Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 27.129-143.

1657. Emerton, J. A. 1994. “New Evidence for the Use of Waw Consecutive in Aramaic.” Vetus Testamentum 44.255-58.

1658. Emirkanian, L. and D. Sankoff. 1985. “Futur simple et le futur périphrastique.” M. Lemieux and H. Cedargren (eds.), Les tendences dynamiques du français parlé à Montréal. Québec: Gouvernement du Québec, 189-201.

1659. Emonds, Joseph. 1975. “Arguments for Assigning Tense Meanings after Certain Transformations Apply.” Edward Keenan (ed.), Formal Semantics of Natural Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press , 351-70.

1660. Enç, Mürvet. 1981. “Tense without Scope: An analysis of nouns as indexicals.”  PhD dissertation, University of Wisconsin, Madison.

1661. _____. 1986. “Towards a Referential Analysis of Temporal Expressions.” Linguistics and Philosophy 9.405-26.

1662. _____. 1987. “Anchoring Conditions for Tense.” Linguistic Inquiry 18.633-57.

1663. _____. 1990. “On the Absence of the Present Tense Morpheme in English.” Ms., University of Wisconsin, Madison.

1664. _____. 1996. “Tense and Modality.” Shalom Lappin (ed.), The Handbook of Contemporary Semantic Theory. Oxford: Blackwell, 345-358.

1665. _____. 2000. “Rethinking Past Tense.” Presented at International Round Table ‘The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

1666. Endresen, Rolf Theil. 1995. “Fula Imperfective Forms in A Grammaticalization Perspective.” Trondheim Working Papers in Linguistics 25. Presented 1994 at 2nd Nordic Seminar on African Linguistics.

1667. Engel, Dulcie. 1985. “The survival of the French ‘passé simple’: a Reply to Van Vliet.” Word, 77-81. Reply to Van Vliet (1983).

1668. _____. 1986. “Word Order and Tense Choice in Standard Written French.”  Lingvisticae Investigationes 10.331-43.

1669. _____. 1989. “Les temps passés de être.” Revue Romane 24.3-12.

1670. _____. 1996. “L’expression du temps et la variation linguistique.” Revue Romane 31.215-33. Presented, 1995, at A.F.L.S. Conference ‘Le français: aujourd’hui et demain’, Institut Britannique, Paris.

1671. _____. 1998. “A perfect piece?: The present perfect and passé composé in journalistic texts.” Belgian Journal of Linguistics 12.129-47. Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1672. _____. 1998a. “Absolutely Perfect: what is the status of the futur antérieur?” Read at the International Conference ‘Au commencement était le verbe’ on the Morphology, Syntax, and Semantics of the French Verb, Maison Française/St Catherine’s College University of Oxford, 28 November, 1998.  To appear in  Journal of French Language Studies 11.

1673. _____. 1998b. “Changing times: some recent developments in the French tense system.”  Guest lecture at University of Wales Aberyswyth.

1674. _____. 1998c. “Combler le vide: le passé simple est-il important dans le système verbal?”  [Plugging the gap: how important is the passé simple in the verbal system?.] A. Borillo, C. Vetters, and M. Vuillaume (eds.), Variations sur la référence verbale. (Cahiers Chronos, 3.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 91-107. Translation of “Plugging the gap: how important isthe passé simple in the verbal system?”  Presented 1995 at First Chronos Symposium, Université du Littoral, Dunkerque.  Updated version presented, 1996, as invited talk at Society for French Studies 37th Annual Conference, University of Manchester.

1675. _____. 1999. “Les nouveaux temps du passé?.” [New tenses of the past?.]  Read at International workshop—”Les temps du passé français et leur enseignement”, March 25, 1999, Aston University (Birmingham, England).

1676. _____  and M.-E. Ritz. To appear. “The use of the present perfect in Australian English.” Australian Journal of Linguistics.

1677. Engel, Dulcie and M. R. Whitehead. 1990. “Reporting Bridge and the Narrative Mode.” Language and Style 23.73-83.

1678. Engel, Dulcie M. 1990. Tense and Text: A Study of French Past Tenses. (Croom Helm Romance Linguistics Series.) London: Routledge.

1679. _____. 1994. “Plus-que-parfait: Past anterior or past punctual?.” Lingvisticae Investigationes 18.223-42. Presented, 1994, at Romance Linguistics Seminar 22, Trinity Hall, University of Cambridge.

1680. _____. 1995. “Past tense usage in journalistic texts: an indication of change in progress?”  Invited talk, Society for French Studies Workshop on Tenses, University of Bath.

1681. _____. 1996. “Le Passé du Passé.”  [The Past of the Past.] Word 47.41-62. Article is in English. A talk with this title was presented at AFLS Conference, University of Aix-en-Provence, 1993.

1682. Engelberg, Stefan. 1997. “Zurück von den Unergativa: Exkursionsberichtaus dem aspektuellen Niemandsland.”  [Back from the unergative: a report on an excursion to the aspectual no man’s land.]  Deutsche Gesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft,  19. Jahrestagung,  Düsseldorf, 26. bis 28. Februar 1997, Arbeitsgrup 1, Sprache und Zeit.

1683. _____. 1998. “The ‘Imperfective-Paradox’-Paradox.” Presented at Sinn und Bedeutung 1998: 3. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für Semantik, Universität Leipzig, 11-13 December.

1684. _____. 1999. “What it Means to Be a Punctual Verb.” Read at Berkeley Linguistic Society 25, February 12-15, 1999.

1685. Engels, L. K. 1993. “Het gebruik van het perfectum in het Engels en het Nederlands.”  [The use of the perfect in English and Dutch.] L. Beheydt (ed.), Taal en leren: Een bundel artikelen aangeboden aan prof. dr. E. Nieuwborg. (Bibliothèque des Cahiers de l’Institut de Linguistique de Louvain, Louvain, Belgium (BCILL), 68.) Louvain: Peeters, 123-28.

1686. Engwall, Gunnel. 1995. “Les formes verbales en suedois et en français: définitions et terminologies.”  [Verbal forms in Swedish and French: fefinitions and terminologies.] Travaux de linguistique 31.119-30.

1687. Enkvist, N. E. 1981. “Experiential Iconicism in Text Strategy.” Text 1.97-111.

1688. Enkvist, Nils Erik and Brita Warvik. 1987. “Old English A, Temporal Chains, and Narrative Structure.” A. Giacalone Ramat, O. Carruba, and G. Bernini (eds.), Papers from the 7th International Conference on Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: Benjamins, 221-37.

1689. Enos, Ralph. 1981. “The Use of the Historical Present in the Gospel According to St. Mark.” Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest 3.281-98.

1690. Enrico, John. 1983. “Tense in the Haida Relative Clause.” International Journal of American Linguistics 49.134-66.

1691. Eordogh, Miklos. 1986. “Aspect or Aspectuality in Hungarian.” Wolfgang Heydrich and Janos S. Petöfi (eds.), Aspekte der Konnexitat und Kohärenz von Texten. (Papiere zur Textlinguistik, 51.) Hamburg: Buske, 115-27.

1692. Epstein, Richard. 1995. “Le temps dans la linguistique cognitive.”  [Tense in cognitive linguistics.] Modèles Linguistiques 16.73-89.

1693. Er-Rayyan, Mohammad Rashad Hamd Allah. 1986. “Toward the Construction of a Temporal System for Natural Language in the Light of the Data of the Arabic and English Languages.” PhD dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.

1694. Erbaugh, Mary. 1977. “Acquisition of Aspect in a Language without Tense: The Case of Child Mandarin.”  Presented at Stanford Child Language Research Forum (SCLRF).

1695. _____. 1978. “Acquisition of Temporal and Aspectual Distinctions in Mandarin.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 15.30-37.

1696. Erbaugh, Mary S. 1985. “Personal Involvement and the Development of Language for Time-Aspect.” Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 24.54-61. Paper presented at the 17th Annual Child Language Research Forum, Stanford University, March 29-31, 1985.

1697. Erdman, Larry and Tim Goring. 1992. “Is It Real? Or Is It Even Realis?” Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 23.107-18.

1698. Erdmann, Axel. 1871. Essay on the History and Modern Use of the Verbal Forms in -ing in the English Language. Stockholm: P. A. Nyman.

1699. Erhart, Adolf. 1976. “Zur Entwicklung des Verbalsystems im Germanischen.”  [On the development of the verbal system in Germanic.] Sborník Prací Filosofické Fakulty Brnenské Univ., A: Rada Jazykovedna 24.27-32.

1700. _____. 1981. “Zur Entwicklung der Verbaldiathese im Indoeuropaischen.”  [On the development of verbal diathesis in Indo-European.] Sborník Prací Filosofické Fakulty Brnenské Univ., A: Rada Jazykovedna A 29.39-58.

1701. Erickson, R. J. 1982. “OIDA and GINOSKO and Verbal Aspect in Pauline Usage.” Westminster Theological Journal 44.110-122.

1702. Eriksson, Karl. 1943. Praesens historicum in der nachklassischen griechischen Historiographie.  [The historical present in post-classical Greek historiography.] Lund: H. Ohlsson.  PhD thesis, University of Lund

1703. Ernout, Alfred and Francois Thomas. 1964. Syntaxe Latine.  [Latin syntax.] Paris: Klincksieck.   2nd edition.

1704. Ernst, Thomas. 2001. “Event structure, aspectual operators, and aspectual focus.” Presented at Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, January.

1705. Eroms, Hans-Werner. 1983. “Relativer und absoluter Gebrauch des Plusquamperfekts im Deutschen.”  [Relative and absolute use of the pluperfect in German.] J. et al. Askedal (ed.), Festschrift für Laurits Saltveit. Oslo: Universiteitsforlaget, 58-71.

1706. _____. 1984. “Die doppelten Perfekt- und Plusquamperfektformen im Deutschen.”  [Doubled perfect and plusperfect forms in German.] H.-W. et al. Eroms (ed.), Studia linguistica et philologica: Festschrift für Klaus Matzel zum 60. Geburtstag. Heidelberg: Winter, 343-51.

1707. _____. 1997. “Verbale Paarigkeit im Althochdeutschen und das ‘Tempussystem’ im ‘Isidor’.”  [Verbal pairing in Old High German and the “Tense system” in “Isidor”.] Zeitschrift für Deutsches Altertum und Deutsche Literatur 126.1-31.

1708. Errington, Ross. 1979. “Discourse Types and Tense Patterns in Cotabato Manobo.” Studies in Philippine Linguistics 3.218-22.

1709. Erteschik-Shir, Nomi and Tova R. Rapoport. 2001. “The CDP Model and Other Approaches to the Syntax of Aspect.” To be presented at The Syntax of Aspect, Research Workshop of the Israel Science Foundation, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, June.

1710. Erteschik-Shir, Nomi and Tova Rapoport. 2000. “Bare Aspectual Projection.” Presented at International Round Table ‘The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

1711. Eschbach, Achim. 1974. Zeichen—Text—Bedeutung: Bibliographie zu Theorie und Praxis der Semiotik. [Signs—text—meaning: a bibliography on the theory and practice of semiotics.] München: Wilhelm Fink.

1712. _____  and Wendelin Rader. 1976. Semiotik-Bibliographie I.  [Bibliography of semiotics, I.] Frankfurt/Main: Verlagsgesellschafts-Syndikat.

1713. Escobar, Anna María. 1997. “Contrastive and Innovative Uses of the Present Perfect and the Preterite in Spanish in Contact with Quechua.” Hispania 80.859-70.

1714. Escure, Genevieve. 1993. “Focus, Topic Particles and Discourse Markers in the Belizean Creole Continuum.” Francis Byrne and Donald Winford (eds.), Focus and Grammatical Relations in Creole Languages. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 233-47.

1715. Eskhult, Mats. 1990. Studies in Verbal Aspect and Narrative Technique in Biblical Hebrew Prose. (Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis, Studia Semitica Upsaliensia, 12.) Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell.  PhD dissertation, Uppsala University.

1716. Espunya, Anna. 1997. “Linearity in the Time Dimension.” Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

1717. _____. 1998. “On the semantics of the Spanish progressive sequence ir + gerund.” Belgian Journal of Linguistics 12.

1718. Espunya i Prat, Anna. 1996. “The Realisation of the Semantic Operator Progressive in English and Romance Languages.” Language Sciences 18.295-303.

1719. Essien, Okon. 199127. “The Tense System of Ibibio Revisited.” Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 27.99-128.

1720. Essien, Okon E.. 1983-84. “The Aspectual System of Ibibio.” Jolan: Journal of the Linguistic Association of Nigeria 2.37-42.

1721. Euler, Wolfram 1994. “Periphrastische Verbalkategorien im Altpreussischen.”  [Periphrastic verbal categories in Old Prussian.] Linguistica Baltica 3.153-62.

1722. Evangelisti, Enzo. 1955. L’imperfetto armeno e l’uso preteritale dell’ottativo indoeuropeo.  [The Armenian imperfect and the preterite use.] (Biblioteca di “Paideia”, 6.) Arona: Ed. Paideia.

1723. Evans, Gareth. 1985. “Does Tense Logic Rest Upon a Mistake?” Gareth Evans (ed.), Collected Papers. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 343-63.

1724. Evans, Vyv. 1999. “Why does time flow?: The conceptual basis of time as motion.”  Presented at Beyond Babel: 18th Annual Conference of the Western Humanities Alliance, San Diego, California, October.

1725. _____. 2000. “Constructing the future: desire, experientialism and the semantics of will.”  Ms., Georgetown University.

1726. _____  and Andrea Tyler. 2000. “My first husband was Italian (and he still is): exceptional uses of English tense and pedagogical grammar.”  Presented at 28th LAUD Symposium, Landau, German. Paper no. 285, Series B: Applied and Interdisciplinary Papers, Essen: LAUD 2000.  Related to “Exceptional Uses of English Tense and Pedagogical Grammar,” presented, March 2000, at the Annual Meeting of the American Association of Applied Linguistics, Vancouver.

1727. Everett, Daniel L.. 1993. “Sapir, Reichenbach, and the Syntax of Tense in Piraha.” Pragmatics and Cognition 1.89-124.

1728. Ewald, Georg H. A. 1836. A Grammar of the Hebrew Language of the Old Testament. London: Williams and Norgate.  Translation of 2nd ed., 1835, of Grammatik der hebräischen Sprache des A. T., Leipzig: Hahn.  1st ed., 1828; 3rd ed., 1838.

1729. Ewert, Alfred. 1966. The French Language. London: Faber and Faber.  Revised edition.

1730. Eynde, F. van. 1992. “Towards a Dynamic and Compositional Treatment of Temporal Expressions.” P. Dekker and M. Stokhof (eds.), Proceedings of the Eighth Amsterdam Colloquium. Amsterdam, 153-72.

1731. Faaborg, Thomas. 1986. “Aspekt og aktionsart: En fremstilling og kritik af Klums og Weinrichs tempusteorier.”  [Aspect and Aktionsart: an account and criticism of Klum’s and Weinrich’s  tense theories.] (Pre)publications 100.22-44.

1732. Fabb, Nigel. 2001. “The relation between tense & aspect in Central Sudanic.” Presented at Linguistic Society of America Annual Meeting, January.

1733. Fabri, Ray. 1995. “The Tense and Aspect System of Maltese.” Rolf Thieroff (ed.), Tense Systems in European Languages, II. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 338.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 327-43.

1734. Fabricius-Hansen, C. 1975. Transformative, intransformative und kursive Verben.  [Transformative, intransformative and cursive Verbs.] Tübingen: Niemeyer.

1735. Fabricius-Hansen, Catherine. 1986. Tempus Fugit: Über die Interpretation temporaler Strukturen im Deutschen.  [Tempus fugit: on the interpretation of temporal structures in German.] Düsseldorf: Schwann.  1984 ms., Germanistik Institutt, University of Oslo.

1736. _____. 1999. “‘Moody time’: Indikativ und Konjunktiv im deutschen Tempussystem.”  [“Moody Time”: Indicative and Subjunctive in the German Tense System.] Zeitschrift für Literaturwissenschaft und Linguistik 29.119-46.

1737. Fabricius-Hansen, Cathrine. 1980. “Sogennante ergänzende wenn-Sätze: ein Beispiel semantisch-syntaktischer Argumentation.”  [So-called complementary wenn (‘if’)-clauses: an example of semantico-syntactic argumentation.] M. Dyhr, K. Hyldgaard-Jensen, and J. Olsen (eds.), Festschrift für Gunnar Bech. (Kopenhagener Beiträge zur Germanistischen Linguistik, Sonderband, 1.) Kopenhagen: Institut for germansk filologi, Københavns Universiteit, 160-88.

1738. _____. 1984. “Tempus fugit: Über die Interpretation temporaler Strukturen im Deutschen.”  [Tempus fugit: on the interpretation of temporal structures in German.]  Ms., Germanistics institutt, Oslo. Cf. Catherine Fabricius-Hansen (1986).

1739. _____. 1987. “Über die Vorgegebenheit der sogenannten Betrachtzeit.” [On the givenness of the so-called consideration (reference) time.] M. Dyhr and J. Olsen (eds.), Festschrift für Karl Hyldgaard-Jensen. Copenhagen: Københavns Universitet, 71-78.

1740. _____. 1989. “Tempus im indirekten Referat.”  [Tense in indirect speech.] Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus—Aspekt—Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 155-82.

1741. _____. 1991. “Frame and Reference Time in Complex Sentences.” Jadranka  Gvozdanovic’ and Theo A. J. M. Janssen (eds.), The function of tense in texts. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 53-73.

1742. _____. 1991a. “Tempus.”  [Tense.] Arnim von Stechow and Dieter Wunderlich (eds.), Semantik/Semantics: Ein internationales Handbuch der zeitgenössischen Forschung/An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 722-48.

1743. _____. 1991b. “Verbklassifikation.”  [Verb classification.] Arnim von Stechow and Dieter Wunderlich (eds.), Semantik/Semantics: Ein internationales Handbuch der zeitgenössischen Forschung/An International Handbook of Contemporary Research. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 692-708.

1744. _____. 1994. “Das dänische und norwegische Tempussystem im Vergleich mit dem deutschen.”  [The Danish and Norwegian tense system in comparison with the German.] Rolf Thieroff and Joachim Ballweg (eds.), Tense Systems in European Languages. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 308.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 49-68.

1745. Facchinetti, Roberta. 1998. “Expressions of Futurity in British Caribbean Creole.” ICAME Journal 22.7-22.

1746. Facques, Benedicte. 1999. “Un modèle matriciel d’analyse des temps: les temps du passé dans les textes de reportage de la presse écrite.”  [A matrix model of tense analysis: past tenses in the texts of reportage in the written press.]  Read at International workshop—”Les temps du passé français et leur enseignement”, March 25, 1999, Aston University (Birmingham, England).

1747. Faddegon, B. 1929. “The Categories of Tense, or: Time, manner of action, and aspect, as expressed in the verb.” Donum natalicium Schrijnen: Verzameling van opstellen door oud-leerlingen en bevriende vakgenoten opgedragen aan Mgr. Prof. Jos. Schrijnen bij gelegenheid van zijn zestigsten verjaardag, 3 mei 1929, 116-29.

1748. Fajen, F. 1971. “Tempus im Griechischen: Bemerkungen zu einem Buch von H. Weinrich.”  [Tense in Greek: remarks on a book by H. Weinrich.] Glotta 49.34-41. Discusses Weinrich (1961).

1749. Falileyev, Alexander. 1994. “Notes on the Syntax of Middle Welsh Verbal Noun: Combinations with Aspect Markers.” Zeitschrift für Celtische Philologie 46.203-12.

1750. Falkenberg, Gabriel. 1997. “Aktionsart und Aspekt im Jiddischen.” [Aktionsart and aspect in Yiddish.]  Deutsche Gesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft,  19. Jahrestagung,  Düsseldorf, 26. bis 28. Februar 1997, Arbeitsgrup 1, Sprache und Zeit.

1751. _____. 1997. “Aktionsart und Aspekt im Polnischen, Deutschen und Jiddischen.” [Aktionsart and aspect in Polish, German, and Yiddish.]  Presented at DGfS-Jahrestagung 1997.

1752. Faller, Martina. 2000. “Evidential force in Quechua.” Presented at Sinn und Bedeutung V, Amsterdam, December.

1753. Fan, Kai-tai. 1984. “Semantic Analysis of Aspects in Chinese.”  [In Chinese.] Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 19.85-105.

1754. Fanning, B. 1993. “Approaches to Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek: Issues in Definition and Method.” Stanley Porter and D. A. Carson (eds.), Biblical Greek Language and Linguistics: Open Questions in Current Research. (JSNT Supplement Series, 80.) Guildford: Sheffield Academic Press, 46-62.

1755. Fanning, Buist M. 1990. Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek. (Oxford Theological Monographs.) Oxford: Clarendon Press.  Reviewed by M. Silva (1992, 1994).  See too D. Schmidt (1993).

1756. Fantuzzi, Cheryl. 1996. “The Emergence of Temporal Reference in Language Acquisition: The Acquisition of Tense, Aspect and Argument Structure.”  PhD dissertation, University of California, Los Angeles.

1757. Faraclas, Nicholas. 1987. “Creolization and the Tense-Aspect-Modality System of Nigerian Pidgin.” Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 9.45-59.

1758. Farkas, D. and Y. Sugioka. 1983. “Restrictive If/when Clauses.” Linguistics and Philosophy 6.225-58.

1759. Farkas, Maria. 1997. “Perfettività e imperfettività nell’ungherese e nell’italiano.”  [Perfectivity and imperfectivity in Hungarian and Italian.] Studi italiani di linguistica teorica e applicata 26.151-63.

1760. Farley, Rodger A. 1965. “Sequence of Tenses: A Useful Principle?.” Hispania 48.549-53.

1761. _____. 1970. “Time and the Subjunctive in Contemporary Spanish.” Hispania 53.466-75.

1762. Fasold, Ralph W. 1972. Tense Marking in Black English: A Linguistic and Social Analysis. (Urban Language Series, 8.) Arlington, Virginia: Center for Applied Linguistics.

1763. Faucher, E. 1967. “Une lecture monosémique des temps français.”  [A monosemic reading of the French tenses.] Études de linguistique appliqué 5.40-64.

1764. _____. 1967a. “Les temps verbaux du français et de l’allemand transmittent-ils des informations chronologiques?: Réflexions critiques sur ‘Tempus’ de H. Weinrich.”  [Do the tenses of French and German convey information?: Critical reflections on the “Tempus” of H. Weinrich.] Études germaniques 3.359-67. On H. Weinrich (1964).

1765. Fauchoi, Anne. 1988. “Énonciation et aspect en quichua du Pastaza équatorien.” [Utterance and aspect in the Quechua of Equatorial Pastaza.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 187-95.

1766. Faure, Marc. 1999. Imparfait vs. Passé Simple (eine falsche Opposition): Zur Semantik und Didaktik der französischen Vergangenheitstempora.  [Imparfait (imperfect) vs. passé simple (simple past)(a false opposition): on the semantics and didactics of the French past tenses.] (Sprache & Kultur.) Aachen: Shaker.

1767. Fayer, Joan M. 1990. “Nigerian Pidgin English in Old Calabar in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries.” John Victor Singler (ed.), Pidgin and creole tense-mood-aspect systems. (Creole language library, 6.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 185-202.

1768. Fayol, Michel. 1982. “Le Plus-que-parfait: Étude génétique en compréhension et production chez l’enfant de quatre à dix ans.”  [The plus-que-parfait (pluperfect): a genetic study of the comprehension and production of the four-to-ten-year-old child.] Archives de Psychologie 50, 195.261-283.

1769. _____ , Maya Hickmann, Isabelle Bonnotte, and Jean-Emile Gombert. 1993. “The Effects of Narrative Context on French Verbal Inflections: A Developmental Perspective.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 22.453-78.

1770. Feagans, D. Lynne. 1980. “Children’s Understanding of Some Temporal Terms Denoting Order, Duration, and Simultaneity.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 9.41-57.

1771. Feagans, Lynne. 1974. “Children’s Comprehension of Some Temporal and Spatial Structures.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 10.139-50.

1772. Fedotov, M. R. 1980. “Zametki o perevode s odnogo tjurkskogo jazyka na drugoj: Na materiale vremennyx form glagola.”  [Notes on translation from one Turkic language to another: on material of tense forms of the verb.] Sovetskaja tjurkologija 1.78-83.

1773. Fedson, Vijayarani Jotimuttu. 1987. “A Note on Aspect in Tamil.” Elena Bashir, Madhav M. Deshpande, and Peter Edwin Hook (eds.), Select Papers from SALA-7: South Asian Languages Analysis Roundtable Conference Held in Ann Arbor, Michigan, May 17-19, 1985. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club, 118-131.

1774. Fehr, Bernhard. 1918. “Eine bisher unbeachtete function [sic] der progressiven form [sic]?.”  [A hitherto unnoticed function of the progressive form?] Anglia: Zeitschrift für englische Philologie 29.82-86.

1775. Feigenbaum, Irwin. 1981. “The Uses of the English Perfect.” Language Learning 31.293-407.

1776. Fenn, Peter. 1987. A Semantic and Pragmatic Examination of the English Perfect. Tübingen: Gunter Narr Verlag.

1777. Fenstad, Jens-Erik, Per-Kristian Halvorsen, Tore Langholm, and Johan Van Benthem. 1987. Situations, Language and Logic. (Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy.) Dordrecht: Reidel.

1778. Ferencíková, Adriana. 1992. “Temporal Relation of Two Actions and its Expressing by the Complex Sentence.” A Reader in Slovak Linguistics, 125-151.

1779. Fernandez Leborans, María Jesús. 1995. “Las construcciones con el verbo ESTAR: Aspectos sintácticos y semánticos.”  [The constructions with the verb estar: syntactic and semantic aspects.] Verba 22.253-84.

1780. Fernandez-Bravo, Nicole. 1997. “Tempus und Äußerung: Zur pragmatischen Funktion der Tempora in der Sprechaktcharakterisierung.”  [Tense and expression: on the pragmatic function of the tenses in the characterization of speech acts.] Hervé Quintin, Margarete Najar, and Stephanie Genz (eds.), Temporale Bedeutungen Temporale Relationen. (Eurogermanistik, 11.) Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag, 109-26.

1781. Ferrand, Marcel. 1982. “Prétérits russes de l’aller et retour unique (xodil, proxodil, bral, etc.) sont-ils perféctifs?”  [Are the Russian preterites of going and single return (xodil, proxodil, bral, etc.) perfective?.] Revue des Études Slaves 54.455-75.

1782. Ferreiro, E. 1971. Les relations temporelles dans le langage d’enfant.  [Temporal relations in the language of the child.] Geneva: Droz.

1783. _____  and H. Sinclair. 1971. “Temporal Relations in Language.” International Journal of Psychology.

1784. Ferrell, James. 1951. “The Meaning of the Perfective Aspect in Russian.” Word 7.104-35.

1785. _____. 1951. “The Past Gerunds of the Imperfective Aspect in Modern Russian.” Slavonic and East European Review 30 (74).164-74.

1786. _____. 1953. “On the Aspects of Byt’  and the Position of the Periphrastic Imperfective Future in Contemporary Literary Russian.” Word 9.362-76.

1787. _____. 1953. “The Tenses of the Russian Verb.” Slavonic and East European Review 32 (78).108-16.

1788. Ferrer de Gregoret, María Cristina and Carmen Sánchez Lanza. 1993. “Acerca de una neutralización temporal en el discurso.”  [On temporal neutralization in discourse.] Luís Martínez Cuitino and Elida Lois (eds.), Actas del III Congreso Argentino de Hispanistas “España en América y América en España”. Buenos Aires: Instuto de Filologia y Literaturas Hispánicas, Facultad de Filosofía y Letras, Universidad de Buenos Aires, 501-06.

1789. Ferris, Connor. 1991. “Time Reference in English Adjectives and Separative Qualification.” Linguistics 29.569-90.

1790. Feuillet, Jack. 1982. “Méthodologie du temps.”  [The methodology of tense.] Cahiers balkaniques, 9-30.

1791. _____. 1985. “Le système des temps seconds en bulgare moderne.”  [The system of second times in Modern Bulgarian.] Cahiers balkaniques, 199-215.

1792. _____. 1996. “Réflexions sur les valeurs du médiatif.”  [Reflections on the meanings of the evidential.] Zlatka Guentchéva (ed.), L’Énonciation Médiatisée. Louvain and Paris: Peeters, 71-86.

1793. _____. 1997. “Entstehungsgeschichtliche Aspekte einiger heutiger Beschreibungsmodelle der deutschen Tempora.”  [Aspects of the history of the origins of some present-day descriptive models of the German tenses.] Hervé Quintin, Margarete Najar, and Stephanie Genz (eds.), Temporale Bedeutungen Temporale Relationen. (Eurogermanistik, 11.) Tübingen: Stauffenburg Verlag, 41-48.

1794. Feydit, Frédéric. 1953. “Concordance des temps.”  [Sequence of tenses.] Le français moderne  21.275-80.

1795. Fiedler, Wilfried. 1987. “Der konjunktiv Imperfekt der Balkansprachen (Zur Frage der Consecutio temporum und verwandter Phänomene).”  [The imperfect subjunctive in Balkan languages (on the question of consecutio temporum ‘sequence of tenses’ and related phenomena).] Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte 157.101-123.

1796. Fielder, Grace. 1984. “The Aspect of the Russian Infinitive Complement.” PhD dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles.

1797. _____. 1990. “The Bulgarian Evidential: a pragmatically or grammatically realized category?.”  Read at the International Pragmatics Conference, July 9-13, 1090, Barcelona, Spain.

1798. Fielder, Grace E. 1985. “Implicature and the Aspect of the Infinitive in Russian.” Michael S. Flier and Richard Brecht (eds.), Issues in Russian Morphosyntax. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 10.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica Publishers, 73-90.

1799. _____. 1990. “Aspect and Lexical Semantics: Russian Verbs of Ability.” Slavic and East European Journal 34.192-207.

1800. _____. 1990a. “Narrative Context and Russian Aspect.” Nils Thelin (ed.), Verbal Aspect in Discourse. (Pragmatics and Beyond, n. s., 5.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 263-84.

1801. _____. 1992. “Imperfect/aorist Coding in Negated Propositions in Bulgarian.” Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 17.28-32.

1802. _____. 1993. The semantics and Pragmatics of Verbal Categories in Bulgarian. Lewiston: Edwin Mellen Press.

1803. _____. 1996. “Dueling Perfects in Balkan Slavic.” Presented at 10th Balkan and South Slavic Conference, Chicago, May 2-4, 1996.

1804. _____. 1997. “The Discourse Properties of Verbal Categories in Bulgarian and Implications for Balkan Verbal Categories.” Balkanistica 10.162-84.

1805. Figge, Udo L. 1998. “Tempora und innere Kalender in einer portugiesischen Erzählung.”  [Tenses and inner calendar in a Portuguese story.] Martin Hummel and Christina Ossenkop (eds.), Lusitanica et Romanica: Festschrift für Dieter Woll. (Romanistik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Beihefte, 1.) Hamburg, 139-52.

1806. _____. 1998. “Zu Imparfait und Passé Simple.”  [On the imparfait and passé simple.] Udo L. Figge, Franz-Josef Klein, and Annette Martinez Moreno (eds.), Grammatische Strukturen und grammatischer Wandel im Französischen: Festschrift für Klaus Hunnius zum 65. Geburtstag. (Abhandlungen zur Sprache und Literatur, 117.) Bonn: Romanistischer Verlag, 125-45.

1807. Figueira, Rosa Attie. 1996. “Uma nota sobre aspecto e transitividade.”  [A note on aspect and transitivity.] Revista de Documentacão de Estudos em Linguistica Teorica e Aplicada 12.153-71.

1808. Filip, H. 1990. “Thematic Roles and Aspect.” Proceedings of the Western Conference on Linguistics 3.88-99.

1809. Filip, Hana. 1989. “Aspectual Properties of the An-construction in German.” Werner Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus—Aspekt—Modus: Die lexicalischen und grammatischen Formen in den Germanischen Sprachen. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 237.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 259-92.

1810. _____. 1992. “Aspect and the Semantics of Quantity of Nominal and Verbal Expressions.” Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics 9.80-91.

1811. _____. 1995. “Boundedness in Temporal and Spatial Domains.” Eugene H. Casad (ed.), Cognitive Linguistics in the Redwoods. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 655-92.

1812. _____. 1997. Aspect, Eventuality Types and Nominal Semantics. (Outstanding Dissertations in Linguistics.) Hamden, Connecticut: Garland Publishing.  PhD dissertation, University of California, Berkeley, 1995, “Aspect, Situation Types and Nominal Reference.”

1813. _____. 1997a. “Two Components of Aspect.” Presented at Workshop on Events as Grammatical Objects, from the combined perspectives of lexical semantics, logical semantics and syntax, Linguistic Society of America 1997 Summer Institute, Cornell University.

1814. Filipenko, M. V. 1997. “Ob ierarxii aspektual’nyx xarakteristik v vyskazyvanii (k analizu adverbialoj-opredelitelej ‘protsessa’).”  [On the hierarchy of aspectual characteristics in an utterance (toward an analysis of adverbials determining “processes”).] Voprosy jazykoznanija 46.121-34.

1815. Fillmore, Charles. 1970. “Some Thoughts about Time and Space in Semantic Theory.” Ms.

1816. _____. 1981. “Pragmatics and the Description of Discourse.” Peter Cole (ed.), Radical Pragmatics. New York City : Academic Press, 143-66.

1817. Fillmore, Charles  J. 1975. Santa Cruz Lectures on Deixis. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club.  Delivered 1971.

1818. Filppula, Markku. 1996. “Investigating the Origins of Hiberno-English Perfects: The Case of ‘PII’.” Juhani Klemola, Merja Kyto, and Matti Rissanen (eds.), Speech Past and Present: Studies in English Dialectology in Memory of Ossi Ihalainen. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, 33-55.

1819. Findlay, J. N. 1941. “Time: A Treatment of Some Puzzles.” Australasian Journal of Philosophy 19. Often reprinted, e.g., in Gale (1968), 143-62.

1820. Findler, N. and D. Chen. 1971. “On the Problems of Time, Retrieval of Temporal Relations, Causality and Co-existence.” SIJCAI, 531-45.

1821. Fink, David. 1981. “Aspects in the Misne Tora.” Hebrew Annual Review 5.37-46.

1822. Fischer, S. 1967. “A Late Paper on Time.” Ms., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

1823. Fischer, Susan D. 1973. “Two Processes of Reduplication in the American Sign Language.” Foundations of Language 9.460-80.

1824. _____  and Bonnie Gough. 1978. “Verbs in American Sign Language.” Sign Language Studies, 17-48. Reprinted 1980 in Stokoe (1978), 149-79.

1825. Fisk, Milton. 1971. “A Pragmatic  Account of Tenses.” American Philosophical Quarterly 8.93-98.

1826. Fivaz, Derek. 1984. “Predication in Ndonga.” African Studies 43.147-60.

1827. Flank, Sharon. 1995. “Aspectualizers and Scope.” PhD dissertation, Harvard University.

1828. Fleischman, Susan. 1995. “Place de la grammaire dans la structuration des évenements dans le récit: Le cas des ‘achievements’.”  [The place of grammar in the structuration of events in narrative: the case of “achievements”.] Modèles Linguistiques 16.123-43.

1829. Fleischman, Suzanne. 1981. “Review of Champion (1978).” Romance Philology 34.144-51.

1830. _____. 1982. The Future in Thought and Language: Diachronic Evidence from Romance. (Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 36.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1831. _____. 1982a. “The Past and the Future: Are they coming or going?.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 8.322-34.

1832. _____. 1983. “From Pragmatics to Grammar: Diachronic reflections on complex pasts and futures in Romance.” Lingua 60.183-214.

1833. _____. 1985. “Discourse Functions of Tense-Aspect Oppositions in Narrative: Toward a Theory of Grounding.” Linguistics 23.851-82.

1834. _____. 1986. “Evaluation in Narrative: The present tense in medieval ‘performed stories’.” Yale French Studies 70.191-251.

1835. _____. 1989. “Temporal Distance: A basic linguistic metaphor.” Studies in Language 13.1-50.

1836. _____. 1990. Tense and Narrativity: From Medieval Performance to Modern Fiction. Austin: University of Texas Press.  Reviewed by Bertinetto (1993).

1837. _____. 1991. “Toward a Theory of Tense-Aspect in Narrative Discourse.” Jadranka Gvozdanovic’ and Theo A. J. M. Janssen (eds.), The function of tense in texts. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 75-97.

1838. _____. 1991a. “Verb Tense and Point of View in Narrative.” Suzanne Fleischman and Linda R. Waugh (eds.), Discourse-pragmatics and the Verb: the evidence from Romance. London: Routledge, 26-54.

1839. _____. 1995. “Imperfective and Irrealis.” Joan Bybee and Suzanne Fleischman (eds.), Modality in Grammar and Discourse. (Typological Studies in Language, 32.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 519-51.

1840. Flier, Michael S. 1985. “The Scope of Prefixal Delimitation in Russian.” Michael S Flier and Alan Timberlake (eds.), The Scope of Slavic Aspect. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 12.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 41-58.

1841. Flilp, Hana. 1994. “Aspect and the Semantics of Noun Phrases.” Co Vet and Carl Vetters (eds.), Tense and Aspect in Discourse. (Trends in Linguistics. Studies and Monographs, 75.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 227-55.

1842. Floyd, Mary Beth. 1982. “Aspectual Distinction in Past Reference: Preterite and Imperfect in Southwest Spanish.” Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest 5.36-41.

1843. Floyd, Rick. 1996. “Experience, certainty and control, and the direct evidential in Wanka Quechua questions.” Functions of Language 3.69-93.

1844. Fludernik, M. 1993. The Fictions of Language and the Languages of Fiction: The linguistic representation of speech and consciousness. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

1845. Fludernik, Monika. 1991. “Shifters and Deixis: Some reflections on Jakobson, Jespersen, and reference.” Semiotika 86.193-230.

1846. _____. 1992. “Narrative Schemata and Temporal Anchoring.” Journal of Literary Semantics 21.118-53.

1847. Flydal, L. 1943. Aller et venir de  suivis de l’infinitif comme expression de rapports temporels.  [Aller and venir followed by the infinitive as expressions of temporal relations.] (Avhandlinger utgitt av Det Norske Videnskaps-Akademi i Oslo, 2.) Oslo: J. Dybwad.

1848. Fogsgaard, Lene. 1991. “Aspectualité et veridiction dans le système copulatif espagnol: Imperfectivité et perfectivité à propos de ser/estar.”  [Aspectuality and veridiction  in the Spanish copular system: imperfectivity and perfectivity in regard to ser/estar ‘to be’.] Le discours aspectualisé, 67-81.

1849. Folejewski, Z. 1953. “Otvecat’: otvetit’: A point in Russian aspectology.” Word 9.377-80.

1850. Foley, William A. and Robert D. Van Valin. 1984. Functional Syntax and Universal Grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1851. Fong, Vivienne. 1997. “A Temporal Interpretation for Locative Case.” Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 15.145-59.

1852. Fonseca, Fernanda Irene. 1982. “O perfeito e o Preterito e a Teoria dos Niveis de Enunciação.”  [The perfect and the preterite and the theory of the levels of enunciation.] Biblos 58.75-97.

1853. _____. 1984. “Para o Estudo das Relações de Tempo no Verbo Portugues.”  [For a study of the temporal relations in the Portuguese verb.] Boletim de Filologia 29.405-20.

1854. Fontaine, Jacqueline. 1978. “Sur les rapports syntaxiques de l’aspect verbal et des pronoms indéfinis.”  [On the syntactic relations of aspect and indefinite pronouns.] Révue des études slaves 51.97-105.

1855. _____. 1983. Grammaire du texte et aspecte du verbe en russe contemporain.  [Grammar of the text and aspect of the verb in contemporary Russian.] Paris: Institut d’etudes slaves.

1856. _____. 1989. “De la temporalité linguistique.”  [On linguistic temporality.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 14.21-25.

1857. Fontanille, Jacques. 1991. “Aspectualisation, quantification, et mise en discours.”  [Aspectualisation, quantification, and placement into discourse.] Le discours aspectualisé.

1858. Foote, I. P. 1967. The Russian Verbs of Motion. (Studies in the Modern Russian Language, 1.) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1859. Forfia, Kathleen. 1979. “Nonpast Tense in Ga’dang Narrative Discourse.” Studies in Philippine Linguistics 3.10-16.

1860. Forgacs, Tamas. 1994. “Weitere Gedanken über Genus verbi im Ungarischen.”  [Further thoughts on genus verbi (kind of verbs) in Hungarian.] Finnisch-Ugrische Forschungen 52.135-54.

1861. Forrest, Tracey. 1990. “The Use of AP and the VA/AP Transition in Haitian Creole.” CUNY [City University of New York] Forum: Papers in Linguistics 15.19-25.

1862. Forsyth, J. 1963. “The Russian Verbs of Motion.” Modern Languages 44.147-52.

1863. _____. 1972. “Nature and Development of the Aspectual Opposition in the Russian Verb.” Slavonic and East European Review 50.493-506.

1864. Forsyth, John. 1970. A Grammar of Aspect. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

1865. Fortanet Gomez, Inmaculada. 1993. “La forma progresiva en la lengua inglesa. (The Progressive Form in the English Language).” [The progressive form in the English language.]  PhD dissertation, Universidad de Valencia.

1866. Fortescue, Michael. 1992. “Aspect and Superaspect in Koyukon: An Application of the Functional Grammar Model to a Polysynthetic Language.” Michael Fortescue, Peter Harder,  and Lars Kristoffersen  (eds.), Layered Structure and Reference in a Functional Perspective: Papers from the Functional Grammar Conference in Copenhagen 1990. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 99-141.

1867. Foster, Michael K. 1985. “The Language of Tense, Mood, and Aspect in Northern Iroquoian Descriptions.” International Journal of American Linguistics 51.403-05.

1868. _____. 1986. “Updating the Terminology of Tense, Mood, and Aspect in Northern Iroquoian Descriptions.” International Journal of American Linguistics 52.65-72.

1869. Fotitch, Tatiana. 1950. The Narrative Tenses in Chrétien de Troyes: A study in syntax and stylistics. (The Catholic University of America, Studies in Romance Languages and Literatures, 38.) Washington, D. C.: The Catholic University of America.

1870. Foulet, L. 1920. “Le disparition du préterit.”  [The disappearance of the preterite.] Romania 46.271-313.

1871. Foulet, Lucien. 1925. “Le développement des formes surcomposés.”  [The development of the surcomposé forms.] Romania 51.203-52.

1872. Fourie, D. J. 1991. “Notes on the Aspectual System of Oshindonga.” South African Journal of African Languages 11.105-08.

1873. Fournier, Nathalie. 1986. “L’imparfait chez les grammairiens classiques: de Maupas (1607) a Restaut (1730).”  [The imperfect in the classical grammarians, from Maupas (1607) to Restaut (1730).] Pierre Le Goffic (ed.), Points de vue sur l’imparfait. Caen: Centre d’Études Linguistiques de l’Université de Caen, 13-30.

1874. Fourquet, J. 1966. “Deux notes sur le système verbal du français.”  [Two notes on the verbal system of French.] Langages 3.8-18.

1875. Fourquet, M. J. 1959. “Le système verbal de l’allemand.”  [The verbal system of German.] Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris 54.xxi-xxiii.

1876. _____. 1959. “Système verbal du néerlandais et du français.”  [The verbal system of Dutch and of French.] Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris 54.xlii-xlv.

1877. Fradkin, Robert. 1994. “The Semantic Structure of the Tenses in Literary Arabic.” Charles-E. Gribble, Richard Pope, Charles E. Townsend, Ronald Feldstein, and Cornelis H. van Schooneveld (eds.), James Daniel Armstrong in Memoriam. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 42-53.

1878. Fradkin, Robert  A. 1986. “Markedness Theory and the Verb Systems of Russian and Arabic: Aspect, Tense, and Mood.”  PhD dissertation, Indiana State University.

1879. _____. 1991. “Marking, Markedness, and Person-Gender-Number Patterning in the Arabic Tenses and Moods.” Folia Linguistica 25.609-64.

1880. France, R. T. 1972. “The Exegesis of Greek Tenses in the NT [New Testament].” Notes on Translation 46.3-12.

1881. Franckel, J.-J. 1989. Étude de quelques marqueurs aspectuels du français.  [A study of some aspectual markers of French.] Geneva: Droz.

1882. Franckel, Jean-Jacques and Denis Paillard. 1998. “Les emplois temporels des prépositions: le cas de sur.”  [The temporal uses of prepositions: the case of sur ‘on’.] A. Borillo, C. Vetters, and M. Vuillaume (eds.), Variations sur la réferénce verbale. (Cahiers Chronos, 3.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 199-212.

1883. François, Jacques. 1981. “Travaux récents d’inspiration formelle sur l’aspect et l’aktionsart.”  [Recent formally inspired work on aspect and aktionsart.] Lingvisticae Investigationes 5.275-301.

1884. _____. 1985. “Aktionsart, Aspekt und Zeitkonstitution.”  [Aktionsart, aspect and temporal constitution.] Christoph Schwarze and Dieter Wunderlich (eds.), Handbuch der Lexikologie. Königstein: Athenäum, 229-49.

1885. _____. 1993. “La compréhension de l’articulation chronologique des séquences narratives: un exercise de linguistique cognitive.”  [Comprehension of the chronological articulation of narrative sequences: An exercise in cognitive linguistics.] Verbum 16.49-70.

1886. _____  and Daniel Coulon. 1999. “La représentation de la localisation spatio-temporelle: grammaire fonctionnelle vs reseaux conceptuels.”  [The representation of spacial-temporal localization: functional grammar vs. conceptual networks.] Jacques Moeschler and Marie-José Béguelin (eds.), Référence temporelle et nominale: Actes du 3e cycle romand de Sciences du langage, Cluny (15-20 avril 1996). (Sciences pour la communication, 58.) Berne: Peter Lang.

1887. _____  and Yvon Porth-Keromnes. 1994. “Les valeurs actuelles du prétérit allemand en discours narratif et leur traduction en français.”  [The aspectual senses of the German preterite in discourse and their French translation.] Verbum 1.23-44.

1888. François-Geiger, Denise. 1988. “L’expression lexicale des temps et des aspects.”  [The lexical expression of tenses and aspects.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 23-32.

1889. Franconi, E., A. Giorgi, and F. Pianesi. 1993. “Tense and aspect: a mereological approach.” Proceedings of the 13th International Joint Conference in Artificial Intelligence.

1890. Frankel, Jean-Jacques. 1986. “Modes de construction de l’accompli en français.”  [Modes of construction of the accomplished in French.] Aspects, modalité: problèmes de catégorisation grammaticale, 41-69.

1891. Franz, Ursa. 1997. Hintergrund und Vordergrund in der erinnerten Welt: unterschiedliche Informationsverteilung im Temporalitätssystem des Deutschen und des Spanischen am Beispiel der Konjunktionen wenn und als und der Tempora imperfecto und perfecto simple.  [Background and foreground in the remembered world: differential information distribution in the temporal systems of German and the Spanish—the example of the conjunctions ‘if’ and ‘as’ and the tenses imperfecto (imperfect) and perfecto simple (simple past).] Munich: Iudicium.

1892. Fraser, Bruce. 1976. The Verb-Particle Combination in English. New York: Academic Press.

1893. Frattegiani, Tinca and Maria-Teresa. 1989. “Valori, usi e sfumature dell’imperfetto indicativo nella Lingua italiana contemporanea.”  [Meanings, uses and nuances of the imperfect indicative in the Italian language.] Annali dell’Universita per Stranieri di Perugia 12.83-104.

1894. Frawley, William. 1992. Linguistic Semantics. Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

1895. Frede, Michael. 1978. “Principles of Stoic Grammar.” J. M. Rist (ed.), The Stoics Berkeley: University of California Press, 27-75.

1896. Fredhof, Gerd. 1984. “Temporale und lokale Ausdrücke: Zu einigen Übereinstimmungen und Abweichungen in den Kategorien, I.”  [Temporal and local expressions: on some correspondences and differences in the categories, I.] Werner Lehfeldt (ed.), Slavistische Linguistik 1984: Referate des X. Konstanzer Slavistischen Arbeitstreffens Konstanz, 11. mit 14.9.1984. (Slavistische Beiträge, 184.) Munich: Munich : Otto Sagner, 35-53.

1897. Freed, Alice F. 1976. “An Event Analysis of Aspectual Complement Structures.” Unpublished manuscript, Montclair State College and University of Pennsylvania.

1898. _____. 1979. The Semantics of English Aspectual Complementation. (Synthese Language Library, 8.) Dordrecht: Reidel.  University of Pennsylvania doctoral dissertation, 1976.

1899. Frense, J. and P. Bennett. 1996. “Verb Alternations and Semantic Classes in English and German.” Language Sciences 18.305-17.

1900. Fresina, Claudio. 1982. “Les verbes de mouvement et les aspectuels en italien.”  [Verbs of motion and the aspectuals in Italian.] Lingvisticae Investigationes 6.283-331.

1901. Fretheim, Thorstein. 1983. “Perfektum og det temporale ‘da’ og ‘nå’.”  [Perfect and the temporal ‘then’ and ‘now’.] Trondheim Working Papers in Linguistics 1.

1902. _____  and Ildikó Vaskó. 1996. “Lexical Properties and Pragmatic Implications of some Markers of Temporal Succession and Simultaneity.” Language Sciences 18.791-810. Also in Trondheim Working Papers in Linguistics 27.33-65.

1903. Frey, J. R. 1946. “The Historical Present in Narrative Literature, particularly in Modern German Fiction.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology 45.43-67.

1904. _____. 1947. “Past or Present Tense?: A note on the technique of narration.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology 46.205-08.

1905. Fridén, G. 1957. “On the Use of Auxiliaries to Form the Perfect and the Pluperfect in Late Middle English and Early Modern English.” Studia Linguistica 11.54-56.

1906. Fridén, Georg. 1948. Studies on the Tenses of the English Verb from Chaucer to Shakespeare, with Special Reference to the Sixteenth Century. (Essays and Studies on English Language and Literature, 2.) Uppsala: A.-B. Lundequistika Bokhaneln and Uppsala University English Institute.

1907. Fridman [Friedman], V. A. 1996. “O differentsiatsii temporal’nosti i aspektual’nosti v bolgarskom i makedonskom jazykax.”  [On the differentiation of temporality and aspectuality in the Bulgarian and Macedonian languages.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 1.116-24.

1908. Friederich, Wolf. 1992. “Das Adverb ‘recently’ und sein Tempus: Past oder Present Perfect?.”  [The adverb recently and its temporal aspect: past or present perfect?.] Lebende Sprachen 37.11-12.

1909. Friedman, Lynn A. 1975. “Space, Time, and Person Reference in American Sign Language.” Language 51.940-61.

1910. Friedman, Victor. 1975. “The Grammatical Categories of the Macedonian Indicative.” PhD dissertation, University of Chicago; published, 1977, Columbus, Ohio: Slavica.

1911. Friedman, Victor A. 1976. “Dialectal Synchrony and Diachronic Syntax: the Macedonian perfect.” Stanford B. Steever, Carol A. Walker, and Salikoko Mufwene (eds.), Papers from the Parasession on Diachronic Syntax. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society, 96-104.

1912. _____. 1977. “Developments of the Perfect in the Balkans, the Caucasus, and Central Asia.”  Explorations in Language and Linguistics, 21-29.

1913. _____. 1978. “On the Semantic and Morphological Influence of Turkish on Balkan Slavic.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 14.108-18.

1914. _____. 1981. “The Pluperfect in Albanian and Macedonian.” Folia Slavica 4.273-82.

1915. _____. 1982. “Reportedness in Bulgarian: category or stylistic variant?.” International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics 25-26.149-63.

1916. _____. 1983. “Znachenie na otdavna minalo vreme za istorijata na ba°lgarskija ezik.”  [Significance of the distant past tense for the history of the Bulgarian language.] Dokladi. Istoricheski razvoj na ba°lgarskija ezik. Pa°rvi mezhdunaroden kongres po ba°lgaristika, 111-126.

1917. _____. 1984. “Status and the Lak verbal system.” Folia Slavica 7.135-49.

1918. _____. 1985. “Aspectual usage in Russian, Macedonian, and Bulgarian.” Michael S. Flier and Alan Timberlake (eds.), The Scope of Slavic Aspect. (UCLA Slavic Studies, 12.) Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 234-46.

1919. _____. 1986. “Evidentiality in the Balkans: Bulgarian, Macedonian, and Albanian.” Wallace Chafe and Johanna Nichols (eds.), Evidentiality: The Linguistic Coding of Epistemology. (Advances in Discourse Processes, XX.) Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 168-87.

1920. _____. 1988. “The category of Evidentiality in the Balkans and the Caucasus.” A. M. Schenker (ed.), American Contributions to the Tenth International Congress of Slavists: Linguistics. Columnus, Ohio: Slavica, 121-39.

1921. _____. 1988a. “On the Question of ‘Pluperfect’ in Lak.” Ezhegodnik Iberijsko-Kavkazskogo jazykoznanija 15.282-92.

1922. _____. 1988b. “Za slozhenite minati vreminija vo dihovskiot govor vo sporedba so makedonskiot literaturen jazik i so drugite dijalekti.”  [The compound past tense forms of the Dihovo dialect in comparison with the Macedonian literary language and other dialects.] Jazicnite pojavi vo Bitola i Bitolsko deneska i vo minatoto, 193-200.

1923. _____. 1989. “On the Terminology for Lak Synthetic Past Paradigms.” The Non-Slavic Languages of the USSR: Linguistic Studies, 106-10.

1924. _____. 1989-90. “Upotrebata na glagolskite vreminja vo makedonskite i vo drugi balkanski poslovichni izrazi.”  [The use of verbal tenses in Macedonian and other Balkan proverbial expressions.] Makedonski jazik 40-41.661-70.

1925. _____. 1992. “Aspectual oppositions in Bulgarian, Albanian and Turkish.” Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 17.33-38.

1926. _____. 1993. “The Loss of the Imperfective Aorist in Macedonian: Structural Significance and Balkan Context.” Robert A. Maguire and Alan Timberlake (eds.), American Contributions to the Eleventh International Congress of Slavists, Bratislava, August-September 1993: Literature, Linguistics, Poetics. Columbus, Ohio: Slavica, 285-302.

1927. _____. 1996. “Makedon ve Türk dillerinde belirli geçmish ve hikâye zamanlar’.”  [Confirmative and narrative tenses in Macedonian and Turkish.] Makedonsko-turski kulturni vrski vo minatoto I denes: II megjunaroden simpozium 23-25 oktomvri 1991, 55-58.

1928. _____. 1997. “A Contrastive View of Subordinate Aspect and the Opposition Confirmative/Non-Confirmative in the Balkans with Particular Reference to Macedonian and Turkish.” Balkanistica 10.185-201.

1929. _____. 1997a. “A Contrastive View of Subordinate Aspect and the Opposition Confirmative/Non-Confirmative in the Balkans with Particular Reference to Macedonian and Turkish.” Balkanistica 10.185-201.

1930. _____. to appear. “The Development and Significance of the Modern Bulgarian Pluperfect.” Bulgarian Linguistics by American Scholars.

1931. _____. to appear-a. “Evidentiality in the Balkan Languages.” Uwe Hinrichs (ed.), Handbuch der Suudosteuropa-Linguistik. Deutsche Forschungs-Gemeinschaft.

1932. _____. to appear-b. “Proverbial Evidentiality: On the Gnomic Uses of the Category of Status in Languages of the Balkans and the Caucasus.” Mediterranean Language Review 11.

1933. Friedman, W. 1990. About Time. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.

1934. Friedrich, Heinz. 1936. Gibt es eine intensive Aktionsart im Neuenglischen? [Is there an intensive Aktionsart in Modern English?.] (Beitraege zur englischen Philologie von Max Förster, 21.) Leipzig: Tauchnitz.  Reprinted 1968, New York City: Johnson.

1935. Friedrich, Paul. 1974. “How Relevant Is Homeric ‘Relevance’?” Acta Linguistica Hafniensia 15.213-34. Reply to Diver (1969).

1936. _____. 1974. “On Aspect Theory and Homeric Aspect.” International Journal of American Linguistics Memoir 28.S1-S44.

1937. Fries, C. C. 1925. “The Periphrastic Future with Shall and Will in Modern English.” Proceedings of the Modern Language Association 40.963-1024.

1938. Fries, Charles Carpenter. 1927. “The Expression of the Future.” Language 3.87-95. Reprinted, 1957, in Language Learning 7, pp. 125-34.

1939. Fries, U. 1970. “Zum historischen Präsens im modernen englischen Roman.”  [On the historical present in the modern English novel.] Germanisch-Romanische Monatshefte 51.321-58.

1940. Frishberg, Nancy and Bonnie Gough. n. d.. “Time on Our Hands.” Unpublished manuscript.

1941. Frisk, H. 1928-29. “Participium und verbum finitum im Spätgriechischen.”  [Participle and finite verb in Late Greek.] Glotta 17.56-66. Reprinted 1966 in Kleine Schriften zur Indogermanistik und zur griechischen Wortkunde, Studia Graeca et Latina Gothoburgensia 21, Gotheburg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis, 431-42.

1942. Fritz, Thomas. 1994. “Passivformen in Otfrids Evangelienbuch: Tempus, Aspekt, Aktionsart.”  [Passive forms in Otfrid’s Evangelienbuch: Tense, aspect, Aktionsart.] Sprachwissenschaft 19.165-82.

1943. Fryd, Marc. 1989. “À propos du traitement de l’aspect dans les manuels d’anglais des lycées: Types de verbes et ‘contraintes’.”  [Regarding the treatment of aspect in the English textbooks in lycées: Types of verbs and “constraints”.] Les langues modernes 83.29-42.

1944. _____. 1993. “À propos de la périphrase after ing en anglo-irlandais.”  [Regarding the periphrasis after -ing in Anglo-Irish.] Opérations Enonciatives et interprétation de l’énoncé: mélanges offerts à Janine Bouscaren. Paris: Ophrys, 77-99. Cf. Fryd (1993).

1945. _____. 1993a. “Some remarks on after -ing  in Hiberno-English.” L’Irlande et ses langues: Actes du Colloque de Rennes 1992. Paris: Société Française d’Etudes Irlandaises, 53-63. Cf. Fryd (1993).

1946. _____. 1996. “Eléments statistiques pour une analyse comparée du perfect et du preterite en anglais contemporain avec ever et never.”  [Statistical elements for a comparative analysis of the English perfect and preterite with ever and never.] René  Pellen (ed.), Textes, Langues et Informatique. Poitiers: Université de Poitiers, 77-91.

1947. _____. 1996a. La périphrase /Have+PP/ en anglais contemporain: opérations énonciatives et construction de l’aspect accompli.  [The periphrasis have+past participle in English: enunciative operations and the construction of the perfect aspect.] Lille: Presses universitaires du Septentrion.  PhD dissertation, University of Paris VII, 1995.

1948. _____. 1998. “Present perfect et datation: une dérive aoristique?”  [Present perfect and dating: an aoristic drift?.] Andrée Borrillo, Carl Vetters, and Marcel Vuillaume (eds.), Regards sur l’aspect. (Cahiers Chronos, 2.) Amsterdam: Rodopi, 29-50.

1949. Fuchs, A. 1988. “Dimensionen der Deixis im System der deutschen Tempora.”  [Dimensions of deixis in the system of German tenses.] Veronika Ehrich and Heinz Vater (eds.), Temporalsemantik: Beiträge zur Linguistik der Zeitreferenz. Tübingen: Niemeyer, 1-25.

1950. Fuchs, Anna. 1988. “Aspectos verbal e deixis.”  [Verbal aspects and deixis.] Cadernos de Estudos Linguisticos 15.87-109.

1951. Fuchs, C. 1978. “L’aspect, un  problème de linguistique générale: élements de réponse dans une perspective énonciative.” DRLAV 16.1-30.

1952. Fuchs, Catherine. 1986. “L’ambiguité et la paraphrase en psycho-mécanique: L’exemple de l’imparfait.”  [Ambiguity and paraphrase in psycho-mechanics: the example of the imperfect.] Pierre Le Goffic (ed.), Points de vue sur l’imparfait. Caen: Centre d’Études Linguistiques de l’Université de Caen, 43-54.

1953. _____. 1988. “Encore, déjà, toujours: de l’aspect à la modalité.”  [Encore ‘again’, déjà  ‘still’, toujours  ‘always’: from aspect to modality.] Nicole Tersis and Alain Kihm (eds.), Temps et aspects: actes du colloque CNRS Paris 24-25 octobre 1985. Paris: Peeters/Selaf, 135-48.

1954. _____  and Anne-Marie Leonard. 1979. Vers une théorie des aspects: Les systèmes du français et de l’anglais.  [Towards a theory of the aspects: the systems of French and English.] Paris: Mouton and École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales.

1955. _____  and Jacques Rouault. 1975. “Towards a Formal Treatment of the Phenomenon of Aspect.” Edward Keenan (ed.), Formal Semantics of Natural Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press , 373-88.

1956. Fuchs, Volker. 1988. “Zur Anwendung der Begriffe “Aspektualität und Aktionalität” auf die französische Gegenwartsgrammatik.”  [On the application of the terms “aspectuality and actionality” in modern French grammar.] Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte 176.13-23. Presented at the First International Workshop on Romance-German Language Comparison, Karl-Marx-University, Leipzig, 5-6 October, 1987.

1957. _____. 1997. “Über französische Texte: Temporalität im Textkommentar.”  [On French texts.] Peter-Eckhard Knabe and Johannes Thiele (eds.), Über Texte: Festschrift für Karl-Ludwig Selig. Tübingen: Stauffenburg, 55-72.

1958. Fuglsang, P. 1940. “On the Latin Future Indicative Passive and Related Expressions in Archaic and Classical Latin.” Classica et Mediaevalia 3.236-52.

1959. Fulk, Robert D. 1987. “The Historical Present in Medieval Narrative.” Zeitschrift für Celtische Philologie 42.330-43.

1960. Gaaf, W. van der. 1930. “Some Notes on the History of the Progressive Form.” Neophilologus 15.201-15. Reprinted in Schopf (1974), 356-70.

1961. Gabbay, D. and F. Guenther. 1982. “A note on many-dimensional tense logics.” Philosophical Essays Dedicated to Lennart Åqvist on his Fiftieth Birthday, 63-70.

1962. Gabbay, Dov. 1976. Investigations in Modal and Tense Logics with Applications to Problems in Philosophy and Linguistics. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.

1963. _____. 1992. “Temporal Logic: Tense or Nontense?.” Richard Spencer-Smith and Steve Torrance (eds.), Machinations: Computational Studies of Logic, Language, and Cognition. Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 1-30.

1964. _____  and Christian Rohrer. 1978. “Relative Tenses: The Interpretation of Tense Forms which occur in the Scope of Temporal Adverbs or in Embedded Sentences.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Papers on Tense, Aspect and Verb Classification. Tübingen: Narr Verlag, 99-110.

1965. _____  and Christian Rohrer. 1979. “Do We Really Need Tenses Other Than Future and Past?” Rainier Bäuerle, U. Egli, and Arnim von Stechow (eds.), Semantics from Different Points of View. Berlin: Springer Verlag, 15-20.

1966. Gabbay, Dov and Julius Moravcsik. 1980. “Verbs, Events, and the Flow of Time.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Time, Tense, and Quantifiers: Proceedings of the Stuttgart Conference on the Logic of Tense and Quantification. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 59-84.

1967. Gabbay, Dov M. 1973. “Representation of the Montague Semantics as a Form of the Suppes Semantics with Applications to the Problem of the Introduction of Passive Voice, the Tenses, and Negation as Transformations.” K. J. J. Hintikka (ed.), Approaches to Natural Language: Proceedings of the 1970 Stanford Workshop on Grammar and Semantics. Dordrecht: Reidel, 395-410.

1968. Gabbay, Dov. M. 1978. “A Tense System with a Split Truth Table.” L. Åqvist and F. Guenther (eds.), Tense Logic. (Pub. du Centre Nat. Belge de Recherches de Logique.) Louvain: Neuwelaerts, 5-39.

1969. Gachelin, Jean-Marc. 1984. “Modalité et expression du futur.”  [Modality and the Expression of the Future.] Lucien Cherchi (ed.), Contrastivité en linguistique anglaise. Saint-Étienne: Centre Interdisciplinaire d’Etude et de Recherches sur l’Expression Contemp., 153-169.

1970. _____. 1990. “Aspects in non-standard English.” L’auxiliaire en question, 221-51.

1971. _____. 1997. “The Progressive and Habitual Aspects in Non-Standard Englishes.” Edgar W.  Schneider (ed.), Englishes around the World, I: General Studies, British Isles, North America; II: Caribbean, Africa, Asia, Australasia: Studies in Honour of Manfred Gorlach. (Varieties of English Around the World, G18.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins33-46.

1972. Gadzhakhmedov, N. E.. 1981. “Sistema budushchego vremeni kumykskogo indikativa.”  [The future tense system of the Kumyk indicative.] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 36.114-115.

1973. Gadzhiakhmedov, N. E. 1981. “Printsipy sistemnogo izuchenija vremen tjurkskogo glagola (na materiale kumykskogo jazyka).”  [Principles of a systematic study of tenses in Turkic languages (on material from the Kumyk language).] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 36.83-86.

1974. Gagnon, M. and G. Lapalme. 1995. “From Conceptual Time to Linguistic Time.” Computational Linguistics 22.91-127.

1975. Gagnon, Michel. 1995. “Expression de la localisation temporelle dans un générateur de texte.” [The expression of temporal localization in a text generator.]  PhD dissertation, École Polytechnique, Montréal, Québec.

1976. Gagnon, Sylvie. 1990. “Futur proche, futur éloigné: Problème terminologique et didactique.”  [Near future, distant future: a terminological and didactic problem.] Langues et Linguistique 16.253-58.

1977. Gaiffe, Bertrand. 1993. “Ce matin, il pleuvait, ou la référence à l’épreuve du temps.”  [“This morning, it was raining”, or reference testing tense.] Langages 112.74-91.

1978. Gak, V. G. 1997. “Tipologija analiticheskix form glagola v slavjanskix jazykax (Irradiatsija i konkatenatsija).”  [A typology of analytic verbal forms in Slavic languages (irradiation and concatenation).] Voprosy jazykoznanija 46.47-58.

1979. Galand, Lionel. 1983. “Les emplois de l’aoriste sans particule en berbere.”  [Use of the aorist without particle in Berber.] Herrmann Jungraithmayr and Walter W. Muller (eds.), Proceedings of the Fourth International Hamito-Semitic Congress: Marburg, 20-22 September, 1983. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV: Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, 44.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 361-79.

1980. Galang, Rosita G. 1982. “Acquisition of Tagalog Verb Morphology: Linguistic and Cognitive Factors.” Philippine Journal of Linguistics 13.1-15.

1981. Galbraith, Mary. 1995. “Deictic Shift Theory and the Poetics of Involvement in Narrative.” Judith F. Duchan, Gail A. Bruder, and Lynne E. Hewitt (eds.), Deixis in Narrative: a cognitive science perspective. Hillsdale, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum, 19-59.

1982. Gale, R. 1964. “The egocentric particular and token-reflexive analyses of tense.” Philosophical Review 73.213-28.

1983. Galet, Yvette. 1974. “Passé simple et passé composé.”  [Passé simple (simple past) and passé composé.] Le français moderne 42.13-19.

1984. _____. 1977. Les corrélations verbo-adverbiales, fonction du passé simple et du passé composé, et la théorie des niveaux d’énonciation dans la phrase française du XVIIème siècle.  [Verbal-adverbial correlations, function of the passé simple (simple past) and of the passé composé (complex past), and the theory of the levels of énonciation in the French sentence of the 17th century.] Paris: Champion.

1985. Gallagher, M. 1968. “Perfect, Possessive, and Passive in English.” Ms., University of Illinois at Urbana.

1986. _____. 1969. “Have and the Perfect in English.” PhD dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana.

1987. _____. 1970. “Adverbs of Time and Tense.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 6.220-25.

1988. Gallis, Arne. 1960. “Die neuen slavischen Perfekte vom Typus factum habeo und *casus sum, *casum habeo.”  [The new Slavic perfect of the type factum habeo ‘I have done’ and *casus sum ‘I am fallen’, *casum habeo ‘I have fallen’.] Scando-Slavica 6.176-88.

1989. Galnaityte, E. 1980. “Tipologija glagolov mnogokratnogo sposoba dejstvija: Na materiale russkogo i litovskogo jazykov.”  [The typology of verbs of frequent mode of action: on  material from the Russian and Lithuanian languages.] Kalbotyra 31.75-87.

1990. _____. 1984. “Glagoly dvizhenija v sisteme sposobov glagol’nogo dejstvija.”  [Verbs of motion in the system of modes of verbal action.] Kalbotyra 35.77-88.

1991. Galton, A. 1987. “Temporal logic and computer science: an overview.” Anthony Galton (ed.), Temporal Logics and their Applications. London: Academic Press, 1-52.

1992. _____. 1990. “A Critical Examination of Allen’s Theory of Action and Time.” Artificial Intelligence 42.159-88. Follows Allen (1984).

1993. Galton, Anthony. 1984. The Logic of Aspect: An Axiomatic Approach. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

1994. _____. 1987. “The Logic of Occurrence.” Anthony Galton (ed.), Temporal Logics and Their Applications. London: Academic Press, 169-96.

1995. Galton, Herbert. 1962. Aorist und Aspekt im Slavischen: Eine Studie zur funktionellen und historischen Syntax.  [Aorist and aspect in Slavic: a study of functional and historical syntax.] (Bibliotheca Slavica.) Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

1996. _____. 1964. “A New Theory of the Slavic Verbal Aspect.” Archivum Linguisticum 16.133-44.

1997. _____. 1975. “Verbalaspekt im Griechischen und Slavischen.”  [Verbal aspect in Greek and Slavic.] Folia Linguistica 8.147-56.

1998. _____. 1976. The Main Functions of the Slavic Verbal Aspect. Skopje: Macedonian Academy of Sciences and Arts.

1999. _____. 1979. “Some Peculiarities of Verbal Aspect in Slovene.” Slovene Studies 1.52-60.

2000. _____. 1980. “Where ‘Completed Action’ for the Perfective Goes Wrong.” Lingua 52.49-55.

2001. Galves, Francisco. 1989. “Varcho njakoi aspekti na deiksisa v ispanskija i v balgarsija ezik.”  [Some problems of deixis in Spanish and Bulgarian.] Vence Popova (ed.), Vtori mezdunaroden kongres po ba°lgaristika, Sofija 23 maj - 3 juni 1986 g.: dokladi. Sofia: Ba°lgarska akad. na naukite179-195.

2002. Gamillscheg, Ernst. 1958. “Das sogenannte ‘Imparfait historique’ (‘imparfait de rupture’).”  [The so-called “historical imperfect” (“imperfect of upture”).] Horst Heintze and Erwin Silzer (eds.), Im Dienste der Sprache: Festschrift für Victor Klemperer zum 75. Geburtstag am 9. Oktober 1956. Halle (Saale): Niemeyer, 271-75.

2003. Gamut, L. T. F. 1991. Logic, Language and Meaning: Vol. I. Introduction to Logic. Vol. II. Intensional Logic and Logical Grammar. Chicago: The University of Chigago Press.

2004. Garasharly, Ch. M. 1979. “Dzhenub-gerb grupu turk dillerinde fe’li baghlama ve kfmekchi fe’lden ibaret terz birleshmeleri.”  [Usage of Aspectual Constructions Composed of Adverbs and Auxiliary Verbs in the Southwestern Turkic Languages.] Izvestija akademii nauk azerbaidzhanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 2.70-75.

2005. _____. 1980. “Tirk dillerinde fe’l terzlerinin tedgigine dair.”  [The Study of Verbal Aspect in Turkic Languages.] Izvestija akademii nauk azerbaidzhanskoj SSR, Literatura, jazyk i iskusstvo 3.78-81.

2006. García, E. 1967. “Auxiliaries and the Criterion of Simplicity.” Language 43.853-70.

2007. García Fernández, Luís. 1995. “La interpretación temporal de los tiempos compuestos.”  [The Temporal Interpretation of Compound Tenses.] Verba 22.363-96.

2008. García Hernandez, B. 1989. “Complémentarité lexicale et voix verbale.”  [Lexical complementarity and verbal voice.] G. Calboli (ed.), Subordination and other topics in Latin: Proceedings of the Third Colloquium on Latin Linguistics, Bologna, 1-5 April 1985. Amsterdam, 289-309.

2009. García Ramón, Jose Luís. 1993. “Zur historischen Betrachtung der indogermanischen Aktionsarten und Aspektprobleme: idg. *neu(H)- ‘eine momentane Bewegung machen, (sich) einen Augenblick wenden, drehen’.” [On the historical treatment of Indo-European action types and aspect problems: Indo-European *neu(H)- ‘to make a momentaneous movement, to turn for a moment’.] Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 54.33-63.

2010. García-Ramón, J. L. 1984. “Review of Stork (1982).” Kratylos 29.104-16.

2011. Gardette, P. 1943. “Vouloir, auxiliaire du futur.”  [Vouloir ‘want’, future auxiliary.] Le français moderne, 62-63.

2012. Gardies, J. L. 1975. La logique du temps.  [The logic of time.] Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

2013. Garey, Howard B. 1955. The Historical Development of Tenses from Late Latin to Old French. (Language Dissertation, 51.) Baltimore: Linguistic Society of America.  Supplement to Language 31.1.

2014. _____. 1957. “Verbal aspect in French.” Language 33.91-110.

2015. Garnier, G. and C. Guimier. 1986. “‘Les hommes aussi avaient leurs chagrins’: étude comparative français-anglais.”  [“Men also had (avaient) their sorrows”: a comparative study of French and English.] Pierre Le Goffic (ed.), Points de vue sur l’imparfait. Caen: Centre d’Études Linguistiques de l’Université de Caen.

2016. Garr, W. Randall. 1991. “Affectedness, Aspect, and Biblical ‘et.” Zeitschrift für Althebraistik 4.119-34.

2017. Garrido, Joaquin. 1991. “Gestión semántica de la información pragmática en los adverbios de cambio todavía y ya.”  [Semantic nuance in the pragmatic information of the adverbs of change todavía ‘still’ and ya ‘already’.] Foro Hispánico 2.11-27.

2018. Gasparov, Boris. 1995. “Epicheskaja predikatsija (Ob upotreblenii glagol’nyx form v fol’klornyx epicheskix tekstax).”  [The epic predicate (on the use of verbal forms in folkloristic texts).] Russian Linguistics 19.1-23.

2019. Gasparov, Boris M. 1978. “Aspektual’nye znachenija neopredelenno-preditsiruemyx predlozhenij v russkom jazyke.” Voprosy russkoj aspektologii III, 64-88.

2020. _____. 1978. “Ustnaja rech’ kak semioticheskij ob”jekt.”  [Oral speech as semiotic object.] Semantika nominatsii i semetika ustnoj rechi, 63-112.

2021. _____. 1979. “O nekotoryx osobennostjax funktsionirovanija vidovyx form v povestvovatel’nom tekste.”  [On some peculiar functions of aspectual forms in narrative texts.] Voprosy russkoj aspektologii IV, 112-27.

2022. _____. 1990. “Notes on the ‘Metaphysics’ of Russian Aspect.” Nils Thelin (ed.), Verbal Aspect in Discourse. (Pragmatics and Beyond, n. s., 5.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 191-212.

2023. Gasser, Marcel. 1988. “The Use of Completive and Incompletive Aspect in Nawdm Narrative Discourse.” Journal of West African Languages 18.73-88.

2024. Gathercole, Virginia. 1986. “The Acquisition of the Present Perfect: Explaining Differences in the Speech of Scottish and American Children.” Journal of Child Language 13.537-560.

2025. Gatti, Maria Cristina. 1993. “Dibattito recente sull’aspetto in russo nei ‘Voprosy jazykoznanija’, II.”  [The recent debate on Russian aspect in Voprosy jazykoznanija.] Analisi Linguistica e Letteraria 1.521-52.

2026. Gavis, Wendy Antoinette. 1999. “Stative verbs in the Progressive Aspect: A Study of Semantic, Pragmatic, Syntactic and Discourse Patterns.”  PhD dissertation, Columbia University Teachers College.

2027. Gavranek, Boguslav. 1939. “Aspect et temps du verbe en vieux slave.”  [Aspect and tense of the verb in Old Church Slavonic.] Mélanges de linguistiques offerts à Charles Bally.

2028. Gaweko, Marek. 1986. “Quelques remarques sur l’aspect verbal dans les langes romanes et slaves.”  [Remarks on verbal aspect in Romance and Slavic languages.] Roczniki Humanistyczne 34.65-85.

2029. Gawron, Jean Mark. 1981. “Aspect and Boundedness in Polish.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 17.76-82.

2030. Gawronska, B. 1993. An MT Oriented Model of Aspect and Article Semantics. Lund: Lund University Press. Cf. Barbara Gawronska (1993).

2031. Gawronska, Barbara. 1993. “An MT Oriented Model of Aspect and Article Semantics.” Travaux de l’institut de linguistique de Lund 28.9-246. Cf. B. Gawronska (1993).

2032. Gebert, Lucyna. 1992. “L’aspect ‘parfait’ en langues slaves.”  [The “perfect” aspect in Slavic languages.] Études de linguistique romane et slave, 213-22.

2033. Gee, Julie and Iskender Savasir. 1985. “On the use of ‘will’ and ‘gonna’: Toward a description of activity-types for child language.” Discourse Processes 8.143-75.

2034. Geis, J. 1970. “Some Aspects of Verb Phrase Adverbials in English.” PhD dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana.

2035. Geis, Michael L. 1970. “Time Prepositions as Underlying Verbs.” Proceedings of the...th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society 6.235-49.

2036. _____. 1975. “English Time and Place Adverbials.” Ohio State Working Papers in Linguistics 18.1-11.

2037. Gejn, N. V. 1952. “O kategorii vida v russkom i nemetskom jazykax.”  [On the category of aspect in the Russian and German languages.] Trudy vojennogo instituta inostrannyx jazykov 1.19-37.

2038. Gelderen, Elly van. 1996. “Restraining Functional Projections: Auxiliaries and Participles.” Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 14.

2039. _____. 1997. “Structures of Tense and Aspect.” Linguistic Analysis 27.138-65.

2040. Gelhaus, Hermann. 1969. “Sind Tempora Ansichtssache?”  [Are tenses matters of opinion?] Der Begriff Tempus: Eine Ansichtssache?, 69-90.

2041. _____. 1969a. “Zum Tempussystem der deutschen Hochsprache.”  [On the tense system of the German high language.] Der Begriff Tempus: Eine Ansichtssache?, 5-22.

2042. _____. 1974. “Untersuchungen zur Consecutio Temporum im Deutschen.”  [Investigation of the sequence of tenses in German.] Hermann Gelhaus and Sigbert Latzel (eds.), Studien zum Tempusgebrauch im Deutschen. Tübingen: Narr, 1-127.

2043. _____. 1975. Das Futur in ausgewählten Texten der geschriebenen deutschen Sprache der Gegenwart: Studien z. Tempussystem.  [The future in selected texts of contemporary written German.] (Heutiges Deutsch : Reihe 1, Linguistische Grundlagen, 5.) Munich: Hueber.  A part of the author’s Habilitationsschrift, Basel, 1971.

2044. Genis, Rene. 1997. “Prze- Meaning and Aspect, Variant and Invariant Meaning(s), Some Remarks on “Pure” Perfectivization: prze- as Empty Prefix.” Polonica 18.191-207.

2045. Geniusiene, Emma S. and Vladimir P. Nedjalkov. 1988. “Resultative, Passive, and Perfect in Lithuanian.” Vladimir P. Nedjalkov (ed.), Typology of Resultative Constructions. (Typological Studies in Language, 12.) Amsterdam: Benjamins, 369-86.

2046. Gennari, Silvca. 1998. “Propositional attitudes and indexical tenses.” Presented at Sinn und Bedeutung 1998: 3. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für Semantik, Universität Leipzig, 11-13 December.

2047. Gennari, Silvia. 1997. “Modal and Temporal Aspects of the Meaning of would.” MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 31.185-204. Presented at Student Conference in Linguistics, New York University, 1996.

2048. _____. 1999. “Embedded Present Tense and Attitude Reports.” Tanya Matthews and Devon Strolovitch (eds.), Proceedings of Semantics and Linguistic Theory IX. Ithaca, New York: CLC Publications.

2049. Georgakopoulou, Alexandra. 1994. “Contextualizing Modern Greek Storytelling: The Case of Historical Present and Constructed Dialogue.” Journal of Modern Greek Studies 12.203-19.

2050. Georgeff, Michael, David Morley, and Anand Rao. 1992. “Events and Processes in Situation Semantics.” Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute, Technical Note 38

2051. Gerasimenko, V. G. 1991. “Rol’vido-vremennyx form v organizatsii razlichnych tipov teksta.”  [The role of aspect-tense forms in the organization of various types of texts.] Nauchnye doklady vyshtej shkoly: Filologicheskie nauki 5.106-111.

2052. Gersbach, Bernard. 1982. Die Vergangenheitstempora in oberdeutscher gesprochener Sprache: Formen, Vorkommen und Funktionen untersucht an Tonbandaufnahmen aus Baden-Württemberg, Bayrisch-Schwaben und Vorarlberg.  [Past tenses in High German spoken language: forms, occurences and functions, investigated on tape recorded selections from Baden-Württemberg, Bayrisch-Schwaben and Vorarlberg.] (Idiomatica , 9.) Tübingen: Niemeyer.

2053. Geurts, Bart. 1985. “Generics.” Journal of Semantics 4.247-55.

2054. Gevorkian, Gayane. 1994. “The Continuous Present (sharownakakan nerkay) in Armenian Dialects.” Annual of Armenian Linguistics 15.43-62.

2055. Gezundhajt, Henriette. 1989. “Role du marqueur déjà en français contemporain.”  [The role of the marker déjà ‘already’ in contemporary French.] Information Communication 10.45-50.

2056. Ghatage, Amrit M. n. d. “The Present Tense in Some Marathi Dialects.” Bhadriraju  Krishnamurti (ed.), Studies in Indian Linguistics: Professor M. B. Emeneau Sastipurti Volume. Poona and Annamalainagar: Cent. of Advanced Study in Linguistics, and Deccan College and Annamalai University, 99-102.

2057. Ghazali, Kamila. 1990. “Nominative Nominals and Focus Construction in Cebuano.” Philippine Journal of Linguistics 21.51-56.

2058. Ghiglione, R., M. Bomberg, E. Friemel, C. Kekenbosch, and Jean-Claude Verstiggel. 1990. “Prédications de l’état, de declaratif, et d’action: essai de classification en vue d’une application en analyse de contenu.”  [Stative, declarative, and actional predications: an attempt at classification in view of an application in the analysis of content.] Langages 100.81-100.

2059. Ghomeshi, Jila. 1991. “The Semantics of the Bengali Verb fela.” Canadian Journal of Linguistics 36.337-61.

2060. Giammateo, Mabel. 1995. “El campo temporal en la semántica conceptual.”  [The temporal field in conceptual semantics.] Revista Española de Linguística 25.125-42.

2061. Giannakidou, A. and F. Zwarts. 1998. “Semantic Restrictions on Tense/Aspect Combinations with Temporal Connectives.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

2062. Giannakis, Georgios. 1993. “Studies in the Syntax and Semantics of the Reduplicated Presents in Homeric Greek and Indo-European.” PhD dissertation, University of California, Los Angeles.

2063. _____. 1993a. “Verbal aspect in Discourse: Contributions to the Semantics of Time and Temporal Perspective in Slavic and Non-Slavic Languages.” Word 44.105-21. Review of Thelin (1990).

2064. Gibson, Kean. 1986. “The Ordering of Auxiliary Notions in Guyanese Creole.” Language 62.571-86.

2065. _____. 1992. “Tense and Aspect in Guyanese Creole with Reference to Jamaican and Carriacouan.” International Journal of American Linguistics 58.49-95.

2066. Giergi, A. and F. Pianesi. 1998. “Generalised Double Access Reading.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

2067. Gieser, C. R. 1972. “Kalinga Sequential Discourse.” Philippine Journal of Linguistics 3.15-33.

2068. Gifford, Douglas. 1986. “Las metaforas temporales en aymara y quechua.”  [Temporal Metaphors in Aymara and Quechua.] Winak 2.4-19.

2069. Gildea, Spike. 1993. “The development of tense markers from demonstrative pronouns in Panare (Cariban).” Studies in Language 17.53-73.

2070. Gildersleeve, B. L. 1883. “III. aorist and imperfect.” American Journal of Philology 4.158-165.

2071. Gildersleeve, Basil L. 1903. “Temporal Sentences of Limit in Greek.” American Journal of Philology 24.388-408.

2072. Gillon, Carrie, Catherine Kitto, Nicole Rosen, and Carolyn Smallwood. 1999. “Fronted aspectual elements and ‘ai’ in Ngati Porou Maori.” Read at AFLA VI (the sixth annual conference of the Austronesian Formal Linguistics Association), April 16-18, 1999, University of Toronto.

2073. Gilman, Stephen. 1956. “The Imperfect Tense in the ‘Poema del Cid’.” Comparative Literature 8.291-306.

2074. Giorgi, Alessandra. 1997. “Nel mondo dei sogni ovvero: le dipendenze temporali create dai verbi di immaginazione.”  [In the world of the dreams: the temporal dependencies created by verbs of imagination.] Linguistica e Filologia 5.1-21.

2075. _____. 1998. “Present Tense, Perfectivity, and the Anchoring Conditions.” A. Z. Wyner (ed.), Israel Association for Theoretical Linguistics 5. Bar Ilanm, Israel.

2076. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 1991. “Syntactic Constraints on Temporal Representations: Evidence from Italian and Latin.” Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics 8.109-20.

2077. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 1991. “Toward a Syntax of Temporal Representations.” Probus 3.187-213.

2078. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 1992. “On verbal morphology in Germanic and Romance.” E. Fava (ed.), Proceedings of the XVII Meeting of Generative Grammar. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier.

2079. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 1992a. “Tense representation and morphosyntactic structures in Germanic and Romance.” Presented at the CSG 8, Tromsø.

2080. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 1995. “From Semantics to Morphosyntax: the case of the Imperfect.” Pier Marco Bertinetto, Valentina Bianchi, James Higginbotham, and Mario Squartini (eds.), Temporal Reference, Aspect, and Actionality, vol. I, Semantic and Syntactic Perspectives. Torino: Rosenberg and Sellier, 341-63. Originally 1993 in Proceedings of the 13th International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, Savoie, France: Chambery. Cf. Giorgi (1997).

2081. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 1997. Tense and Aspect: From Semantics to morphosyntax. (Oxford Studies in Comparative Syntax.) New York: Oxford University Press. Cf. Giorgi (1995).

2082. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 1998. “Double Access Reading and Complementizer Deletion in Italian.” Proceedings of the West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics 17.

2083. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 2000. “Sequence of Tense phenomena in Italian: A morphosyntactic analysis.” Probus 12.1–32.

2084. _____  and Fabio Pianesi. 2001. “Tense, attitudes, and subjects.” Presented at Semantics and Linguistics Theory (SALT) 11, New York University, April, 2001.

2085. Giro-Beber [Guiraud-Weber], M. 1990. “Vid i semantika russkogo glagola.”  [Aspect and the semantics of the Russian verb.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 39.102-12.

2086. Gishev, N. T. 1989. “Xarakteristika adygejskogo aorista.”  [Characterization of the Adyghe aorist.] Ezhegodnik Iberijsko-Kavkazskogo Jazykoznanija 16.97-102.

2087. Giurescu, Anca. 1988. “Osservazioni sull’aspetto nell’italiano contemporaneo.”  [Observations on aspect in contemporary Italian.] Eugenio (vol. 1) Coseriu,  Jorn Albrecht (vol. 1), Harald Thun (vol. 2) and Jens Ludtke (vol. 3) (eds.), Energeia und Ergon: Sprachliche Variation—Sprachgeschichte— Sprachtypologie, I: Schriften von Eugenio Coseriu (1965-1987); II & III: Das sprachtheoretische Denken Eugenio Coserius in der Diskussion, 1 & 2. Tübingen: Narr497-500.

2088. Giusti, Francesca Fici and Denis Paillard. 1997. “L’inchoation en russe: entre auxiliaires et préverbes.”  [Inchoation in Russian: between auxiliaries and preverbs.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

2089. Givón, T. 1972. “Forward implications, backward presuppositions and time axis in verbs.” J. Kimball (ed.), Linguistic Symposia. Seminar Press, 29-50.

2090. Givón, Talmy. 1971. “Dependent modals, performatives, factivity, Bantu subjunctives and what not.” Studies in African Linguistics 2.61-81.

2091. _____. 1972. “Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu Grammar.” Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 3.1-248.

2092. _____. 1973. “The Time-axis Phenomenon.” Language 49.890-925.

2093. _____. 1977. “The drift from VSO to SVO in Biblical Hebrew: The Pragmatics of Tense-Aspect.” Charles Li (ed.), Mechanisms of Syntactic Change. Austin: University of Texas Press, 181-254.

2094. _____. 1982. “Evidentiality and Epistemic Space.” Studies in Language 6.23-49.

2095. _____. 1982a. “Tense-Aspect-Modality: The Creole Proto-Type and Beyond.” Paul J. Hopper (ed.), Tense-Aspect: Between Semantics and Pragmatics. (Typological Studies in Language, 1.) Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 115-63.

2096. _____. 1987. “Beyond Foreground and Background.” Russell S. Tomlin (ed.), Coherence and Grounding in Discourse. (Typological Studies in Language, 11.) Amsterdam: Benjamins, 175-88.

2097. _____. 1994. “Irrealis and the Subjunctive.” Studies in Language 18.265-337.

2098. _____  and A. Kimenyi. 1974. “Truth, Belief and Doubt in Kinya Rwanda.” Papers from the Fifth Annual Conference on African Linguistics, 95-113.

2099. Glasbey, S. 1998. “Progressives, states, and backgrounding.” Susan Rothstein (ed.), Events and Grammar. Dordrecht: Kluwer, 105-24. Cf. Sheila Glasbey (1993).

2100. Glasbey, Sheila. 1993. “Progressives, backgrounding and the Events/States Distinction.” Events and Grammar Conference, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, 28 Oct 1993. Cf. S. Glasbey (1998).

2101. _____. 1995. “When, discourse Relations and the Thematic Structure of Events.” Presented at Conference on Time, Space, and Movement, University of Toulouse.

2102. _____. 1996. “The Progressive: A Channel-Theoretic Analysis.” Journal of Semantics  13.331-61.

2103. _____. 1996a. “Towards a Channel-Theoretic Account of the Progressive.” Jerry Seligman and Dag Westerstahl (eds.), Logic, Language and Computation, I. (CSLI Lecture Notes, 58.) Stanford, California: Center for the Study of Language and Information, 239-54.

2104. _____  R. 1992. “Distinguishing between Events and Times: Some Evidence from the Semantics of Then.” Natural Language Semantics 1992-93.285-312.

2105. _____  Rosalie. 1994. “Event Structure in Natural Language Discourse.” PhD dissertation, University of Edinburgh.

2106. Glasov, Yuri Y. n. d. “Non-Past Tense Morphemes in Ancient Tamil.” Bhadriraju  Krishnamurti (ed.), Studies in Indian Linguistics: Professor M. B. Emeneau Sastipurti Volume. Poona and Annamalainagar: Cent. of Advanced Study in Linguistics, and Deccan College and Annamalai University , 103-09.

2107. Glavina-Ivanus, Sania. 1995. “Aspekte und Aktionsarten als Möglichkeiten zur Unterstützung des temporalen Ausdrucks in der Sprache: dargestellt am Beispiel slawischer Sprachen.”  [Aspects and Aktionsarten as possibilities for the support of temporal expression in language, represented by the example of Slavic languages.]  Universität Gesamthochschule Essen, Hauptseminar: Zeit und Tempus in der deutschen Sprache, 5/12.

2108. _____. 1998. “Der Ausdruck der Zeit durch Aspekt, Tempus und Aktionsart im ausgewählten Sprachen.” [The expression of time through aspect, tense and Aktionsart in selected languages.]  Linguistisches Kolloquium SS 98, Universität GH Essen, 16/6.

2109. Gleasure, James. 1990. “The Evolution of the Present/Future Tense in Scottish Gaelic.” Scottish Gaelic Studies 16.181-89.

2110. Glinz, Hand. 1969. “Zum Tempus- und Modussystem des Deutschen.”  [On the tense and mood system of German.] Der Begriff Tempus: Eine Ansichtssache?, 50-58.

2111. Glovinskaja, M. Ja. 1981. “Obshchefakticheskoe znachenie nesovershennogo vida (formy proshedsego vremeni).”  [The general-factual meaning of the imperfective aspect (past tense forms).] V. P. Grigor’ev (ed.), Problemy strukturnoj lingvistiki 1978. Moscow: Nauka, 108-24.

2112. Gobert, David L. and Veronique Maisier. 1995. “Valeurs modales du futur et du conditionnel et leurs emplois en français contemporain.”  [Modal values of the future and conditional and their use in contemporary French.] French Review 68.1003-14.

2113. Godard, Daniele and Jacques Jayez. 1996. “Types nominaux et anaphores: Le Cas des objets et des évenements.”  [Nominal types and anaphors: the case of objects and of events.] Walter De Mulder, Liliane Tasmowski-De Ryck, and Carl Vetters (eds.), Anaphores temporelles et (in-)cohérence. (Cahiers Chronos, 1.) Amsterdam and Atlanta: Rodopi, 41-58.

2114. Goedsche, C. R. 1932. “Terminate Aspect of the Expanded Form: Its Development and its Relation to the Gerund.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology31.469-77.

2115. _____. 1934. “Verbal aspect in German.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology33.506-19.

2116. _____. 1940. “Aspect versus Aktionsart.” Journal of English and Germanic Philology39.189-97.

2117. Goeringer, Keith. 1995. “The Motivation of Pluperfect Auxiliary Tense in the Primary Chronicle.” Russian Linguistics 19.319-32.

2118. Gohlisch, Dietmar. 1985. “Tätigkeitskonzept und sprachliches Feld.”  [The concept of activity and language field.] Ingeborg Imig (ed.), Nordeuropa. (Studien, 19.) Greifswald: Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Ernst-Moritz-Arndt Universität Greifswald, 135-40.

2119. Gold, David L. 1985. “The Past Tense or Past Participle as a Cohortative in Yiddish, German, Russian, Ukrainian, Spanish, and Hebrew.” Jewish Language Review 5.140-50.

2120. Gold, Elaine. 1999. “Aspect, Tense and the Lexicon: Expression of Time in Yiddish.”  PhD dissertation, University of Toronto.

2121. Goldblatt, R. 1992. Logics of Time and Computation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.  Second edition.

2122. Goldenberg, G. 1966. The Amharic Tense-System.  [In Modern Hebrew.] Jerusalem: Hebrew University.

2123. Goldman, A. 1971. “The individuation of actions.” Journal of Philosophy 68.761-74.

2124. Goldsmith, J. and E. Woisetschlaeger. 1975. “Natural Logic of the Progressive Aspect.” Ms., MIT.

2125. Goldsmith, John. 1985. “Bantu -FVGMa-: The Far Past in the Far Past.” Studies in African Linguistics Supplement 9.123-27. Presented at the Fifteenth Conference on African Linguistics, University of California, Los Angeles, 29-31 March1984.

2126. _____  and Erich Woisetschlaeger. 1982. “The Logic of the English Progressive.” Linguistic Inquiry 13.79-89.

2127. Golian, Milan. 1979. L’aspect verbal en francais?  [Verbal aspect in French?.] Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.

2128. Golic, Latinka. 1994. “Neki od pokazatelja anteriorne vremenske recenice.”  [Some indicators of past tense sentences.] Suvremena Lingvistika 20.35-48.

2129. Golovanova, I. P. 1989. “Podkhody k interval’noj semantike.”  [Approaches to Interval Semantics.] Vestnik moskovskogo universiteta, filologija 44.75-76.

2130. Golovin, B. N. 1953. “O vzajimosvjazi kategorii vida i zaloga v sovremennom russkom jazyke.”  [On the relations between aspect and voice in contemporary Russian.] Uchenje zapiski Vologodskogo pedag. Instituta 12.367-97.

2131. _____. 1958. “Sootnositel’nost’glagol’nyx snov i vopros o meste vida v formo- i slovoobrazovanii sovremennogo russkogo glagola.” Uchenie zapiski Vologodskogo pedagogicheskogo instituta 22.291-309.

2132. Golovin, I. V. 1953. “Glagol’nyje vremennyje formy iz”javitel’nogo naklonenija v sovremennom japonskom jazyke.”  [Verbal temporal forms of the indicative in contemporary Japanese.] Trudy vojennogo instituta inostrannykh jazykov 2.78-97.

2133. Golovko, Eugeni V. and Nikolai B. Vakhtin. 1990. “Aleut in Contact: The CIA Enigma.” Acta Linguistica Hafniensia 22.97-125.

2134. Golovko, Evgenij V. 1993. “On non-Causative Effects of Causativity in Aleut.” Bernard Comrie and Maria Polinsky (eds.), Causatives and Transitivity. (Studies in Language Companion Series, 23.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 385-90.

2135. Gomez Manzano, Pilar. 1988. “Observaciones acerca del uso de la forma en -re con valor de probabilidad en español hablado.”  [Observations on the use of the form in -re with the meaning of probability in Spanish.] Español Actual 49.37-51.

2136. Gonda, J. 1962. Aspectual Function of the Rgvedic Present and Aorist. (Disputationes Rheno-Trajectinae, 7.) The Hague: Mouton.

2137. Gonfroy, Gérard. 1991. “Enquête sur la préhistoire de la notion d’aspect verbal.”  [An inquiry into the prehistory of the notion of verbal aspect.] Le discours aspectualisé.

2138. Gong, Qianyan. 1994. “Xiandai hanyu de shijian xitong.”  [The time system of modern Chinese.] Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 29.27-40.

2139. Gonzales, Patrick. 1995. “Progressive and Nonprogressive Imperfects in Spanish Discourse.” Hispanic Linguistics  6-7.61-92.

2140. Gonzalez, Nadya. 1991. “El Progresivo.”  [The progressive.] Forma y Función 5.104-06.

2141. Goodman, Fred. 1973. “On the Semantics of Futurate Sentences.” Ohio State Working Papers in Linguistics 16.76-89.

2142. Goodwin, W. W. 1889. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. Revised edition.

2143. _____. 1894. A Greek Grammar: Revised and Enlarged. Boston and New York: Ginn.

2144. Goodz, Naomi S. 1982. “Is Before Really Easier to Understand than After?” Child Development 53.822-25.

2145. Goossens, Louis. 1994. “The English Progressive Tenses and the Layered Representation of Functional Grammar.” Co Vet and Carl Vetters (eds.), Tense and Aspect in Discourse. (Trends in Linguistics. Studies and Monographs, 75.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 161-78.

2146. Goranko, Valentin. 1996. “Hierarchies of Modal and Temporal Logics with Reference Pointers.” Journal of Logic, Language and Information 5.1-24.

2147. Gorbachek, A. L. 1989. “Eshche ili uzhe?”  [Esche ‘still’ or uzhe ‘already’?.] Russkij jazyk za rubezhom 4.33-38.

2148. Gordon, Amnon. 1982. “The Development of the Participle in Biblical, Mishnaic, and Modern Hebrew.” Afroasiatic Linguistics 8.1-59.

2149. Gordon, Christina E. 1986. “The English Simple Present Expressing Habits.” Langues et Linguistique 12.95-129.

2150. Gordon, K. 1972. “The Aspectual Model of the Lexicon.” PhD dissertation, SUNY Buffalo.

2151. Gordon, W. Terrence. 1980. Semantics: A Bibliography: 1965-1978. Metuchen, New Jersey and London: Scarecrow Press.

2152. _____. 1987. Semantics: A Bibliography: 1979-85. Metuchen, New Jersey and London: Scarecrow Press.

2153. _____. 1992. Semantics: A Bibliography: 1986-91. Metuchen, New Jersey and London: Scarecrow Press.

2154. Gorlach, Manfred. 1994. “Tense in Indian English: A Sociolinguistic Perspective.” English World-Wide 15.168-69.

2155. Gorrell, Paul, Stephen Crain, and Janet Dean Fodor. 1989. “Contextual Information and Temporal Terms.” Journal of Child Language 16.623-32.

2156. Gorski, Rafal L. 1997. “O pewnym sposobie opisu czasu i trybu zdania podrzednego w jezyku polskim i lacinie.”  [On one approach to the description of the tense and mood of the subordinate sentence in Polish and Latin.] Polonica 18.95-101.

2157. Gorup, Radmila J. 1993. “Historical Present Revisited: Evidence from Serbo-Croatian.” André Crochetiere, Jean-Claude Boulanger, and Conrad Ouellon (eds.), Actes du XVe Congrès International des Linguistes, Québec, Université Laval, 9-14 août 1992: Les Langues menacées/Endangered Languages: Proceedings of the XVth International Congress of Linguists, Quebec, Université Laval, 9-14 August 1992. Sainte-Foy: Presses Universitaires, Université Laval, 67-70.

2158. Gosselin, L. 1996. Sémantique de la temporalité en français: Un modèle calculatoire et cognitif du temps et de l’aspect. (Champs Linguistiques.) Paris and Louvain-la-Neuve: Duculot.

2159. Gosselin, Laurent. 1997. “La valeur de l’imparfait et du conditionnel dans les systèmes hypothétiques.” [Value of the imperfect and of the conditional in hypothetical systems.]  Presented at Second Chronos Conference, Annual Conference of the Linguistic Society of Belgium, Institut Libre Marie Haps (Brussels), 9-11 January 1997.

2160. Gotteri, N. J. C. 1972. “The Concept of Aspect as a Privative Opposition.” Ms.

2161. _____. 1983. “A Note on Bulgarian Verb Systems.” Journal of the Midland Association for Linguistic Studies 8.49-60.

2162. _____. 1984. “A Speaker’s Right to Choose: Aspects of Tense and Aspect in Polish.” Sheffield Working Papers in Language and Linguistics 1.72-78.

2163. Gotteri, Nigel. 1996. “Toward a Systemic Approach to Tense and Aspect in Polish.” Margaret Berry, Robin Fawcett, Christopher  Butler, and Guowen Huang (eds.), Meaning and Form: Systemic Functional Interpretations: Meaning and Choice in Language: Studies for Michael Halliday. (Advances in Discourse Process (ADP, 57.)  Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex, 499-507.

2164. Gouffé, C. 1966. “Les problèmes de l’aspect en Houssa I: introduction.  Le problème de l’aoriste et de l’accompli II.”  [Problems of aspect in Hausa, I, Introduction.  The problem of the aorist and the perfect II..] GLECS, 151-65.

2165. Gougenheim, G. 1929. Études sur les périphrases verbales de la langue française.  [Studies on the verbal periphrases of the French language.] Paris: Les Belles Lettres.

2166. Goyvaerts, D. L. 1968. “Towards a Theory of the Expanded Form in English.” La Linguistique 2.111-24.

2167. Graaff, Frances de. 1952. “The Verbal Aspect in Russian.” Modern Language Journal 36.220-22.

2168. Grabauskas, Vytenis. 1994. “Dalelyciu dar ir jau par tneryste.” Gimtoji Kalba 12 (332).7-11.

2169. Graber, Philip. 1987. “The Kriol Particle Na.” Working Papers in Language and Linguistics 21.1-21.

2170. Graham, D. W. 1980. “States and Performance: Aristotle’s Test.” Philosophical Quarterly 30.117-30.

2171. Granda, Germán de. 1995. “La expresión del aspecto verbal durativo: Modalidades de transferéncia linguística en dos áreas del español de América.”  [The expression of durative verbal aspect: modalities of linguistic transference in two areas of the Spanish of America.] Nueva Revista de Filológia Hispánica 43.341-54.

2172. Granda Gutiérrez, Germán de. 1997. “Un fenómeno de convergencia linguística por contacto en el quechua de Santiago del Estero: El desarrollo del futuro verbal perifrástico.”  [A phenomenon of linguistic convergence in the Quechua of Santiago del Estero: the development of the periphrastic verbal future.] Estudios Filológicos 32.35-42.

2173. Grappin, Henri. 1951. “Un emploi du prétérit antérieur en vieux polonais.”  [A use of the anterior preterite in Old Polish.] Revue des études slaves 27.136-44.

2174. _____. 1952. “Le verbe ‘vouloir’ dans l’expression du futur en polonais.”  [The verb “will” in the expression of the future in Polish.] Revue des études slaves 29.7-15.

2175. Graur, Al. 1955. “Observatµii asupra în trebuintµa°rii timpurilor în romîneste.”  [Remarks on the use of the tenses in Romanian.] Limba° sµi literatura, 134-41.

2176. Graves, Nina. 2000. “Macedonian—a Language with Three Perfects?” Östen Dahl (ed.), Tense and Aspect in the Languages of Europe. (Europtyp. Typology of Languages in Europe, 20-6.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 479-93.

2177. Graves, P. R. 1997. “Reference and Imperfective Paradox.” Philosophical Studies 88.81-101.

2178. Grebe, María Ester. 1987. “Reflexiones antropológicas sobre temporalidad.”  [Anthropological reflections on temporality.] Lenguas Modernas 14.163-72.

2179. Green, David. 1967. “Perfects and Perfectives in Modern Irish.” Eriu 30.122-41.

2180. Green, Katherine. 1995. “On the Evolution and Status of the Copula in Iberian-Based Creoles.” CUNY [City University of New York] Forum: Papers in Linguistics 19.65-79.

2181. Green, Tom. 1987. “The Semantics of Temporal Clitics in Warlpiri.” Ms., University of Sydney, July.

2182. Greenbaum, Sidney. 1969. Studies in English Adverbial Usage. London: Longmans.

2183. Greenberg, Gerald. 1985. “The Syntax and Semantics of the Russian Infinitive.” PhD dissertation, Cornell University.

2184. Greenberg, Gerald R. and Jaklin Kornfilt. 1989. “The Hierarchy from +Tense to -Tense.” Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics 6.117-25.

2185. Greenberg, Joseph H. 1986. “The Realis-Irrealis Continuum in the Classical Greek Conditional.” Elizabeth Closs Traugott, Alice ter Meulen, Judith Schnitzer Reilly and Charles A. Ferguson (eds.), On Conditionals. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 247-64.

2186. Greenberg, Yael. 1993. “Hebrew Nominal Sentences and the Nature of the Stage-Individual Level Distinction.” Events and Grammar Conference, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, 28 Oct 1993

2187. Greenough, J. B. et al. 1903. Allen and Greenough’s New Latin Grammar for Schools and Colleges. Boston: Ginn and Company.  Revised edition.

2188. Greensmith, Jennifer M. 1985. “Future Markers in Woods Cree.” William Cowan (ed.), Papers of the Sixteenth Algonquian Conference. (Papers of the Algonquian Conference/ Actes du Congrès des Algonquistes, 16.) Ottawa: Carleton University, 63-71.

2189. Gregersen, Frans. 1996. “Official Opposition to Peter Harder’s Dissertation.” Angles on the English-Speaking World 9.55-86. Critique of Harder (1996).

2190. Gregerson, Kenneth and Martha Martens. 1986. “Perfective Mi in Uma Discourse.” Benjamin F. Elson (ed.), Language in Global Perspective: Papers in Honor of the 50th Anniversary of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, 1935-1985. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics, 163-176.

2191. Grenoble, Lenore. 1989. “Tense, Mood, Aspect: The future in Russian.” Russian Linguistics 13.97-110.

2192. Grenoble, Lenore. 1993. “The Russian Future: Tense or Mood?.” André Crochetiere, Jean-Claude Boulanger, and Conrad Ouellon (eds.), Actes du XVe Congres International des Linguistes, Quebec, Universite Laval, 9-14 aout 1992: Les Langues menacees/Endangered Languages: Proceedings of the XVth International Congress of Linguists, Quebec, Universite Laval, 9-14 August 1992. Sainte-Foy: Presses Universitaires, Université Laval71-74.

2193. Grenoble, Lenore. 1995. “The Imperfective Future Tense in Russian.” Word 46:2.183-205.

2194. Grewendorf, G. 1984. “Besitzt die deutsche Sprache ein Präsens?”  [Does German have a present?] G. Stickel (ed.), Pragmatik in der Grammatik. Düsseldorf: Schwann, 224-242.

2195. Grewendorf, Günther. 1982. “Deixis und Anaphorik im deutschen Tempus.”  [Deixis and anaphor in German tense.] Papiere zur Linguistik 26.47-83.

2196. _____. 1982a. “Zur pragmatik der Tempora im Deutschen.”  [On the pragmatics of the tenses in German.] Deutsche Sprache 3.213-36.

2197. _____. 1995. “Präsens und Perfekt im Deutschen.”  [Present and perfect in German.] Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft 14.72-90.

2198. Grickat, I. 1957-58. “O nekim vidskim osobenostima srpskohrvatskog glagola.”  [On some peculiarities of aspect in the Serbo-Croatian verb.] JF 22.65-130.

2199. Grickat, Irena. 1954. O perfekta bez pomoc’nog glagola u srpohrvatskom jazyku i srodnim sintaksichkim povjavana.  [On the perfect without auxiliary verb in Serbo-Croatian and similar syntactic cases.] (Srpska Akad. Nauka, Posebna izdanja (Institut na srpski jezik), 223 (1).) Belgrade: Srpska akademija nauka.

2200. Grimes, Joseph. 1975. The Thread of Discourse. The Hague: Mouton.

2201. Grimshaw, J. and S. Vikner. 1993. “Obligatory Adjuncts and the Structure of Events.” E. Reuland and A. Werner (eds.), Knowledge and Language: vol. 2: Lexical and conceptual structure. Dordrecht: Kluwer, 143-55.

2202. Grinaveckis, V. and G. Bense. 1984. “Zu den Futurformen der indirekten Aussageweise der niederlitauischen Dunininkai-Mundart von Laukuva.”  [On the future tense forms in the indirect speech of the Low Lithuanian Dunininkai dialects of Laukuva.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 29.245-49.

2203. Grinaveckis, Vladas. 1989-90. “Zu den Formen des Präteritums der mehrmaligen Handlung in einer Untermundart des Sudniederlitauischen.”  [On the form of the preterite of repetitive action in a sub-dialect of southern Low Lithuanian.] Lingua Posnaniensis 32-33.83-84.

2204. Grinbaum, N. S. 1980. “Drevnegrecheskij literaturnyj jazyk: pozdneellinisticheskij period (I-V vv. n. e.).”  [The Ancient Greek literary language: the Late Hellenistic Period (first-fifth centuries AD).] Voprosy jazykoznanija 29.58-63.

2205. Grinberg, S. B. 1961. “Upotreblenie form proshedshego vremeni v sovremennom nemeckom jazyke.”  [The use of the forms of the past tense in present-day German.] Voprosy teorii nemeckogo jazyka 2.131-48.

2206. Grobe, E. P. 1969. “The French Imperfect of Reduced Sensory Awareness.” Romance Notes 11.215-18.

2207. Groenendijk, J. and M. Stokhof. 1991. “Dynamic Predicate Logic.” Linguistics and Philosophy 14.39-100.

2208. Groenke, Ulrich. 1993. “Aspekt in einem deutschen Dialekt und im Isländischen: Vergleichbare Strukturfacetten des Kolschen und Isländischen.”  [Aspect in a German dialect and in Icelandic: comparative structural facets of Cologne dialect and Icelandic.] NOWELE 21-22.151-58.

2209. Gronemeyer, C. 1998. “The Syntactic Basis of Evidentiality in Lithuanian.” Presented at Conference on Syntax and Semantics of Tense and Mood Selection, University of Bergamo, July 2-4.

2210. Groningen, B. A. van. 1948. “Quelques considérations sur l’aoriste gnomique.”  [Some reflections on the gnomic aspect.] Studia varia Carolo Guilielmo Vollgraf a discipulis oblata, 49-61.

2211. Grønvik, Ottar. 1986. Über den Ursprung und die Entwicklung der aktiven Perfekt- und Plusquamperfektkonstruktionen des Hochdeutschen und ihre Eigenart innerhalb des germanischen Sprachraumes.  [On the origin and the development of the active perfect and pluperfect constructions of High German and their characteristic within the Germanic linguistic area.] Oslo: Solum Forlag.

2212. Gropp, Douglas M. 1991. “The Function of the Finite Verb in Classical Biblical Hebrew: 1991.” Hebrew Annual Review 13.45-62.

2213. Gross, G. 1996. “Prédicats nominaux et compatibilité aspectuelle.”  [Nominal predicates and aspectual compatibility.] Langages 121.54-72.

2214. Gross, Gaston and Ferenc Kiefer. 1995. “La structure évenementielle des substantifs.”  [The event structure of nouns.] Folia Linguistica 29.43-65.

2215. Gross, H. 1974. Der Ausdruck des Verbalaspekts in der deutschen Gegenwartssprache.  [The expression of verbal aspect in the contemporary German language.] (Hamburger Phonetische Beiträge, Untersuchung zur Phonetik und Linguistik, 15.) Berlin: Helmut Buske.

2216. Gross, W. 1976. Verbform und Funktion: wayyiqtol für die Gegenwart?  Ein Beitrag zur Syntax poetischer althebräischer Texte.  [Verb form and function: wayyiqtol  for the present?  A contribution to the syntax of Poetic Old Hebrew texts.] (Münchner Universitätssachriften, Arbeiten zu Text und Sprache im alten Testament, 1.) St. Ottilien: EOS.

2217. Groussier, Marie-Line. 1992. “Déixis et réprésentation métaphorique du temps en vieil-anglais: Le Cas de ‘todaeg(e)/today’.”  [Deixis and the metaphorical representation of time in Old English: the case of todaeg(e)/today.] Mary-Annick Morel and Laurent Danon-Boileau  (eds.), La Déixis: Colloque en Sorbonne 8-9 Juin 1990. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 331-44.

2218. Grover, Mark Donald. 1982. “A Synthetic Approach to the Representation and Processing of Temporal Phenomena of English.” PhD dissertation.

2219. Gruber, Andrea. 1999. Aspekt und Aktionsart im Russischen und Italienischen.  [Aspect and Aktionsart in Russian and Italian.] (Innsbrucker Beiträge zur Kulturwissenschaft, 106.) Innsbruck.

2220. Gruber, Jeffrey S. 1976. Lexical Structures in Syntax and Semantics. Amsterdam: North-Holland.  Includes “Studies in Lexical Relations,” PhD dissertation, MIT, 1965.

2221. Grubor, Duro. 1953. “Aspektna znacenja.”  [Aspectual meanings.] Rad Jugoslavenske Akademije znanosti i umjetnosti, Odjel za filologiju 293.5-234. Part I.

2222. _____. 1953. “Aspektna znacenja II.”  [Aspectual meanings II.] Rad Jugoslavenske Akademije znanosti i umjetnosti, Odjel za filologiju 295.81-284.

2223. Gruita, Mariana. 1987. “Conective temporale interpropozitionale in engleza si romana.”  [Interpropositional temporal connectives in English and Romanian.] Cerceta°ri de Lingvistica° 32.95-103.

2224. Grünbaum, A. 1971. “The meaning of time.” E. Freeman and W. Sellars (eds.), Basic Issues in the Philosophy of Time. Open Court, 195-228.

2225. Grunin, N. D. 1976. “O semanticheskoj sovmentimosti temporalnyx  imen sushchestvitelnyx v atributivnyx slovosochetaniyax (na materiale sovremennogo anglijskogo jazyka).”  [On the semantic compatibility of temporal nouns in attributive noun phrases (on material from contemporary English).] Vestnik leningradskogo universiteta, Istorija--jazykoznanie--literaturovedenie 31.128-33.

2226. Grunina, E. A. 1975. “Ob izuchenii semanticheskoj struktury vremennyx form indikativa: Podxody k probleme.”  [On the study of the semantic structure of the tense forms of the indicative: approaches to the problem.] Sovetskaja tjurkologija 4.82-91.

2227. _____. 1976. “K istorii semanticheskogo razvitija perfekta -misµ.”  [On the history of the semantic development of the -misµ  perfect.] Sovetskaja tjurkologija 1.12-26.

2228. Grunmann-Gaudet, Minette. 1980. “The representation of time in the Chanson de Roland.” M. Grunmann-Gaudet and R. F. Jones (eds.), The Nature of Medieval Narrative. Lexington, Kentucky: French Forum, 77-98.

2229. Grygar-Rechziegel, Adela. 1994. “Czech Negative Verbal Units II.” A. A. Barentsen, B. M.Groen, and R. Sprenger (eds.), Dutch Contributions to the Eleventh International Congress of Slavists, Bratislava, August 30-September 9, 1993: Linguistics. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 111-40.

2230. Gu, Yang. 1995. “Aspect Licensing, Verb Movement and Feature Checking.” Cahiers de Linguistique Asie Orientale 24.49-83.

2231. Guentchéva, Zlatka. 1985. “Contributions à l’étude des catégories grammaticales du bulgare littéraire contemporain.” [Contributions to the study of the grammatical categories of contemporary literary Bulgarian.]  Thèse de doctorat d’Etat. Département de Recherches Linguistiques.  Universitee de Paris VII.

2232. _____. 1989. “Implications aspecto-temporelles en français et en bulgare.”  [Aspect-tense implications in French and Bulgarian.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 14.26-37.

2233. _____. 1990. Temps et aspect: l’exemple du bulgare contemporain.  [Tense and aspect: the example of modern Bulgarian.] Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Sci..

2234. _____. 1991. “Perfectif/imperfectif et la notion d’achèvement.”  [The opposition perfective/imperfective and the notion of achievement.] Le discours aspectualisé.

2235. _____. 1994. “Imparfait, aorist et passé simple: confrontation de leurs emplois dans les textes bulgares et français.”  [Imperfect, aorist and simple past: the contrast of their uses in Bulgarian and in Frrench.] Stanisÿaw Karolak, Violetta Koseska-Toszewa, Jean-Pierre Desclés, and Zlatka Guentchéva (eds.), Studia kognitywe = Études cognitives: Vol. 1. Semantyka kategorii aspecktu i czasu = Sémantique des catégories d’aspect et de temps. Warszawa: Slawistyczny Os’rodek Wyd, 163-81.

2236. _____. 1994a. “Manifestations de la catégorie du médiatif dans les temps du français.”  [Evidential values of the French tense system.] Langue française 102.8-23.

2237. _____. 1995. “L’imparfait perfectif bulgare.”  [The perfective imperfect in Bulgarian.] Modèles Linguistiques 16.73-94.

2238. _____. 1996. “Le médiatif en bulgare.”  [The evidential in Bulgarian.] Zlatka Guentchéva (ed.), L’Énonciation Médiatisée. Louvain and Paris: Peeters, 47-70.

2239. _____  and Jean-Pierre Descles. 1982. “À la recherche d’une valeur fondamentale du parfait bulgare.”  [On the problem of defining the basic meaning of the Bulgarian perfect.] Sa°postavitelno Ezikoznanie 7.44-56.

2240. _____  and Jean-Pierre Desclés. 1982a. “L’aoriste en bulgare.”  [The aorist in Bulgarian.] Cahiers balkaniques 3.31-62.

2241. Guenther, Franz. 1977. “Remarks on the Present Perfect in English.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), On the Logical Analysis of Tense and Aspect. Tübingen: Narr, 83-98.

2242. _____. 1978. “Systems of Intensional Logic and the Semantics of Natural Language.” Franz Guenther and Christian Rohrer (eds.), Studies in Formal Semantics: Intensionality, Temporality, Negation. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 41-74.

2243. _____. 1979. “Time Schemes, Tense Logic, and the Analysis of English Tenses.” F. Guenther and S. J. Schmidt  (eds.), Formal Semantics and Pragmatics for Natural Languages. Dordrecht: Reidel, 201-22.

2244. _____. 1987. “Linguistic Meaning in Discourse Representation Theory.” Synthese 73.569-98. Presented at “Theories of Meaning,” Florence Center for the History and Philosophy of Science, Florence, June, 1985.

2245. _____ , J. Hoepelman, and C. Rohrer. 1978. “A Note on the Passé Simple.” Christian Rohrer (ed.), Papers on Tense, Aspect and Verb Classification. Tübingen: Narr Verlag, 11-36.

2246. Guerin, Françoise. 1998. “Première approche du système verbal de l’ingouche.”  [A Preliminary Approach to the Verbal System of Ingus.] Fernand Bentolila (ed.), Systèmes verbaux. Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium: Peeters, 253-72.

2247. Gueron, Jacqueline. 1993. “Sur la syntaxe du temps.”  [On the syntax of tense.] Langue française 100.102-22.

2248. _____. 1996. “Cohérence et économie dans la grammaire des temps: Remarques sur la variation des structures temporelles.”  [Coherence and economy in the grammar of tense: remarks on the variation in temporal structures.] Walter De Mulder, Liliane Tasmowski-De Ryck, and Carl Vetters (eds.), Anaphores temporelles et (in-)cohérence. (Cahiers Chronos, 1.) Amsterdam and Atlanta: Rodopi, 59-77.

2249. _____. 2000. “Temporal interpretation and the argument structure of auxiliaries.” Presented at International Round Table ‘The Syntax of Tense and Aspect’, Université Paris III - Sorbonne Nouvelle, 5-18 November 2000.

2250. _____. 2001. “On the Aspectual Functions of the Verb BE.” To be presented at The Syntax of Aspect, Research Workshop of the Israel Science Foundation, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, June.

 2251. _____  and Teun Hoekstra. 1994. “The Temporal Interpretation of Predication.” A.  Cardinaletti and M.-T. Guasti (eds.), Small Clauses. (Syntax and Semantics, 28.) New York City: Academic Press, 77-103.

2252. Guierre, L. 1964. “Past or perfect?” Les langues modernes 58.

2253. Guillaume, Gustave. 1929. Temps et Verbe: théorie des aspects, des modes et des temps.  [Time and verb: theory of the aspects, moods, and tenses.] Paris: Champion.  Reprinted, 1965, with L’architectonique du temps dans les langues classiques.  Discussed by O’Kelly (1997).

2254. _____. 1933. “Immanence et transcendence dans la catégorie du verbe: Esquisse d’une théorie psychologique de l’aspect.”  [Immance and transcendance in the category of the verb: outline of a psychological theory of aspect.] Journal de psychologie 30.355-72.

2255. _____. 1945. Architectonique du temps dans les langues classiques.  [The architectonics of time in the classical languages.] Copenhagen: Munksgard.  Reprinted Paris: Champion, 1965.  Reviewed by Swiggers (1984).

2256. _____. 1951. “De la double action séparative du présent dans la représentation française du temps.”  [On the double separative action of the present in the French representation of time.] Mélanges Albert Dauzat, 131-46. Reprinted in Guillaume (1964), 208-19.

2257. _____. 1951. “Examen comparatif des systèmes verbo-temporels français et anglais: La réprésentation du temps dans la langue française.”  [A comparative examination of the verb tense systems of French and English: the representation of time in the French language.] Le français moderne 19.29-41, 115-33.

2258. _____. 1955. Époques et niveaux temporels dans le système de la conjugation française.  [Eras and temporal levels in the system of French conjugation.] (Cahiers de linguistique structurale, 4.) Québec: Presses universitaires Laval.

2259. Guillén Castrillo, Rocio Teresita. 1996. “Computational Treatment of Aspectual Semantics.” PhD dissertation, New Mexico State University.

2260. Guiraud-Weber, Marguerite. 1987. “Oppositions aspectuelles et sémantisme verbal en russe.”  [Aspectual oppositions and verbal semantism in Russian.] Revue des Études Slaves 59.585-96.

2261. _____. 1988. L’aspect du verbe russe: essaies de presentation.  [Russian verbal aspect.] Aix-en-Provence: Service des publ. de l’Univ. de Provence.

2262. _____. 1988a. “Sémantisme verbal et aspect en russe.”  [Verbal semantism and aspect in Russian.] Communications de la délégation française, X Congrès interbationale des Slavisyes, Sofia, 14-22 septembre 1988.

2263. Guitart, Jorge M. 1978. “Aspects of Spanish Aspect: A New Look at the Preterit/Imperfect Distinction.” Margarita Suñer (ed.), Contemporary Studies in Romance Linguistics. Washington, D. C.: Georgetown University Press, 132-68.

2264. Guliev, A. G. 1981. “Strukturno-etimologicheskij analiz pervoobraznyx temporal’nyx narechii v tjurkskix jazykax: Na materiale oguzskoi gruppy tiurkskix jazykov.”  [A structural-etymological analysis of prototypical temporal adverbs in the Turkic languages.] Sovetskaja tjurkologija 2.66-74.

2265. Gurevich, V. V. 1982. “O vzaimodejstvii vidovogo i leksicheskogo znachenija glagola.”  [On the interaction of the aspectual and lexical meaning of the verb.] Russkij jazyk v natsional’noj shkole 4.12-16.

2266. _____. 1989. “Modal’nost’, istinnostnoe znachenie, referentsija.”  [Modality, truthful meaning, reference.] Voprosy jazykoznanija 6.95-101.

2267. Gurr, A. 1994. “The Future is not What it Was.” Modern English Teacher 3.

2268. Guseva, E. K. 1961. Sistema vidov v sovremennom korejskom jazyke.  [The systems of aspects in the contemporary Korean language.] Moscow: Izd. vostochnoj literatury.

2269. Gutiérrez Araus, María Luz. 1996. “Relevancia del discurso en el uso del imperfecto.”  [Relevance of discourse in the use of the imperfect.] Revista española de lingüística 26.327-36.

2270. Gutiérrez, Manuel J. 1995. “On the future of the future tense in the Spanish of the Southwest.” Carmen Silva-Corvalán (ed.), Spanish in Four Continents. Washington, D. C.: Georgetown University Press, 214-26.

2271. Gutierrez-Rexach, Javier. 1997. “Dynamic Action Semantics and Deontic Operators.” Alternate presentation at Semantics and Linguistic Theory VII,  March 21-23, 1997, Stanford University.

2272. Gvozdanovic, Jadranka. 1987. “On the Passive Past Participle: Its Meaning and Usage in the Middle Russian First Chronicle of Novgorod.” A. A. Barentsen, B. M. Groen, and R. Sprenger (eds.), Dutch Studies in Russian Linguistics. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 133-44.

2273. Gvozdanovic’, Jadranka. 1991. “Meaning and Interpretation of Tense.” Jadranka  Gvozdanovic’ and Theo A. J. M. Janssen (eds.), The function of tense in texts. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 125-41.

2274. Gvozdanovic, Jadranka. 1994. “Russian Verbal Prefixes and Mere ‘Resultative Completion’ of the Verbal Event.” A. A. Barentsen, B. M.Groen, and R. Sprenger (eds.), Dutch Contributions to the Eleventh International Congress of Slavists, Bratislava, August 30-September 9, 1993: Linguistics. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 141-54.

2275. Gvozdanovic’, Jadranka. 1994. “The Tense System of Russian.” Rolf Thieroff and Joachim Ballweg (eds.), Tense Systems in European Languages (Linguistische Arbeiten, 308.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 191-200.

2276. Gvozdanovic, Jadranka. 1995. “Western South Slavic Tenses in a Typological Perspective.” Rolf Thieroff (ed.), Tense Systems in European Languages, II. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 338.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 181-94.

2277. Gvozdev, A. N. 1961. “Ob odnoj raznovidnosti otnositel’nogo upotreblenija budushchego vremeni.”  [On one variety of relative use of the future tense.] Voprosy kul’tury rechi 3.82-92.

2278. Haan, S. de. 1997. “Grammaticale status en betekenis van het voltooid deelwoord in het Nederlands, een problem verkenning.” E. H. C. Elffers-van Ketel, J. M. van der Horst, and W. G. Klooster (eds.), Grammatical spektakel: artikelen aangeboden aan Ina Schermer-Vermeer, 89-101.

2279. Haan, Sies de. 1991. “Meaning and Use of the Dutch Perfect.” Jadranka  Gvozdanovic’ and Theo A. J. M. Janssen (eds.), The function of tense in texts. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 143-56.

2280. Haarman, Harald. 1970. Die indirekte Erlebnisform als grammatische Kategorie: Eine eurasische Isoglosse.  [The indirect experience form as grammatical category: a Eurasian isogloss.] Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.

2281. Haase, Martin. 1991. “Tempus und Aspekt im Sprachkontakt: Baskisch-Gaskognisch-Französisch.”  [Tense and aspect in language contact: Basque-Gascon-French.] Elisabeth Feldbusch, Reiner Pogarell, and Cornelia Wela (eds.), Neue Fragen der Linguistik: Akten des 25. Linguistischen Kolloquiums, Paderborn 1990.  Band 1: Bestand und Entwicklung. Tübingen: Niemeyer465-74.

2282. _____. 1992. “Resultative in Basque.” Función 11-12.225-56. In Arbeiten des Kölner Universalienprojekts (Köln: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft), 1991.

2283. _____. 1994. “Tense and Aspect in Basque.” Rolf Thieroff and Joachim Ballweg (eds.), Tense Systems in European Languages (Linguistische Arbeiten, 308.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 279-294.

2284. _____. 1995. “Tense, Aspect and Mood in Romanian.” Rolf Thieroff (ed.), Tense Systems in European Languages II. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 338.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 135-52.

2285. Habel, Christopher. 1995. “Discrete Structures for the Representation of Time and Space.” Presented at Conference on Time, Space, and Movement, University of Toulouse.

2286. Haberland, H. 1986. “Reported speech in Danish.” F. Coulmas (ed.), Direct and Indirect speech, 219-53.

2287. Haberland, Hartmut. 1986. “A Note on the ‘Aorist’.” Jacob Mey (ed.), Language and Discourse: Test and Protest. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 173-84.

2288. Hacker, P. 1982. “Events, ontology and grammar.” Philosophy 57.477-86.

2289. Hackman, Geoffrey James. 1976. “An Integrated Analysis of the Hindi Tense and Aspect System.” University of Illinois PhD Thesis.

2290. Haden, Ernest F. 1967. “Tense, Time, and Focus in French.” 18th Annual Georgetown Round Table Meeting, 69-78.

2291. Hadermann, Pascale. 1994. “Les marques -yo- et -to- dans la conjugaison de quelques langues Bantoues de zone C.”  [The Markers -yo- and -to- in the conjugation of some Zone C Bantu languages.] Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 38.163-80.

2292. Haegeman, L. 1983. “Be Going To, Gaan, and Aller: some observations on the expression of future time.” International Review of Applied Linguistics.

2293. _____. 1983a. Semantics of ‘Will’ in Present-day British English. Brussels: Paleis der Academien.

2294. _____. 1989. “Be Going To and Will: a pragmatic account.” Journal of Linguistics 25.291-317.

2295. _____  and H. Wekker. 1984. “The Syntax and Interpretation of Futurate Conditions in English.” Journal of Linguistics, 45-55.

2296. Haegeman, L. M. V. 1983. The Semantics of Will in Present-Day British English: a Unified Account. Brussels: Verhandelingen van de koninklijke academie voor wetenschappen.  Cf. 1982 PhD dissertation, The Use of Will and the Expression of Futurity in Present-Day British English.

2297. Haegeman, Liliane. 1980. “Have To and Progressive Aspect.” Journal of English Linguistics 14.1-5.

2298. _____ M. V. 1982. “The Futurate Progressive in Present-Day English.” Journal of Linguistic Research, 13-19.

2299. _____ M. V. 1983. “The Expression of Future Time.” International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 21.155-57.

2300. Hagenaar, Elly. 1996. “Free Indirect Speech in Chinese.” Theo A. J. M. Janssen and Wim van der Wurff (eds.), Reported Speech: Forms and Functions of the Verb. (Pragmatics and Beyond, N. S., 43.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 289-98.

2301. Hahn, Adelaide. 1952. “The Moods in Indirect Discourse in Latin.” Transactions of the Philological Association 33.242-66.

2302. Hahn, E. Adelaide. 1953. Subjunctive and Optative: Their origin as futures. (American Philological Association, Philological Monographs, 16.) New York: American Philological Association.

2303. Haida, Andreas. 1999. “The stative perfect in German as perfect construction.” Presented at Sinn & Bedeutung 1999, Düsseldorf, October 3-6.

2304. Haig, John. 1974. “A Re-Analysis of the Verb Wakaru.” Papers in Japanese Linguistics 3.1-18.

2305. Haillet, Pierre. 1995. Le conditionnel dans le discours journalistique: Essai de linguistique descriptive.  [The conditional in journalistic discourse: an essay in descriptive linguistics.] Neuville, Québec: Bref.

2306. Haiman, J. 1986. “Constraints on the Form and Meaning of the Protasis.” Elizabeth Closs Traugott, Alice ter Meulen, Judith Schnitzer Reilly and Charles A. Ferguson (eds.), On Conditionals. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 215-27.

2307. Hajicova, E., J. Panevová, and P. Sgall. 1970. “Recursive Properties of Tense in Czech and English.” The Prague Bulletin of Mathematical Linguistics 13.9-42.

2308. Hajicová, E. and P. Sgall. 1987. “Topic and Focus of a Sentence and the Patterning of a Text.” J. S. Petöfi (ed.), Text and discourse constitution: Empirical Aspects, Theoretical Approaches. Berlin: de Gruyter, 70-96.

2309. Hajicová, E., J. Panenová, and P. Sgall. 1973. “The Meaning of Tense and its Recursive Properties.” W. Klein and A. Von Stechow (eds.), Functional Generative Grammar in Prague. Originally 1971 in Philologica Pragensia, 14, 1-15, 57-64.

2310. Hakulinen, Auli and Mirja Saari. 1995. “Temporaalisesta adverbista diskurssipartikkeliksi.”  [From temporal adverb to discourse particle.] Virittäjä 99.481-500.

2311. Hakulinen, Auli and Pentti Leino. 1987. “Finnish participial Construction from a Discourse Point of View.” Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher 59.35-43.

2312. Hale, K. 1969. “Papago /cim/.” International Journal of American Linguistics 35.203-12. Criticized by Devens (1979).

2313. Hale, W. G. 1894. “The ‘Prospective Subjunctive’ in Greek and Latin.” Classical Review 8.166-69.

2314. Hall, R. A. 1952. “Aspect and Tense in Haitian creole.” Romance Philology 5.312-16.

2315. Halliday, M. A. K. 1976. “The English Verbal Group.” M. A. K.  (ed. by Kress Halliday, G.) (eds.), System and Function in Language: Selected Papers by M. A. K. Halliday, 136-58.

2316. _____  and Ruqiaya Hasan. 1976. Cohesion in Spoken and Written English. London: Longman.

2317. Halmøy, Odile. 1992. “La concurrence futur simple/futur périphrastique dans un roman contemporain: étude contextuelle.”  [Competition of the simple future and periphrastic future in a contemporary novel.] Travaux de linguistique et de philologie 30.171-85.

2318. Halpern, Richard N. 1975. “Time Travel or The Futuristic Use of “To Go”.” Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 5.36-41. Response to Binnick (1971).

2319. Halpin, John F. 1988. “Indeterminism, Indeterminateness, and Tense Logic.” Journal of Philosophical Logic 17.207-19. Dissertation abstract?

2320. Haltof, Brigitte. 1967. “Die Aspekte des modernen Russischen.” [The aspects of Modern Russian.] Zeitschrift für Slawistik 12.735-43.

2321. _____. 1968. “Ein semantisches Modell zur Aspektdeterminierung im modernen Russischen.”  [A semantic model of aspectual determination in Modern Russian.] R. Ruzicka (ed.), Probleme der strukturellen Grammatik und Semantik. Leipzig, 132-50.

2322. _____  and A. Steube. 1970. “Zur semantischen Charakterisierung der Tempora im Russischen und Deutschen.”  [On the semantic characterization of the tenses in Russian and German.] Linguistische Arbeitsberichte 1.37-52.

2323. Halvorsen, A. 1973. Essai d’une analyse des formes dites ‘de futur’ en roumain moderne.  [Attempt at an analysis of the forms called “of the future” in Modern Rumanian.] Bergen: Universitetsforlaget.

2324. Hamamoto, Hideki. 1996. “Inherent Aspects of Verbs and Semantics of Progressive.”  [In Japanese..] Shoin Literary Review 29.51-67.

2325. Hamann, Cornelia. 1987. “The Awesome Seeds of Reference Time.” Alfred Schopf (ed.), Essays on Tensing in English, Vol. I: Reference Time, Tense and Adverbs. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 185.) Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 27-69.

2326. _____. 1988. “Temporal Presupposition or Where Does Reference Time Come From.” Richard Matthews and Joachim Schmole-Rostosky (eds.), Papers on Language and Mediaeval Studies Presented to Alfred Schopf on the occasion of his 65th birthday. Frankfurt/Main: Peter Lang, 301-30.

2327. _____. 1989. “English Temporal Clauses in a Reference Frame Model.” Alfred Schopf (ed.), Essays on Tensing in English, Vol. II: Time, Text and Modality. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 228.) Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 31-154.

2328. _____. 1991. “Semantics and Pragmatics: the Case of Temporal Conjunctions.” Linguistische Berichte 136.403-37.

2329. Hamanoue, Miyuki. 1994. “Tense, Aspect, and Negation in Narrative discourse.” Cho€€sen gakuho€€ 50.73-129.

2330. Hamblin, C. L. 1971. “Instants and Intervals.” Studium Generale 24.127-34.

2331. _____. 1971. “Starting and Stopping.” E. Freeman and W. Sellars (eds.), Basic Issues in the Philosophy of Time. Open Court, 86-101.

2332. Hamburger, H. 1983. “Aktionsart and Aspect in Russian.” Russian Linguistics 8.129-46.

2333. Hamburger, H. 1983. “Conation and Aspect in Russian.” Dutch Contributions to the Ninth International Congress of Slavists, Kiev, September 6-14, 1983: Linguistics. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 109-134. =? Etc. 40.16-21 (1983).

2334. _____. 1987. “Multifunctionality in Aspectual Determination in Russian.” A. A. Barentsen, B. M. Groen, and R. Sprenger (eds.), Dutch Studies in Russian Linguistics. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 145-80.

2335. _____. 1988. “The Nature of the Perfect and the Aorist in Russian.” A. A. Barentsen, B. M. Groen, R. Sprenger (eds.), Dutch Contributions to the Tenth International Congress of Slavists, Sofia, September 14-22, 1988. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 235-252.

2336. Hamburger, Käte. 1953. “Das epische Präteritum.”  [The epic preterite.] Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift für Literaturwisenschaft und Geistesgeschichte 27.329-57.

2337. _____. 1957. Die logik der Dichtung. [The logic of literature.] Stuttgart: E. Klett.  2nd edition, 1968.  Translated, 1973, by M. Rose, as The Logic of Literature, Bloomington: University of Indiana Press.

2338. Hamm, Fritz. 1996. “Nominalizations, Events, and Facts.” Ms.

2339. Hamp, Eric. 1982. “Latin Ut/ne and Ut (…non).” Glotta 60.115-20.

2340. Hamplová, Sylva. 1981. “Alcune osservazioni sul valore aspettuale del verbo italiano confrontato con quello ceco.”  [Some observations on the aspectual value of the Italian verb in contrast with that in Czech.] Philologica Pragensia 24.113-21.

2341. Hamplová, Sylva. 1988. “Ke kategorii cilovych sloves v italstine.”  [Toward the category of telic verbs in Italian.] Casopis pro moderní filologie 70.9-13.

2342. _____. 1992. “L’aktionsart nella Lingua italiana: in rapporto alla Lingua ceca.”  [Aktionsart in Italian: in comparison with Czech.] Linguistica Pragensia 35.57-72.

2343. Han, Chung-hye. 1996. “Comparing English and Korean Counterfactuals: The Role of Verbal Morphology and Lexical Aspect in Counterfactual Interpretation.” Proceedings of the Eastern States Conference on Linguistics 13.124-37.

2344. Hanganu, Mariana Plose. 1987. “Einige Überlegungen zur Neugestaltung der Verbalflexion im Kreolenportugiesischen Afrikas.”  [Some reflections on the modification of verbal inflection in the Portuguese creole of Africa.] Linguistische Studien, Reihe A: Arbeitsberichte 172.92-99. Paper presented at the colloquium “100 Jahre Lusitanistik in Leipzig” (One Hundred Years of Lusitanian Studies in Leipzig), Karl-Marx-Universität, Leipzig, 23-24 Apr. 1987.

2345. Hanon, Suzanne. 1978. “Tentative Analysis of Tense and Aspect in Modern French: Pedagogical Use of a Textlinguistic Model.” Kirsten Gregersen, Hans Basbøll and Jacob Mey (eds.), Papers from the Fourth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Hindsgavl, Jan. 6-8, 1978. (Odense University Studies in Linguistics, 3.) Odense: Odense University Press, 97-100.

2346. Hansarling, G. 1984. “Evidentials in Kogi.” Ms.

2347. Hansen, Finn. 1990. “Brugen af konj. unz og synonyme temporalsyntagmer i norront sprog.” Arkiv for Nordisk Filologi 105.81-105.

2348. Hara, Minoru. 1987-88. “A Note on the Ancient Indian Oath, II: Use of the Periphrastic Future.” Indologica Taurinensia 14.201-14.

2349. Harada, Shigeo. 1962. “Some notes on tenses: Time-sphere and aspect.” [In Japanese?] Anglia: Zeitschrift für englische Philologie 4.200-07.

2350. Harasawa, Itsuo. 1994. “A Pragmatic View of V-te-i-ru and V-te-ar-u.” Journal of Pragmatics 22.169-97.

2351. Harbert, Wayne. 1982. “In Defense of Tense.” Linguistic Analysis 9.1-18.

2352. Harder, Peter. 1990. “Tense, Semantics and Layered Syntax.” Jan Nuyts, A. Machelt Bolkestein, and Co Vet (eds.), Layers and Levels of Representation in Language Theory. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 139-63.

2353. _____. 1994. “Verbal Time Reference in English: Structure and functions.” Carl Bache, Hans Basbøll, Carl-Erik Lindberg (eds.), Tense, Aspect, and Action: Empirical and Theoretical Contributions to Language Typology (Proceedings of seminars on Verbal Semantics at Odense University in 1986 and 1987.). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 61-80.

2354. _____. 1996. “Functional Semantics: A Theory of Meaning, Structure and Tense in English.”  PhD dissertation, University of Copenhagen.  Critiqued by  Gregersen (1996).

2355. Harding, C.R. 1928. “Subsequent action Expressed by the Aorist Participle.” Transactions of the American Philological Association 57.

2356. Hardy, Frank. 1979. “Navaho Aspectual Verb Stem Variation.” University of New Mexico PhD dissertation.

2357. Harel, D. 1980. “Dynamic Logic.” D. Gabbay and F. Guenther (eds.), Handbook of Philosophical Logic. Dordrecht: Reidel497-604.

2358. Hargus, Sharon. 1989. “Sekani ‘Ghe’: Conjugation or Mode Prefix?.” Eung-Do Cook and Keren D. Rice (eds.), Athapaskan Linguistics: Current Perspectives on a Language Family. (Trends-in-Ling.:-State-of-Art-Reports, 15.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 199-227.

2359. Harkness, J. 1985. “On the Semantic Properties of English Time Adverbials.” PhD dissertation, University of Freiburg.

2360. Harkness, Janet. 1987. “Time Adverbials in English and Reference Time.” Alfred Schopf (ed.), Essays on Tensing in English, Vol. I: Reference Time, Tense and Adverbs. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 185.) Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 71-110.

2361. _____. 1989. “Three Present Time Adverbials: Nowadays, These Days and Today.” Alfred Schopf (ed.), Essays on Tensing in English, Vol. II: Time, Text and Modality. (Linguistische Arbeiten, 228.) Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 155-88.

2362. Harley, Heidi. 1999. “Denominal Verbs and Aktionsart.” MIT Working Papers in Linguistics 35.

2363. _____. 2001. “Restrictions on Measuring-Out and the ontology of verb roots in English.” To be presented at The Syntax of Aspect, Research Workshop of the Israel Science Foundation, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, June.

2364. _____ B. 1995. “Subjects, Events and Licensing.” PhD dissertation, MIT.

2365. Harner, L. 1981. “Children’s Talk about the Time and Aspect of Actions.” Child Development 52.498-506.

2366. Harner, Lorraine. 1975. “Yesterday and Tomorrow: Development of early understanding of the terms.” Developmental Psychology 11.864-65.

2367. _____. 1976. “Children’s Understanding of Linguistic Reference to Past and Future.” Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 5.65-84.

2368. _____. 1980. “Comprehension of Past and Future Reference Revisited.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 29.170-82.

2369. _____. 1982. “Immediacy and Certainty: factors in understanding future reference.” Journal of Child Language 9.115-24.

2370. Harré, Rom. 1960. “Linguistic Foundations for a Time Logic.” Atti del XII Congresso Internazionale di Filosofia 5.213-20.

2371. Harris, James. 1751. Hermes. London: H. Woodfall.  Reprinted, Menston, England, Scolar Press, 1968.

2372. Harris, Martin B. 1970. “The Verbal Systems of Latin and French.” Transactions of the Philological Society, 62-90.

2373. _____. 1982. “The ‘Past Simple’ and the ‘Present Perfect’ in Romance.” Nigel Vincent and Martin B. Harris (eds.), Studies in the Romance Verb. London: Croom Helm, 42-70.

2374. _____. 1986. “Historical Development of Conditional Sentences.” Elizabeth Closs Traugott, Alice ter Meulen, Judith Schnitzer Reilly and Charles A. Ferguson (eds.), On Conditionals. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press[405-36].

2375. Harry, J. E. 1905. “The Perfect Subjunctive, Optative and Imperative in Greek Again.” Classical Review 20.100-03.

2376. _____. 1905. “The Perfect Subjunctive, Optative and Imperative in Greek.” Classical Review 19.347-52.

2377. _____. 1906. “The Perfect Forms in Later Greek from Aristotle to Justinian.” Transactions of the American Philological Association 37.53-72.

2378. Hartford, Beverly A. S. 1993. “Tense and Aspect in the News Discourse of Nepali English.” World Englishes 12.1-13.

2379. Hartmann, Felix. 1919. “Aorist und Imperfektum.”  [Aorist and imperfect.] Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanische Sprachen, begründet von A. Kuhn 48/49.1-47, 1-73.

2380. _____. 1919a. “Aorist und Imperfektum im Griechischen.”  [Aorist and imperfect in Greek.] Neue Jahrbücher für das klassische Altertum 43.316-39.

2381. _____. 1934. “Zur Frage der Aspektbedeutung beim griechischen Futurum.”  [On the question of aspectual meaning in the Greek future.] Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanische Sprachen, begründet von A. Kuhn 62.116-31.

2382. _____. 1974. “Die Verbalsysteme der Schulsprachen.”  [The verbal system of the classical languages.] Alred Schopf (ed.), Der Englische Aspekt. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 319-54. Originally in Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Sprachforschung 59 (1932), 145-78.

2383. Hartmann, Hans. 1956. “Zur Funktion des Perfekts: eine strukturelle Betrachtung.”  [On the function of the perfect: a structural view.] Festschrift Bruno Snell: Zum 60. Geburtstag am 18. Juni 1956 von Freunden und Schülern Überreicht, 243-50.

2384. Hartmann, Peter. 1962. “Zur berücksichtigung der Zeit in der Sprache.”  [On the consideration of time in language.] Das Ringen um eine neue deutsche Grammatik, 446-82.

2385. Hartzler, Margaret. 1983. “Mode, aspect, and Foregrounding in Sentani.” Language and Linguistics in Melanesia 14.175-94.

2386. Haruna, Andrew. 1997. “Separable Aspect Markers in Gurdu˜ (Guruntun).” Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 52.29-43.

2387. Harweg, Roland. 1974. “Deiktische und adeiktische Zeitstufen.”  [Deictic and adeictic tenses.] Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 90.499-525.

2388. _____. 1975. “Perfekt und Präteritum im gesprochenen Neuhochdeutsch: Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie des nichtliterarischen Erzählens.”  [Perfect and preterite in spoken German and a contribution to the theory of non-literary narration.] Orbis 24.130-83.

2389. _____. 1976. “Aspekte als Zeitstufen und Zeitstufen als Aspekte.”  [Aspect as a tense gradation and tense gradation as aspect.] Linguistics 181.5-28.

2390. _____. 1994. “Material Time and Formal Time: Genetically and Metagenetically.” Winfried Noth (ed.), Origins of Semiosis: Sign Evolution in Nature and Culture. (Approaches to Semiotics, 116.) Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 309-23.

2391. _____. 1994a. Studien über Zeit und ihre Aspektualität.  [Studies on time and its aspectuality.] (Bochumer Beiträge zur Semiotik, 35.) Bochum: Brockmeyer.

2392. Hasegawa, Yoko. 1992. “On the Ambiguity between the Perfect and Resultative V-te ar- Construction in Japanese.” Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 18.88-99.

2393. Hashimoto, Kunihiko. 1993. “The Domain of Past Tense: On the Meanings of the Past Tense Suffixes in Mongolian.”  [In Japanese.] Gengo Kenkyu 104.1-20.

2394. Haspelmath, M. 1993. “More on the typology of inchoative/causative verb alternations.” Bernard Comrie and Maria Polinsky (eds.), Causatives and Transitivity. (Studies in Language Companion Series, 23.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 87-120.

2395. Haspelmath, Martin. 1992. “From Resultative to Perfect in Ancient Greek.” José Luis Iturrioz Leza (ed.), Nuevos estudios sobre construcciones resultativos. Guadalajara: Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Investigación de Lenguas Indígenas, 187-224.

2396. _____. 1994. “The Tense System of Lezgian.” Rolf Thieroff and Joachim Ballweg (eds.), Tense Systems in European Languages (Linguistische Arbeiten, 308.) Tübingen: Niemeyer, 267-77.

2397. _____. 1995. “Contextual and Specialized Converbs in Lezgian.” Martin Haspelmath and Ekkehard König (eds.), Converbs in Cross-Linguistic Perspective: Structure and Meaning of Adverbial Verb Formserspective: Structure and Meaning of Adverbial Verb Forms. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 415-40.

2398. _____. 1997. From Space to Time: Temporal Adverbials in the World’s Languages. (LINCOM Studies in Theoretical Linguistics, 2.) Munich: LINCOM Europa.

2399. _____. 1997a. “ Zur semantischen Entwicklung alter Präsentien: Entstehung von Futura (und Subjunktiven) ohne Grammatikalisierung.”  [On the semantic development of old presents: origin of the future (and subjunctive) without grammaticalization.]  “Reserve” presentation, Deutsche Gesellschaft für Sprachwissenschaft,  19. Jahrestagung,  Düsseldorf, 26. bis 28. Februar 1997, Arbeitsgrup 1, Sprache und Zeit.

2400. _____. 1998. “The Semantic Development of Old Presents: New Futures and Subjunctives without Grammaticalization.” Diachronica 1.29-62.

2401. Hassan, Hassan M. 1991. “A Contrastive Study of Tense and Aspect in English and Arabic with Special Reference to Translation.” PhD dissertation, University of Bath.

2402. Hasselgerd, Hilde. 1994. “Where and When: Positional and functional conventions for sequences of time and space adverbials in present-day English.”  PhD dissertation, University of Oslo.

2403. Hasselrot, Bengt. 1952. “Pittoresk imperfektum—imparfait de ‘rupture’.”  [Picturesque imperfect —imparfait de rupture.] Moderna Språk 46.227-28.

2404. Hatav, Galia. 1989. “Aspects, Aktionsarten, and the Time Line.” Linguistics 27.487-516.

2405. _____. 1993. “The Aspect System in English: An Attempt at a Unified Analysis.” Linguistics 2 (324).209-37.

2406. _____. 1997. The Semantics of Aspect and Modality: Evidence from English and Biblical Hebrew. (Studies in Language Companion Series , 34.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

2407. Hatcher, A. G. 1942. “Tense-usage in the R (Chanson de Roland).” Studies in Philology 39.597-624.

2408. Hatcher, Anna Granville. 1951. “The Use of the Progressive Form in English.” Language 27.254-80. Reprinted in Schopf (1974), 177-216.  Critiqued in Dagut (1977).

2409. Hatina, Thomas R. 1995. “The Perfect Tense-Form in Recent Debate: Galatians as a case study.” Filologia Neotestamentaria 8.3-22.

2410. Hauff, Thomas R. 1996. “Assessment and Application of the Systematic Linguistic Model of Verbal Aspect in the New Testament Proposed by Stanley E. Porter.” Th.M. thesis, Western Conservative Baptist Seminary.

2411. Haugen, Einar. 1972. “The Inferential Perfect in Scandinavian, a Problem of Contrastive Linguistics.” Canadian Journal of Linguistics 17.132-39.

2412. Hauser-Suida, Ulrike and G. Hoppe-Beugel. 1972. Die Vergangenheitstempora in der deutschen geschriebenen Sprache der Gegenwart.  [Past tenses in the written German language of  the present-time.] (Heutiges Deutsch: Number Linguistische Grundlagen, 4.) Munich: Hueber.

2413. Hausmann, R. 1972. “A Transformational Analysis of English Tense and Time Adverbs.” PhD dissertation, the University of Wisconsin.

2414. Hauwe, J. van den. 1992. “Progressive Markers in a Functional Grammar of Dutch.” Working papers in Functional Grammar 48.2-26.

2415. Haverkate, Henk. 1996. “Modal Patterns of Direct and Indirect Discourse in Peninsular Spanish: An Analysis within the Framework of Speech Act Typology.” Theo A. J. M. Janssen and Wim van der Wurff (eds.), Reported Speech: Forms and Functions of the Verb. (Pragmatics and Beyond, N. S., 43.) Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 97-119.

2416. Havránek, Bohuslav. 1936. “Románsky’typ perfekta factum habeo  a *casus sum, *casum habeo  v makedonsky’ch dialektech.”  [The Roman type of perfect factum habeo ‘I have something done’ and *casus sum ‘I am fallen’, *casum habeo ‘I have fallen’ in Macedonian dialects.] Antonin Sesták (ed.), Sborník prací venovany’ památce Profesora Doktora P. M. Haskovce. Brno: Globus, 147-54.

2417. _____. 1939. “Aspects et temps du verbe en vieux slave.”  [Aspects and tenses of the verb in Old Church Slavonic.] Mélanges de linguistiques offerts à Charles Bally, 223-30.

2418. Havu, Eva Elisabeth. 1996. De l’emploi du subjonctif passé.  [On the use of the past subjunctive.] (Suomalaisen Tiedeakatemian Toimituksia Annales Academiae Scientiarum Fennicae: Humaniora, 285.) Helsinki : Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia.  PhD dissertation, Helsingin Yliopisto.

2419. Havu, Jukka. 1996. “Acerca del uso de los tiempos verbales en las proposiciones subordinadas de tiempo.”  [On the use of verbal tenses in subordinate temporal clauses.] Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 97.365-78.

2420. Hay, Jen, Chris Kennedy, and Beth Levin. 1999. “Scalar Structure Underlies Telicity in Degree Achievements.” Tanya Matthews and Devon Strolovitch (eds.), Proceedings of Semantics and Linguistic Theory IX. Ithaca, New York: CLC Publications.

2421. Hayase, Naoko. 1997. “The Role of Figure, Ground, and Coercion in Aspectual Interpretation.” Marjolijn Verspoor, Kee-Dong Lee, and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Lexical and Syntactical Constructions and the Construction of Meaning. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science IV, 150.) , 33-50.

2422. Hayashi, Takanori. 1996. “On Tense Perspective.” Gengo Kenkyu 109.24-48.

2423. Hayes, P. 1995. “A Catalog of Temporal Theories.” Technical report UIUC-BI-AI-96-01, University of Illinois.

2424. Hazael-Massieux, Guy. 1986. “La créolisation est-elle un phénomène limité dans le temps?: L’Expression du futur en Guadeloupe.”  [Is Creolization Limited in Tenses? The Expression of the Future in Guadeloupe;.] Études Créoles 9.114-26.

2425. Hazael-Massieux, Guy. 1992. “Génèse des marques de tma en créole de Guadeloupe.”  [Genesis of the TMA (tense-mood-aspect) markers in Guadaloupe Creole.] Linguistique et slavistique: Mélanges offerts à Paul Garde, II, 643-69.

2426. _____. 1993. “L’expression du futur en créole mauricien.”  [The expression of the future in Mauritian Creole.] Études Créoles 16.61-75.

2427. Hazen, Kirk Allen. 1998. “Past and Present be in Southern Ethnolinguistic Boundaries.” PhD dissertation,University of North Carolina.

2428. He, Baozhang. 1998. “A Synchronic Account of Laizhe.” Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association 33.99-114.

2429. He, R. Y. Q. 1997. “Vers une nouvelle vue d’ensemble des aspects en français.”  [Towards a new general view of the aspects in French.] Cahiers de Grammaire 22.127-53.

2430. He, You-Qi. 1996. “Deux niveaux d’expression du système aspectuel-temporel en français.” [Two levels of expression of the aspect-tense system in French.]  PhD dissertation, Louisiana State University.

2431. Heath, Daniel. 1991. “Tense and Aspect in Makaa.” Stephen C. Anderson and Bernard Comrie (eds.), Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics and the University of Texas at Arlington, 3-15.

2432. Heath, Jeffrey. 1981. “Aspectual ‘Skewing’ in Two Australian Languages: Mara, Nunggubuyu.” Philip Tedeschi and Annie Zaenen (eds.), Tense and Aspect. (Syntax and Semantics, 14.) New York City: Academic Press, 91-102.

2433. Hebert, Yvonne M. 1979. “A Note on Aspect in (Nicola Lake) Okanagan.” Papers from the Fourteenth International Conference on Salishan Languages, Western Washington University, Bellingham, Washington, August 9-11, 1979, 173-209.

2434. Hedin, Eva. 1987. On the use of the perfect and the pluperfect in Modern Greek.